Sinaumedia

Blog

  • Understanding Diversity: Causal Factors, Elements, and Implementation

    Understanding Diversity: Causal Factors, Elements, and Implementation

    Meaning of Diversity – When discussing diversity, surely the real example will not be far from this life, namely the existence of Indonesian society itself. Yep, does Reader realize that Indonesian society has diversity, from race, tribe, religion, to the language used. That diversity is also what makes the symbol of this country, the Garuda Pancasila, has the motto “Bhinneka Tunggal Ika” .

    Basically, diversity is a condition where there are various differences that each individual has in the middle of social life. The difference is not only in gender, but also in various fields. So really, what is the definition of diversity? What are the elements that make up diversity in Indonesian social life? What about the real form of the diversity of Indonesian society to finally have such a national motto?

    Well, for Reader to understand more about what diversity is, let’s read the following review!

    What is the Meaning of Diversity?

    The term diversity comes from the root word ” ragam “, which in KBBI (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia), has the meaning of type, type, color, pattern, and behavior . The meaning is that this variety means something that has different types, colors, or patterns and lives together in a real life.

    When following the context of society, this diversity refers to a condition in social life where each individual has differences in various fields, ranging from gender, ethnicity, race, religion, ideology, culture, language, to thoughts. 

    It is also often referred to as a pluralistic society. A diversity that “lives” in social life must be balanced with equality. This is because this equality has a meaning as a condition, especially in this diversity of life, every human being still has the same position at one level of the social hierarchy.

    Real examples of diversity that can be found in this life, for example:

    • In a class, there are children with different religious backgrounds. For example, there are those who are Protestant Christians, Catholics, Muslims, Buddhists, Hindus, to Confucians.
    • In an RT meeting, there are heads of families as representatives of their families who have different ethnic backgrounds. For example the Javanese, Dayak, Sundanese, and others.
    • Within an organization, there are members who each have different patterns of thinking caused by differences in educational background and environment.

    What are the Factors Causing Diversity in Indonesia?

    When discussing diversity in Indonesia, it covers all areas in social life. In fact, the diversity in Indonesia is formed by the large number of ethnic groups that live scattered throughout Indonesia, even one province has various numbers of ethnic groups with different characteristics.

    Reporting from indonesia.go.id, based on the 2010 BPS census stated that Indonesia has proven to be a country that has ethnic diversity, namely around 1,340 ethnic or ethnic groups living in this homeland. The Javanese are the largest ethnic group in Indonesia, accounting for around 41% of the total population. In fact, the division of ethnic groups in Indonesia is not absolute and unclear because there is population movement or migration so that one ethnic group with another ethnic group will influence each other so that diversity occurs. Nevertheless, this diversity must also be based on the principles of togetherness, equality, tolerance and mutual respect for one another.

    So, here are the factors that cause Indonesia to have diversity in social life, namely:

    1. Geographical Location

    This geographical location is related to the condition of the archipelago, which number around 17,000 and each island has different ethnic groups. This also makes Indonesia has a strategic position, so that it is not uncommon to be used as a foreigner (foreign citizen) to apply for naturalization as an Indonesian citizen (WNI).

    2. Differences in Natural Conditions

    Seeing the diversity of geographical locations in Indonesia, natural conditions will also vary. These differences in natural conditions are related to seasonal differences between regions and differences in natural conditions in the form of beaches and mountains. From this, the needs of the community, livelihoods, and the results of natural resources will also vary.

    These differences in natural conditions also affect the diversity of the use of transportation and communication systems in social life. For example, for people who live with natural coastal conditions, they will generally use sea transportation.

    3. The Influence of Foreign Culture

    Foreign cultures that influence the Indonesian nation, especially in the digital era as it is today, are also contributing factors to the diversity of its people. Usually, foreign cultures that enter Indonesia have different characteristics, so people have to be smart to sort them out. Not infrequently there will also be a process of acculturation or mixing between elements of foreign culture and Indonesian culture. For example, many literary arts are inspired by Ramayana and Mahabarata literature originating from Indonesia (Hindu culture).

    Moreover, today’s society is very accepting of existing changes which cover all areas of life. So that acculturation to achieve various results is also a factor causing diversity in Indonesia.

    What are the Types of Diversity Terms in Indonesia?

    Reader  must have known that the condition of people in Indonesia is very diverse, ranging from race, ethnicity, religion, language, culture, educational background, to their mindset. This is very reasonable, especially for an archipelagic country like Indonesia which has around 17,000 islands. Not only that, because individuals who live in society do not always have something in common.

    So, here are three types of terms that can be used to describe the diversity of Indonesian society, namely:

    • Heterogeneous, namely the term used to indicate that the existence of a thing has more than one number and is different, so they cannot be equated.
    • Multicultural, namely the term used to indicate the existence of a group that is willing to accept other groups as a unit regardless of the differences that exist. These differences are usually in the form of ethnicity, gender, culture, language, to religion. The term multiculturalism seems to emphasize that from the differences that one group has with other groups, in the public sphere they become the same, so they must respect these differences.
    • Plurality, namely the term to indicate a form of presupposition regarding more than one thing.

    What Elements Are Contained in a Diversity of Society?

    In this Indonesian society, there are many elements that are contained so that diversity is formed between the people. These elements are very clear because they “apparently” are seen in every individual who lives in this social life, namely:

    1. Race and Tribe

    Race and ethnicity also become elements in the diversity of Indonesian society. This is because each individual who lives in the territory of Indonesia from Sabang to Merauke is also part of a different race and ethnic group. This can be seen from their biological characteristics, ranging from hair, skin color, body size, eye size, and height. Not infrequently, individuals who are part of the same ethnic group, it turns out that they have different biological characteristics. This can also be referred to as diversity.

    According to Law Number 40 of 2008 concerning the Elimination of Racial and Ethnic Discrimination, race itself is a national group that is seen based on its physical characteristics and lineage. In general, there are five human feelings on this earth, namely:

    • Negroid, which is characterized by black skin and curly hair.
    • Mongoloid, which is characterized by olive skin with stiff hair and slanted eyes.
    • Caucasoid, which is characterized by white skin with blue eyes and blonde hair.
    • Australoid, namely those with black or brown skin characteristics.
    • Khoisan, that is, the average comes from South Africa.

    However, when discussing the diversity of society in Indonesia, there are at least four racial groups that become the identity of each individual, namely:

    • Malayan-Mongoloid race, most of whom are in Sumatra, Java, Bali, West Nusa Tenggara, Sulawesi and Kalimantan.
    • Melanesoid race, most of whom are in the regions of Papua, East Nusa Tenggara and Maluku.
    • Asiatic-Mongoloid race, who are foreigners from China, Korea, Japan, and live in all parts of Indonesia.
    • The Caucasoid race, who are foreigners, originate from India, Australia, Europe, the Middle East, America, and live all over Indonesia.

    So, previously it was explained that this territory of Indonesia has a strategic area so that many foreign nationals apply for naturalization to the Indonesian government so that they can become Indonesian citizens. Therefore the diversity of Indonesian society is not only limited to native Indonesian ethnic groups, but also a mixture of foreign ethnic groups.

    2. Religion and Belief

    In Indonesia, there are actually 6 religions recognized by the state, namely Islam, Catholicism, Christianity, Hinduism, Buddhism, and Confucianism. However, for that trust can vary. Not only that, even within a religion there will also be differences in the way of worship. Nevertheless, this diversity must not tarnish the unity of the Indonesian nation.

    3. Manners

    These manners are related to the norms applied in an area. Not infrequently if in one region to another, have different manners and norms. Manners are usually in line with polite behavior that must be applied by all Indonesian people, regardless of ethnicity, because manners have been the original identity of the Indonesian people since time immemorial.

    Why is Bhinneka Tunggal Ika the State motto of Indonesia?

    Since elementary school, Reader  must have been taught what the motto of this Indonesian nation is, namely Bhinneka Tunggal Ika. Yep, this motto is even placed on the Garuda bird which is also pinned as the symbol of this Indonesian state. The meaning of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is “Different but still one”, which was apparently designed by Sultan Hamid II of Pontianak. The motto was then inaugurated by President Soekarno as the symbol of the Indonesian state at the Cabinet Meeting of the United Republic of Indonesia, precisely on February 11, 1950.

    This sentence about Bhinneka Tunggal Ika has actually been found in the book Sutasoma by Mpu Tantular from the Majapahit kingdom around the 14th century. In the book, the notion of Bhinneka Tunggal Ika is more emphasized on the differences in the areas of belief and religious diversity that existed among the people of Majapahit at that time. This definition is still adhered to today, because it is very suitable and can also be interpreted that even though the Indonesian state has various ethnic groups along with their cultures and customs, overall it is a real unity for this nation.

    The embodiment of the motto Bhinneka Tunggal Ika in social life is mutual respect between one community and another, regardless of ethnicity, religion, language, customs, skin color, and others when interacting socially. Through this motto too, we must throw away selfish or regional attitudes for the common good, Reader .

    How is the Implementation of Diversity in Indonesia?

    There are lots of implementations or concrete examples of the diversity that exists in Indonesia, starting from the family environment, school environment, work environment, to the play environment. Because basically, all individuals do have diversity, be it ethnicity, religion, skin color, to their mindset.

    Family environment

    Is Reader  aware that within the family, especially in the extended family, there is often striking diversity? The most appropriate moment to gather with the extended family on both the father’s and mother’s side is when celebrating a big day. So, at the time of the celebration, try to pay attention to your relatives, is there anything “different” from your family? Or is there even a striking diversity in the nuclear family? For example, your father is from the Dayak tribe and your mother is from the Javanese tribe.

    These things are common and very common in Indonesia, because basically this country has various ethnic groups, so it is only natural that in a large family there are various ethnic groups. Then, how do we respond to this? The answer is to respect others and there is no need to be racist or offend other ethnic groups. Because, we are all Indonesians who must unite.

    School environment

     

    Almost the same as the family environment, the school environment must also have the diversity of ethnic groups in it. Take a look at your class, do all of them come from the Javanese only? There must have been several other tribes, for example the Sundanese, the Asmat, or even the Acehnese. Diversity is normal to find because your parents or friends’ families may have moved residents or migrated from their place of origin.

    It should be known that the migration of the population is also a factor in why an area can have a variety of ethnic groups. So, how do we respond to that? The answer, of course, is that we should respect each other and not be racist. You can even learn the culture and special language of other tribes through your friends. It’s also fun to learn the culture and language of other tribes!

    This diversity is not only limited to ethnic groups, but also to religions …

    Work Environment

    In the work environment is the most obvious form of implementation to see the diversity of the Indonesian population. This is because it is impossible for a company or workplace to employ only certain ethnic groups, of course it requires many people and the vacancies will definitely be filled by people from various ethnic groups.

    Almost the same as in the school environment, the presence of population displacement or migration means that a company or workplace will be filled by various ethnic groups. It is not uncommon for people from other regions with various ethnic groups to choose to migrate to a certain place to get a job. Therefore, a certain place will be mentioned as a heterogeneous area. An example is the Jakarta region which is commonly used as a destination for people who happen to live outside of Jakarta.

    Well, that’s the commentary on what is the meaning of diversity along with the causative factors, elements , to the form of its implementation in everyday life. The form of diversity is not only in ethnic groups, ranging from religion, skin color, language, culture, to the way of thinking also of course has diversity. All these things are natural because Indonesia has long been a country of multiculturalism. The important and mandatory thing is that we all have to respect each other and not be racist towards other ethnic groups …

    •  
  • The Meaning of Diversity and Some Factors Forming Diversity

    The Meaning of Diversity and Some Factors Forming Diversity

    The term diversity is again widely discussed, this is of course because of the many racial issues that have happened lately. In fact, we know for ourselves that the Indonesian nation is one of the real ones. Some forms of diversity that exist in Indonesia, namely the wealth of culture, tribe, language, and national characteristics.

    Talking about diversity is basically not just about differences. The concept of diversity itself has a wide scope, ranging from acceptance and respect. Diversity can be said to be a part that is also created by society in a demographic.

    In Indonesia, this is part of the nation’s identity. There are many factors that can make diversity happen. Diversity can also be understood as an important ability that every citizen should have, especially in Indonesia.

    As one of the ways to preserve the value of this diversity, we will learn about the true meaning of diversity. Not only that, it will also be discussed about the form and factors that cause the diversity that occurs in Indonesia. Let’s watch until the end!

    A. Understanding of diversity

    The notion of diversity can be interpreted as a condition in society where there are many differences in various fields. These differences can be seen based on ethnicity, race, religion, belief, political ideology, social culture and economy and others.

    One example of forms in Indonesia can be seen from the many differences of each tribe, ranging from Javanese, Sundanese, Batak, Minang, Bedouin, Sasak, Dayak, Asmat and others. Not only that, when viewed from the religious dimension, the Indonesian state also has a wide diversity, namely Islam, Christianity, Catholicism, Hinduism, Buddhism and Confucianism. In addition, there are many religious beliefs in Indonesia.

    Diversity is a fact that cannot be denied in people’s lives in Indonesia. Diversity itself can be called a form of wealth and beauty that is owned by the Indonesian nation. In addition, diversity in Indonesia is the capital of national unity and unity.

     

    In addition, diversity can basically be understood as a variation that refers to all forms of difference. Diversity itself usually occurs in a condition of society that has many differences in various fields. Based on the principle of diversity, each individual brings unique characteristics that need mutual respect.

    Individual differences are known to occur not only based on characteristics, but also include dimensions of race, ethnicity, gender, sexual orientation, socioeconomic status, age, physical ability, religious beliefs, political beliefs, ideology, and many more. Diversity can be used as a form of exploration of the various differences that exist in a safe, positive, and protected environment.

    Talking about diversity is a sense of mutual understanding between one difference and another. Diversity also always moves beyond simple tolerance to embrace and celebrate the very rich dimensions of diversity. Therefore, diversity can be said to be a reality created by individuals and groups from a wide spectrum of demographic and philosophical differences.

    B. Forms of Diversity

    After discussing the meaning of diversity, in this section we will discuss about any form of diversity itself. According to the UN, human diversity can be categorized based on country of origin, family and ethnic background, race, gender, age, culture, professional background and training, religious or political beliefs and personality.

    Meanwhile, when viewed from an article published by The City University of New York, the form of diversity is more than just acknowledging or tolerating differences. Diversity is a conscious practice tool that involves several things, including the following:

    1. Understanding and appreciating the interdependence between humans, culture, and the natural environment.

    2. Practice mutual respect for qualities and experiences that are different from yourself.

    3. Understand that diversity does not only include ways of being but also ways of knowing.

    4. Acknowledge that personal, cultural and institutionalized discrimination creates and maintains special rights for some people while simultaneously creating and maintaining losses for others.

    5. Build alliances across differences so that they can work together to eradicate all forms of discrimination.

    C. Factors Forming Indonesia’s Diversity

    In this section, we will begin to discuss the factors that cause diversity in Indonesia. By understanding the factors that cause the diversity of Indonesian society, it will greatly support diversity so that Indonesian society always lives side by side.

    The diversity of Indonesian society has many strong influences from several factors, both from within and from outside the community. In general, the diversity of Indonesian society can be influenced by many factors, such as natural factors, society and individuals.

    Well, the life of society in Indonesia is very diverse known to be caused by many causal factors. The following are some of the factors that cause diversity in Indonesian society, among others:

    1. Consists of archipelago regions

    The first factor that causes the Indonesian society to be diverse is because of its archipelago. As a country with a total of 17 thousand islands, Indonesia has many islands spread from the western tip, Sabang to the eastern tip, Merauke.

    The condition of the archipelago region owned by Indonesia ultimately creates a diversity that is quite different, between one region and another. This is also what makes each region in Indonesia have their own special culture, language, and customs.

    2. Landscape conditions

    In addition to being made up of archipelago regions, the factor that causes the Indonesian society to be diverse is due to the factors of the landscape conditions. As a region that is above the “Ring of Fire” area, there are many volcanoes, beaches, mountains, and vast grasslands.

    The difference in residence certainly creates diversity for each community that lives there. For example, just like the people who live in mountainous areas and the people who live on the coast. Mountain communities are known to have more conservative customs and culture. Meanwhile, communities living on the coast will have more adaptive customs and culture.

    3. Climatic conditions

    Then, another natural factor that causes Indonesian society to become diverse is the climate condition factor in Indonesia. Most regions in Indonesia are known to have a tropical climate, but it turns out that there are slight differences in each region.

    For example, the western part of Indonesia will have a more regular rainy season than the eastern region. Meanwhile, the eastern part of Indonesia is known to have a longer dry season than the western region. This difference in climate itself geographically creates diversity in Indonesian society, starting from livelihood, culture, to the characteristics and physicality of the society.

    4. Differences in communication and transportation

    Furthermore, as a country with a very large territory and consisting of various islands and other landscapes, the factors that cause Indonesian society to become diverse are communication and transportation. Indonesia’s territory ultimately became the cause of communication and transportation being very difficult to level.

    This difference in access to communication and transportation will ultimately be the cause of the creation of diversity in Indonesia. This is because communication and transportation will create community differences from each region in social interaction with other communities.

    5. Race and class

    Not only due to natural factors, the diversity in Indonesian society is also influenced by race and class factors. As a country known for its variety of races and groups, Indonesia is a real form of diversity itself.

    Indonesian society itself is a different flavor, among which is the Malayan-Mongoloid race that is spread in Sumatra, Kalimantan, Sulawesi, Java, Bali. Then there is the melanosoid race that is spread in Papua, NTT and Maluku. Then, the Asiatic mongoloid race that comes from China, Korea and Japan. In fact, there are also Caucasoid races that come from Indians, the Middle East, Australia, Europe and America.

    Races or groups in Indonesian society are always developing. Not infrequently, these races or groups form various new cultures typical of Indonesian society. Each race will eventually form groups and create social and cultural diversity in Indonesia. However, it does not rule out the possibility of staying in harmony with each other and respecting each other.

    6. Ancestral differences

    After the diversity of races or groups, Indonesian people are also known to come from several different ancestors. The ancestors of the Indonesian nation turned out to be Austronesian tribes or tribes using the Austronesian language group. This tribe is a combination of various large ethnic groups in the Asian continent (especially Southeast Asia), part of Oceania and part of Africa that use a cluster of languages ​​from the Austronesian family.

    Along with the passage of time, the ancestors who inhabited this region of Indonesia gradually experienced development until they could have their own culture. In Indonesia, there are two known ancestral races namely Mongoloid and Austromelanesoid.

    7. History

    Furthermore, the factors that cause Indonesian society to have diversity are historical factors. History itself is one of the factors that play an important role in shaping the diversity that exists in Indonesian society. Each region is known to have its own history.

    For example, such as a region that has a strong relationship or history with the history of the Islamic kingdom. It can be ascertained that the region will have certain special cultural characteristics, both social and cultural.

    8. Religion

    Not only a historical factor, religion is also one of the factors that play an important role in shaping the diversity of society in Indonesia. As a country known for its high level of religious adherence, Indonesia has many differences related to religion. This of course can create a more diverse society, starting from the way of life, socializing, and even different cultures.

    9. Influence of foreign culture

    Next, the factor that causes the diversity of Indonesian society is the entry of foreign cultures. Foreign cultures are known to mix and acculturate well with the local culture. Foreign cultures that have blended will form a new culture that is special and unique. This special culture will eventually form the diversity in each region.

    For example, for example Javanese and Islamic culture that gets a big influence from Arab culture. Arabic culture ultimately forms the Islamic culture in Java that is special and different from the culture in other regions.

    10. Community acceptance of change

    Meanwhile, the last known cause of the diversity of Indonesian society is the acceptance of change. Therefore, diversity will be created depending on how the attitude is taken by the community in facing the changes that occur. The attitude in facing a change greatly determines the formation of culture between one society and another society.

  • Understanding Identification: Processes, Forms, and Examples

    Understanding Identification: Processes, Forms, and Examples

    The concept of identification is one form of social interaction that exists in human life. The ability to do identification is very necessary especially for those who decide to take an education level with the study of sociology. This is because there is a close relationship with social phenomena and various examples of social problems in the surrounding area.

    The word identification may not be foreign to you, because the existence of identification activities can exist in all kinds of aspects. Although it sounds simple, but actually identification also has several stages.

    Of course, each stage of identification will make it possible to get a clearer solution. Therefore, the presence of identification is very much needed in the community.

    Definition of Identification

    Previously, the definition of identification was briefly explained. However, in this point it will be explained more broadly related to the meaning of identification.

    The definition of identification is an action that will be carried out with several processes such as searching, finding, researching, recording data and information about someone or something. In simple terms, identification is an action that has something to do with fixing or determining the identity of some things such as things, people and so on.

    Identification can also be interpreted as one form of social interaction where a person has a tendency to be similar to an idol they admire. This is because this identification process will be closely related to the meaning of imitation as well as the meaning process of suggestion that takes place in a person. But identification will have a stronger influence.

    In addition, in the imitation process it also has a temporary nature and only at a certain time range. However, the other thing is that the identification process takes a long time and is even permanent in nature.

    In sociology the identification process is also needed. Where this identification exists, it will be used to get a picture of the social reality of existing social problems. Having this basis in the identification process requires evidence that can be an objective attitude as well as social facts that want to be shown.

    The Meaning of Identification According to the Experts

    The previous explanation is about the general meaning of identification. While this explanation is about the meaning of identification according to some experts.

    1. Kartini Kartono

    Kartini Kartono explained that the concept of identification is a social process and social interaction that will have a series of identifications of objects in a class according to certain characteristics

    2. Poerwadarminta

    Poerwadarminta explains that the notion of identification is a form of determination that can be produced from the determination of the identity of a person or an object in the handling of certain social problems.

    3. Soedarsono

    Soedarsono says that the meaning of identification can be divided into three. Where there is identification it can be used to determine someone’s decision or determination and so on. Identification can also be interpreted as a psychological process of the individual that can happen because he imagines himself as someone else unconsciously. Then, identification can also be interpreted as self-determination from the evidence that has been shown.

    4. Herdaniwani 

    Herdaniwani explains that identification is a special sign that will be done by individuals in the process of knowing themselves as well as decisions in the process of establishing their identity. That means, identification is a special effort done by an individual in showing his identity. Where this condition can occur after going through a long identification in order to distinguish himself from others.

    5. Komarudin

    Komarudin explained the meaning of identification as identity or similarity of identity. That means an individual can show evidence or facts as an identity identifier. Identification can be seen when individuals begin to show imitation behavior towards the behavior of other individuals.

    6. Arief Budiman

    Arief Budiman explained that identification is a process that will be done by individuals in equating themselves with the nature of external ojek.

    Related Book Recommendations

    Below are some book recommendations related to identification. What is that? Read more below.

    • Quantitative Research Methods, Hypothesis Development

    Hypothesis development is one of the most crucial steps in quantitative research. Hypotheses need to be done with a strong argumentation base as a form of basis for proposing certain hypotheses. In practice, especially in theses and dissertations that are in the preparation stage, hypotheses often appear suddenly without being preceded by a strong argument.

    Once the hypothesis is well and correctly made and there is data available for testing. Then come to the level of hypothesis testing. This book will specifically invite readers to conduct quantitative research to develop hypotheses properly and correctly.

    • Research Data Analysis Using Stata Software

    The book Research Data Analysis Using Stata Software is compiled to help young researchers such as undergraduate and master’s students who will complete their final project. This book will specifically discuss how to use Stata software in the research data analysis process, especially in the social and business fields.

    Later, this book will begin with a discussion about the definition and introduction of various types of data in research. A term often used in data analysis as well as an introduction to Stata software.

    Where later the arrangement of the next discussion will follow the flow of research data analysis as found in journals and articles. For example, data preparation, descriptive presentation and inferential statistics to test hypotheses.

    • Qualitative Research Data Analysis

    Qualitative Research Data Analysis is one of the difficulties that often appear in the use and practice of qualitative research. The existence of the Qualitative Research Data Analysis book will help try to answer the problem by introducing the various types and tools that are usually used in the process of managing and analyzing qualitative data.

    Illustrations and short examples will be given based on the author’s experience when preparing a S3 thesis and for the first time in using a qualitative research approach.

    Where the assumption will be used because the target of the Qualitative Research Data Analysis book are researchers who have just started learning about the qualitative approach and need a reference for the management and analysis of analytical data.

     

    Identification Process

    In doing identification also requires several processes. Where this process will indeed be done in three stages, namely the identification stage, the diagnosis stage and the treatment stage. Each level has a different role, therefore it should be done sequentially. In order for you to understand more, here is the identification process.

    1. Level of Identification

    The first stage is the identification stage. Where later at this stage a person will begin to recognize the problems he faces first. Later, at this identification stage, it will be done objectively and subjectively depending on the problem at hand.

    Well, objective and subjective will never be left in the level of identification. In fact, both have different functions from each other.

    At the objective level, it will be used as an initial template in the process of solving the problems faced. Objectivity can be seen from the existence of instruments. Where the instrument will be used to measure a social problem.

    Even so, sometimes the use of an objective level in problem identification is judged to be lacking in depth. In fact, sometimes it only comes down to statistical elements.

    Then, at the subjective level, it is a method that is judged to be more effective for use in social science. Identification done subjectively can be deeper and relative in nature.

    Subjective identification can also provide a broader and more comprehensive interpretation. Of course, in this case, we will not forget the established social standards.

    Social problems that are viewed subjectively can be resolved with each region. This is because basically a social problem is always different.

    So, the values ​​and norms that apply will also be different. This is also influenced by the point of view in the problem solving process in a region. It may be that problems that occur in one region will not occur in another region.

    2. Level of Diagnosis

    After the next stage of identification is the stage of diagnosis. Basically, the diagnosis level will be done to find out what factors can cause problems. This process will also produce a background of the problem.

    Later, the way to do it is to find the source of the problem from the individual and group. If the problem originates from the individual, then later things that will be seen are from factors related to the individual. Some of the individual factors are such as biology, psychology and socialization ability. This will make someone look guilty.

    Meanwhile, when the existing problem emerges from the group, then the identification action carried out will cover various points of view. The things that can be seen can be related to the social structure, the function of the social system and other things that are related to the social system.

    3. Level of Treatment

    After the diagnosis stage is done, the next step is the treatment or problem solving stage. Later, the process is based on the results of the available diagnosis. The solution to this problem cannot be seen only from one side. However, later it will be done comprehensively.

    The problem solving process will be done comprehensively. It is not only able to provide rehabilitation, but also prevention efforts will be made so that the same problem does not occur.

    Having a problem solving process is expected to prevent other problems from occurring. Of course, this is also expected to minimize the occurrence of problems.

    Form of Identification

    In social science and culture, identification is a process that exists in a person in imitating the behavior of others or their idols. This will make the person so soulful, have a personality and character that looks similar to their idol.

    Some of the forms of identification are as follows.

    1. Class Identification

    Class identification is one form of identification that exists in a certain social class. For example, a student or student who has the behavior of imitating the behavior of a teacher or lecturer that he admires.

    2. Defensive Identification

    Defensive identification or defensive identification is a form of subsequent identification that can occur because of a person’s fear of something. For example, it is a coward who identifies himself as a fighter to be able to face the fear of others.

    3. Development Identification

    Development identification is a form of positive identification. Where this form of identification will make someone who used to be dependent on other parties become independent. For example, when a child who used to depend on parents finally experiences self-development and is able to live more independently.

    4. Ethnic identification

    Ethnic identification is a form of identification that can occur in a specific ethnic group. For example, the Chinese community in Surabaya communicate with each other using the Javanese language and this makes them able to mix with the native Javanese ethnic group.

    Examples of Identification

    In our daily life, we actually already apply the identification process. However, it may be that we are not aware if the action taken is an identification process.

    Previously it was explained about identification, of course it will be more complete if we also know what examples of identification in everyday life. Well, to be more clear, here is an example of identification in everyday life.

    Examples of Identification in Sociology

    The first example is identification in terms of sociology. Yusuf is a private PTS student in the city of Jakarta. He identifies himself with famous Bollywood artists that he admires such as Shahrukh Khan.

    Furthermore, Yusuf made big changes ranging from his appearance, dance, speaking style to his favorite drink which he follows in order to resemble his idol Shahrukh Khan.

    Examples of Cultural Identification

    The second example of identification is in terms of culture, especially about the problem of cultural elements. For example, there are claims about a certain culture made by other parties and it is clear from the historical background that the culture originates from the original party and not from the party making the claim.

    However, to be able to make that claim, they do the same training and skills as the culture and even bring natives from the area that owns the culture.

    Examples of community identification

    The last is an example of community identification. For example, when someone idolizes a successful entrepreneur and he is willing to do whatever steps his idol does. For example, starting to dare to sell when his peers are busy playing.

    Because he has a tendency to do the same thing, sooner or later he gets what he wants. Because, in any case, he does not give up easily even though failure has befallen the journey he has taken.

    Conclusion

    From the explanation above it can be interpreted that various forms of social problems that occur in the community and are in the environment are often identified. That means, there is a tendency of a person to be the same as other people.

    Judging from the explanation above, it can also be said that basically the identification process can have a positive impact as well as a negative impact. Even so, everything is also related to the activities carried out.

    As an anticipation of the identification process, it would be better if before imitating at the identification level, observations related to the influence that will occur in oneself should be carried out. Because what we do will likely be an example for others in the future.

    •  
  • Definition of Active and Passive Verbs, Characteristics, Types, to Examples

    Definition of Active and Passive Verbs, Characteristics, Types, to Examples

    The meaning of active and passive verbs must be familiar to us in our daily life, especially when studying Indonesian subjects. Understanding active verbs and passive verbs is basically very important. This will help us to use good and correct Indonesian.

    Try to imagine what happens when active verbs and passive verbs are used incorrectly. Of course, this could lead to misunderstandings between the speaker and the listener or the writer and the reader.

    Therefore, in this article, you will be presented with an explanation of the meaning and examples of the use of active verbs and passive verbs. If you can understand the meaning and examples of active and passive verbs, of course you will be able to write in a correct order that is easy for the reader to understand. Let’s read the full review!

    A. Definition of Active and Passive Verbs

    Based on the meaning in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a verb can be understood as a word that describes a process, action, or situation. Meanwhile, the verb has a position as a predicate or main element in a sentence structure.

    Verbs can basically be used to express an action, event, process, or activity performed by the actor or subject. A sentence usually does not only contain a verb, but can also be filled with a group of verbs (verb phrases), adjectives (adjectives), adjective phrases, and nouns (nouns), or noun phrases. Therefore, verbs can be given a suffix at the beginning of a sentence, at the end of a sentence, and even in the middle of a sentence.

    The easiest way to understand the meaning of active and passive verbs is to look at their conjugation. Active verbs generally have a function as a doer or subject that gets the prefix me- or ber-. Meanwhile, passive verbs usually function as actors or subjects that are given the prefix di- or ter-.

    Well, here are some differences between active verbs and passive Indonesian verbs that you need to know, among others:

    – The difference between active and passive verbs Based on the subject

    Active verbs have a subject that is positioned as the doer or the party that does. Meanwhile, passive verbs get a subject that is subjected to a job or action.

    – The difference between active and passive verbs based on the predicate

    Predicates on active verbs can be marked with the suffix me- or ber-. Meanwhile, predicates owned by passive verbs generally get affixes in the form of di- or ter-.

    Examples of the use of predicates on active verbs are write, read, search, catch, swim. Meanwhile, examples of the use of passive verbs, such as shot, read, eaten, drank.

    B. Examples of Active Verbs

    After being able to distinguish the meaning of active and passive verbs, you can understand more about active verbs through examples. One of the ways that can be used to recognize the characteristics of active verbs. Active verbs can be checked by doing negation or adding the word “no” to the predicate. Meanwhile, you can add the word “not” to predicates that function as nouns.

    To make it clearer, listen to examples of active verbs and nouns in the following sentences,

    – Ali “planted” cactus cactus in the yard. (Ali (didn’t) “plant” cactus cactus in the yard.)

    – Lia is a cafe waitress. (Lia (not) a cafe waitress.)

    1. Examples of Active Verbs

    How to identify active verbs that match the SPOK structure in a sentence is actually quite easy. If you have understood the explanation above, you can look again at some examples of the use of active verbs that have been arranged in a sentence below, including the following:

    – Roni wears the clothes you gave.

    – He eats bread made by his mother.

    – The doctor is examining a patient in room 10.

    – I’m learning English through an app.

    – I’m reading a book in the library.

    – Mother fried the fish that father caught.

    – His family is still grieving after the passing of his beloved grandfather.

    – The lightning had struck someone before the rain came.

    – Joko rides a motorcycle calmly.

    – I swim regularly every Sunday.

    – The policeman is helping a motorist who has skidded on the road.

    – The teacher is teaching in class.

    – I have already planned a meeting for tomorrow night.

    – My cat gave birth to three babies last night.

    – The student is still trying to put together a thesis in order to pass this semester.

    – Nindi sweeps the house clean.

    – Lia speculates about a beautiful future.

    – I want to tell the situation.

    – Rindi slows down his car.

    – Yesterday dad caught a big fish.

    – The athletes continue to fight for victory.

    – I’ve embarrassed him in public.

    – He is writing a letter to his family.

    – Don’t hold the racket like that!

    – The bird always whistles every morning.

    – He is working on his PR.

    – She is wearing embarrassing clothes.

    – I’m looking for a lost pen.

    – I walk from home to school every day.

    – He has tried to cook well.

    – I heard everything.

    – He always belches after eating too much.

    – I saw him kill someone.

    – Mom cut the onions quickly.

    – I have washed your clothes.

    – I’m enjoying this beautiful view.

    – Today I will marry Rindi.

    – He built a beautiful house.

    – Help him put the items in!

    – I already bought the item you wanted.

    C. Examples of Passive Verbs

    As previously stated, passive verbs are basically one type of verb that has the function of expressing an activity or job of the subject or person who is subject to the job or action.

    Therefore, passive verbs can be marked with the subject of work or action with the suffix di- or terpa- on the predicate. This certainly gives the impression that a passive verb is a sentence that emphasizes the subject and not the object. For example, like being swallowed, burned, kissed, eaten, stepped on, and so on.

    If you understand the meaning of passive verbs, you must be able to distinguish between passive verbs and active verbs. Well, so that you can learn more about this material, here are examples of passive verbs that have been arranged in a sentence, among others:

    – Sunflowers are watered by Ana.

    – Ani already ate the salmon this morning.

    – Carrots have been cooked Intan until ripe.

    – River water is poisoned by industrial factory waste.

    – Mango syrup is drunk by Budi.

    – The book has already been read by Sinta.

    – The birthday bread has been cut by Fatimah.

    D. Types of Verbs

    In the process of understanding the linguistic rules owned by the Indonesian language, you do not understand enough the meaning and examples of active and passive verbs. There are some other types of verbs that you need to understand. Well, the following are some types of verbs that belong to the Indonesian language, among others:

    1. Active Verbs and Passive Verbs

    In accordance with the explanation above, verbs based on their subject can be grouped into two, namely active verbs and passive verbs. Active verbs are verbs that get affixes in the form of me- or ber-. Active verbs are usually often used to make explanations regarding the activities carried out by the subject or someone who is doing it. Examples of active verbs include “cutting”, “running”, and “dancing”.

    Meanwhile, passive verbs are verbs that get affixes in the form of di- or ter-. The passive verb itself is usually used to provide an explanation regarding the activity in which the subject is subject to a job or action. Examples of passive verbs include being eaten or eaten, cut or cut, and so on.

    2. Base Verbs and Derivative Verbs

    The following types of verbs can be seen based on their form, verbs based on this form can be divided into two, namely basic verbs and derived verbs. The basic verb itself can be interpreted as a type of verb that has the original form. It can be understood that the basic verb does not get affixes or is only a base word. Examples of basic verbs, such as bathing, drinking, running, and so on.

    Meanwhile, if the basic verb has the original form, the derivative verb has more forms in the form of affixes. The affixes themselves are mandatory affixes, obligatory bound, free of arbitrary affixes, and reduplication or compound. Examples of derived verbs are like landing, running, meeting, pilgrimage, going round and round, and many more.

    3. Transitive and Intransitive Verbs

    The third type of verbs are transitive and intransitive verbs. These two verbs are divided based on their object. A transitive verb itself is a type of verb that has an object. This makes this verb must be followed by an object to make a sentence more perfect or have meaning. Examples of transitive verbs include giving, cooking, kicking, and so on.

    Meanwhile, the opposite of a transitive verb is an intransitive verb. As a type of verb, intransitive verbs can be characterized by verbs that don’t get or don’t need an object. Therefore, even though it does not use objects in the sentence structure, the meaning of intransitive verbs can be known. Examples of transitive verbs include crying, sitting, and many more.

  • Definition of Cartel: Cooperation of Entrepreneurs That Can Harm Consumers

    Definition of Cartel: Cooperation of Entrepreneurs That Can Harm Consumers

    Definition of Cartel – For those of you who often watch the news on TV or read articles on online news portals, you may have come across the word cartel. Especially in the news that discusses trade. So what is the meaning of cartel? Is he so important that he should be in the news?

    In the world of business or commerce, competition is a common thing. Even without competition, there will be no perfect market. This means that the price of goods is competitive and the products sold are more varied, so that consumers can choose goods that suit their needs and budget.

    Well, unfortunately there are bad guys working together to outwit the competition. Usually they want to get a big profit by reducing the competition. Yup, they are what is called a cartel.

    Definition of Cartel

    If you open the Big Indonesian Dictionary application and type “cartel” in it, you will find the meaning as follows:

    A combination of similar enterprises aimed at controlling production, competition, and prices; a coalition of political parties that have the same goal; alliance between two or more parties.

    While according to the Financial Services Authority (OJK), a cartel is a collaboration between several entrepreneurs or companies for mutual benefit. This cooperation can be in the process of determining prices, quantities and marketing areas so that competition is more limited. In the end they get a sort of monopoly position.

    Lalu Lincoln Arsyad defined a cartel as an official organization of sellers who together determine the price, quantity, and differentiation of products so that the industry gets maximum profit.

    Cartels are also discussed in Anti-Monopoly Law No. 5 of 1999. In this Law it is mentioned that business operators are prohibited from making agreements with competing business operators to influence prices by regulating the production or marketing process of a product or service. Because it can lead to monopoly practices or unhealthy business competition.

    To understand the cartel further, Reader can read the Revised Business Competition Law book written by Dr. Binoto Nadapdap, Sh., MH In it there is a discussion about cartel polemics and changes in the Court’s attitude towards the use of indirect evidence in dealing with cartel matters.

    From some of the definitions above it can be concluded that a cartel is a form of cooperation between independent producers and other independent producers to avoid competition so that they can dominate the market.

    Interestingly, each of the producers included in the collaboration can still stand and have the freedom to act. And again, cartels are generally alliances of producers in the same field.

    Cartels themselves are banned almost throughout the country. Although in reality its existence cannot be eliminated just like that. Either in a national or international scope, formal or informal.

    And Reader needs to remember, that based on the definition above, a single business entity that dominates the market cannot be considered a cartel. So as long as the business entity does not abuse the monopoly it has, it will not be considered guilty.

    The Process of Cartel Formation

    Usually, these cartels appear in oligopoly conditions. This is a condition where there are only a few sellers with a homogeneous type of product. In addition, cartels can also appear or be formed in industries that have:

    1. Small or low profit
    2. Few companies
    3. Has a barrier factor
    4. The demand for the product is inelastic
    5. Concentration of companies geographically
    6. Has no legal restrictions

    So usually a cartel will be formed if the companies in the industry that have these characteristics work together and comply with every rule that has been agreed upon.

    The reason is because companies that work together can get greater benefits if the collaboration is effective. On the other hand, if one of the members violates, then the company will suffer a loss.

    Cartel Models

    Reader needs to know, cartels have their own models that are already widely known, namely:

    1. Oligopoly

    The first model is a market structure in which there are only a few companies, but they have a high level of interaction. Usually in this market there is a barrier that makes it difficult for prospective new companies to enter it.

    As a result of this barrier, in some oligopoly markets, some or all of the producing firms have large profits over a long period of time.

    With high interaction, companies that are part of an oligopoly market have to make the right decisions. For example, they will continue to compete or even work together to form a cartel.

    2. Duopoly

    The second model is the simplest form of an oligopoly market. So, when in an oligopoly market there are only two companies and this duopoly model is developed to see the interaction of those companies.

    Well, in this duopoly there are two other models, namely the Cournot, Edgeworth, Chamberlin, Stackelberg, Chamberlin, Bertrand, and also Sweezy models. But what will be discussed this time is the Cournot and Edgeworth models.

    a. Cournot model

    In this model, each firm acts as if the output of its rival firm is constant. Then the company tries to maximize profits on the rest of the existing market.

    This is like if there are only two black sellers around your house. The first one already has many customers because of its position as a pioneer. While the second is a newcomer.

    Well, this newcomer thinks that he cannot beat the name or branding of the first seller, so he does various things to make a profit from the remaining buyers.

    b. Edgeworth model

    This model is usually based on two assumptions. First, the company assumes that the prices of its competitors are fixed. Second, each company has its maximum output constraints.

    With this assumption, rival companies will then sell their products at lower prices so that they can dominate a larger market.

    If you look at the examples of the two previous seblak sellers. In this Edgeworth model, the seblak seller who is a newcomer sells a serving of seblak at a lower price. That way he can get more customers than his competitors.

    3. The demand curve is broken

    This is a condition where when a company lowers its price, other competitors do the same. However, if the company raises its price, it has no buyers and causes its sales to fall drastically.

    This model is like two counters waging a price war to attract more buyers. If this condition continues, then at a certain point, any counter that raises its price first will lose its customers.

    4. Pricing

    This is a condition where the dominant company determines the price in order to achieve maximum profit. While other smaller companies have to sell a lot of goods in order to make a profit.

    Cartel Types

    Cartels, as a form of cooperation, are divided into several types. Usually this type focuses more on the scope of cooperation which has become the main point in the agreement made.

    1. Price Cartel

    This type of cartel is one that regulates the minimum selling price of a product produced by its members. Each member may not sell his product at a lower price than the agreed minimum price.

    However, its members are not prohibited from selling their products at a higher price. Of course, all risks of loss – such as the product not selling well in the market – are borne alone.

    2. Cartel Terms

    The conditions cartel usually dictates certain conditions that must be complied with. For example, quality standards, delivery, and packaging in selling products. The purpose of this requirement is to establish product uniformity and attributes so that competition between producers does not occur.

    3. Kartel Rayon

    The third type is more focused on determining or dividing sales areas. Usually this division is accompanied by pricing for each region. With this agreement, cartel members can only sell their products in designated areas.

    4. Production Cartel

    Production cartels generally form agreements on the maximum amount of goods each member can produce. The goal, of course, is that there is no excess production that has the potential to lower selling prices.

    5. Kartel Pool

    In this cartel, the profits earned by its members are collected in a joint treasury and then divided again according to a pre-agreed agreement.

    6. Sales Syndicate

    In this type of cartel, members hand over the goods they produce to a central sales office. That way, these goods can be sold at the same price so there is no competition in the market.

    Further discussion of the types of cartels can be found in the book Circumstantial Evidence: As Evidence in Cartel Cases  by Dr. Rosana Kesuma Hidayah, SH, M.Sc.

    Cartel Advantages and Disadvantages

    Even though it is prohibited by law, it does not mean that the cartel does not have its own advantages and disadvantages. Here are some of them:

    Cartel Profits

    • Cartel members are well positioned to face competition because of the cartel’s position in the industry market.
    • Risks in sales and capital risks for cartel members can be minimized because the production and sale of goods can be regulated and the amount guaranteed.
    • This cartel can carry out a rationalization that causes the price of goods sold to tend to fall.
    • Cartels can also create a more conducive working relationship between company management and workers. Because if there is a source of conflict, such as demands for wage increases and workers’ welfare, it can be easily discussed.
    • The risk of termination of employment (PHK) can be minimized because every company that is a cartel member tends to have a stable position in free competition.
    • The risk of loss caused by low sales can also be minimized because production or sales are regulated and the amount is guaranteed.

    Cartel Losses

    • There is a possibility that cartel competitors smuggle in and become members
    • In public life, cartels are also considered detrimental because they can freely change selling prices
    • Regulations made and agreed upon can bind the freedom of its members
    • Innovation can be reduced because cartel member companies already have definite and stable profits
    • If there is a company that wants to innovate, it is likely to be hindered because there are regulations and sanctions that have been mutually agreed upon.
    • It is detrimental to society because cartels can make prices unstable. What’s more, the cartel also has the power to increase prices as it wishes.
    • Competition between producers becomes unhealthy which causes the business climate to become less conducive.
    • Unstable and vulnerable product prices can also affect people’s purchasing power.
    • There is a possibility that cartel members will gain too much profit in the long run.
    • To the detriment of society at large because price rigidity can fuel chronic inflation.

    Fortunately, in Indonesia cartels are not allowed and are considered legally illegal. This prohibition is regulated in Article 11 of Law Number 5 of 1999 concerning Prohibition of Monopolistic Practices and Unfair Business Competition.

    The article states that business actors may not enter into agreements with competitors to influence selling prices and regulate the production and marketing of goods or services. Because this agreement can result in monopolistic practices and unfair business competition.

    Exactly as mentioned by Galuh Puspaningrum in his book entitled The Law of Agreements Prohibited in Business Competition .

    Problems Existing in the Cartel

    1. Obstacles for companies that are not members of a cartel

    Within a cartel there are hurdles for companies wanting to become new members. For example, if a company in an industry succeeds in increasing its price until it is profitable in the long run.

    Now this company is not interested in joining the cartel because they feel that they are already getting economic benefits. It is very likely that this company will face various obstacles presented by cartel members.

    2. Natural obstacles

    The cartel also has natural barriers which are divided into two, namely:

    1. The first natural barrier arises when output is greater than total demand. Under these circumstances, existing firms can make a profit without inviting other firms to enter the market.
    2. The second natural barrier arises when there is an absolute cost advantage. This means that companies that are already involved in an industry have a low average cost curve and within very large limits. Especially when compared with potential new income.

    This obstacle has the potential to cause existing companies to determine a price even though the company has already earned a profit. While newcomers have to suffer losses in a certain time.

    3. Resistance Made by Enterprises

    This is an obstacle deliberately created by cartel member companies to prevent new entrants. Usually this condition occurs if there is no natural resistance that occurs.

     

    The way it is done is to increase the number of similar products that have several features and can be combined into several combinations. In the end will appear a place to market products that are almost the same.

    Examples of Cartel Cases that Have Happened in Indonesia

    To better understand the meaning of cartel and its intricacies, Reader can look at examples that have happened in Indonesia. One of them is the SMS (Short Message Service) tariff business.

    In 2008, there were many reports about several mobile operators (Telkomsel, Mobile-8, Bakrie, Telkom, and XL) playing with the tariff for SMS. They have been doing cartel since 2004 until 2007.

    The Business Competition Supervisory Commission (KPPU) at that time succeeded in proving the violations committed by the mobile operators. The action is the agreement that caused the SMS tariff cartel.

    At that time, the competitive tariff for SMS was as much as Rp. 114 per SMS, but the operators set a higher tariff, namely Rp. 250. As a result, consumers or communities that use their services experience losses of Rp. 136 per SMS.

    This lasted for three years until in total, the consumer or customer of the mobile operator experienced a loss of around Rp. 2.827 Trillion. On the other hand, the operators profit from the losses.

    That is the discussion about the meaning of cartel and other matters related to it. This phenomenon cannot be left alone and we as a society should be more aware of the existence of cartels in this country. Moreover, there are already cases that prove that the community is the one that is harmed.

     

  • Definition of Carbohydrates and Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

    Definition of Carbohydrates and Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

     

    To meet our energy needs in one day certainly needed carbohydrate content. With this content, the energy in our body increases. That means, one of the functions of carbohydrates is to add energy to the body.

    On this occasion, we will discuss the meaning of carbohydrates to the functions of carbohydrates. So, what are you waiting for, see this review until it’s finished, OK?

    Understanding Carbohydrates

    Carbohydrates are the most abundant organic compounds on Earth. Carbohydrates are nutrients that function as a source of energy for the body. This energy source is the main food for the brain.

    Therefore, if a lack of carbohydrates can actually trigger health problems, so you cannot avoid them. Carbohydrates have various functions in the body of living things, especially as fuel, food reserves and building materials.

    When you consume carbohydrates, the body will break them down into glucose. Glucose or blood sugar is the main source of energy for cells, tissues and organs of the body. This substance can be used immediately or stored in the liver and muscles.

    Most carbohydrates can be found in grains. However, not a few food manufacturers add these nutrients to other processed foods, in the form of starch or added sugar.

    Everyone’s carbohydrate needs generally vary, depending on age, gender, physical activity, and medical conditions suffered. Therefore, the balance of the amount of intake should always be maintained. Don’t get too much or too little. In addition, extreme diets by limiting carbohydrate intake and other nutrients should be avoided.

    Healthy adults generally need a carbohydrate intake of 220 to 300 grams per day. So, don’t get short of carbohydrate intake, so that your body still has the right energy, so it can start activities to the fullest.

    Carbohydrate Source

    Basically, there are lots of foods that contain carbohydrates and can be substituted for rice. Here is the full explanation.

    1. White Rice

    White rice is a food that is quite high in carbohydrates. White rice is the staple food of Indonesia. In 180 grams of white rice there are 50 grams of carbohydrates.

    Not only is it high in carbohydrates, white rice stores vitamins B1, B2, B3, B6, protein, iron, selenium, manganese, phosphorus and magnesium which are also needed by the body even in small amounts. Glucose from white rice is useful for the main source of energy or fuel for the body, especially for the brain.

    2. Brown Rice

    Brown rice or red rice is a food that is considered healthier than white rice. In one cup of brown rice there are about 36 grams of carbohydrates. Even though the carbohydrate content is lower, red rice has fiber which is beneficial for the body. Brown rice also functions as an antioxidant.

    3. Sweet Potatoes

    A medium-sized sweet potato with its cloudy skin is about 23.61 grams. And this one food also stores vitamins A, C, and potassium which are beneficial to health.

    4. Corn

    The next choice of food that contains carbohydrates is corn. Consumption of 100 grams of corn, then you will get about 25 grams of carbohydrates. Not only carbohydrates, corn has protein and vitamin C needed by the body.

    5. Appeal

    This apple, which has a hard texture but tastes good, contains quite high carbohydrates. In one medium-sized apple there are about 25.15 grams of carbohydrates. Apples also store vitamins such as vitamins A and C which are good for the body. Potassium and fiber content make this one fruit even richer in nutrients.

    6. Bananas

    Fruits can also be a source of carbohydrates. Banana is a fruit that is quite high in carbohydrates. One medium-sized banana contains about 26.95 grams of carbohydrates. In addition, bananas store potassium, vitamins A and C.

    7. Red Beans

    The next carbohydrate-containing food is red beans. Consumption of one cup of red beans will produce carbohydrates of approximately 21 grams.

    The protein and fiber content is high enough so that it can add nutrients to the body. Not only that, the potassium in red beans makes this food have many health benefits, one of which is to prevent inflammation of the large intestine.

    8. Oat

    One cup of oats can provide about 27 grams of carbohydrates. In addition to carbohydrates, oats contain protein and five and four grams of fiber. A study says that oats derived from wheat are beneficial for maintaining heart health. Oats are usually consumed in the morning as a breakfast menu.

    9. Potatoes

    Carbohydrates in potatoes are about 66 to 90 percent. This tuber is indeed quite filling. You can consume it by boiling, frying, or processing it in other forms.

    10. Dates

    Medjool dates have a carbohydrate content of around 17.99 grams. In addition, dates are also rich in vitamin A, fiber, calcium, phosphorus and potassium which are beneficial for health. The sweet taste and soft texture make many people love this Middle Eastern specialty.

    11. Raisins

    This food from dried grapes contains about 129.48 grams of carbohydrates in one cup. In addition, raisins store potassium, phosphorus, calcium, and are a good source of antioxidants for the body.

    Types of Carbohydrates

    Carbohydrates are known to have two types. The body will digest both types of macronutrients in different ways. The following explanation is summarized from various sources:

    Types of Simple Carbohydrates

    Simple carbohydrates are usually found in candies, syrups, or fizzy drinks. These foods and drinks are made from refined sugars that do not contain fiber or vitamins.

    These types of food are known as “empty calories” and have the potential to increase body weight.

    Even though it doesn’t have calories, the body can still process these simple carbohydrates. When the simple sugars produced by carbohydrates are already in the bloodstream, insulin will help glucose enter the body’s cells.

    Energy will be obtained by the cell. Insulin will also help the remaining glucose to enter the liver and muscles to be stored as energy reserves. If glucose cannot be stored in cells for energy, it will be converted into fat.

    This is what ultimately makes many people believe that carbohydrates can make you gain weight. Even if you know how to manage it, carbohydrates can provide many benefits.

    For example, by doing regular exercise so that the glucose reserves in the muscles can be used. So when there is excess glucose, it can be stored in the muscles and become an energy reserve.

    Types of Complex Carbohydrates

    The function of carbohydrates for the body is also supported by this type of carbohydrate. Complex carbohydrates are digested by the body by breaking down long chains of sugar before they become energy.

    Complex carbohydrates take longer to process in the body than simple carbohydrates. On the bright side, complex carbohydrates can provide consistent energy and prevent fat accumulation in the body.

    After complex carbohydrates enter the small intestine, enzymes will begin to break down carbohydrates into glucose. At that time, glucose begins to enter the bloodstream. Then glucose will be needed in the same way as glucose in simple carbohydrates.

    However, complex carbohydrates take longer to enter the bloodstream. The advantage of complex carbohydrates is that they can provide energy for a longer time than simple carbohydrates. So when consuming this type of complex carbohydrates can make us feel full longer.

    There are several types of food that are able to provide optimal carbohydrate function for the body, such as:

    • Whole grains and bread containing these ingredients (whole grain) Brown rice, brown rice, or sago
    • Whole grain cereal pasta
    • Nuts
    • Tubers, such as sweet potatoes
    • Fruits, such as bananas, apples, mangoes, or dates.

    Functions of Carbohydrates for the Body

    pixabay

    Here are some of the functions of consuming carbohydrates for the body, including:

    1. As an Energy Source

    The function of carbohydrates is as a source of energy. When carbohydrates are digested, the body will convert them into glucose. This substance is a source of energy for the body.

    What we need to know is that carbohydrates are divided into two types, namely complex and simple carbohydrates. Complex carbohydrates provide more lasting energy. Meanwhile, simple carbohydrates provide energy in a short time.

    Carbohydrate intake from every food consumed will be broken down into sugar in the body, then absorbed by the digestive tract and into the bloodstream.

    With the help of the hormone insulin, sugar in the blood will enter the body’s cells and be processed into energy. Meanwhile, excess sugar or glucose in the body will be stored in the muscles and liver as glycogen. When completely unused, glucose will be converted into fat.

    2. As a Weight Manager

    Not a few people think that the consumption of carbohydrate foods can increase body weight. That assumption is not just a myth. Complex carbohydrates can provide energy for longer.

    So when consuming it, we can feel full longer and reduce appetite. To get this one carbohydrate function, choose foods that contain complex carbohydrates, such as wheat bread, nuts, and vegetables.

    These types of carbohydrate foods are known to be rich in fiber which can provide the effect of satiety for longer and lose weight.

    Most people who want to lose weight choose to go on a low-carb diet. That is, you may only get 25 to 150 grams of carbohydrates per day.

    In fact, this weight loss diet is actually safe, but you still need to consult with a nutritionist. This is because a low carb diet sometimes makes you not get enough fiber.

    Lack of fiber and other carbohydrates can also cause health problems, such as constipation (constipation) to malnutrition.

    3. To Support Brain Function

    One of the functions of carbohydrates is to support brain performance. Glucose in carbohydrates is a good source of food for the brain. This organ is known to work harder so it needs more energy to carry out its function.

    At least the brain needs about 20% of energy in order to function optimally. Therefore, carbohydrates are very necessary and good for supporting brain function.

    4. To Prevent Disease

    Consuming too many carbohydrates is not good for health, especially for the heart. However, complex carbohydrates such as high-fiber foods can help lower body cholesterol.

    A study proved that complex carbohydrates that are high in fiber will not increase blood sugar. In addition, fiber can also prevent diabetes because it does not trigger a spike in blood sugar.

    5. Protect Protein

    Another very important function is to protect proteins. In the human body, protein functions as an energy reserve or other energy source as a substitute for carbohydrates. If the amount of carbs consumed is less, protein will replace the function.

    In fact, protein functions not only as a source of energy, but also for the formation of other important organs in the body. Therefore, a sufficient amount of carbohydrates will help to keep the protein in order to function as it should.

    6. Prevention of Various Diseases

    Carbohydrates are also known to reduce the risk of various diseases. This one carbohydrate function is supported by several studies that state that the fiber content in complex carbohydrates is thought to be able to suppress the risk of heart disease, obesity, and digestive disorders.

    Carbohydrate sources rich in fiber include vegetables, potatoes or sweet potatoes cooked with their skins, and whole grains.

    7. Maintain the Health of the Digestive System

    The next function of carbohydrates for the body is to help maintain digestive health. Complex carbohydrates that are rich in fiber can help defecate more smoothly and regularly. In addition, fiber can also prevent us from the risk of colon diseases such as diverticulum.

    8. Source of Calories

    Carbohydrates also serve as a source of calories for the body. The number of calories in carbohydrates is actually not that much, but it helps enough to meet the body’s needs. If you want to add calories, it is highly recommended to consume carbohydrates that are high in fiber.

    9. Maintain Muscle

    Carbohydrates are also known to maintain muscle. This is because carbohydrates can maintain muscle mass. When the body lacks glucose, the muscles will be broken down into amino acids. Then, it is changed again into glucose or other compounds that produce energy.

    How to Manage Carbohydrate Eating Patterns

    Here are some ways that can help you in organizing a healthy diet to meet your daily carbohydrate needs, namely:

    1. Breakfast with grains

    When starting the day, you can have breakfast with oatmeal or cereal added with grains. Try to choose a type of cereal that contains 4 grams of fiber and less than 8 grams of sugar per serving.

    2. Eat wheat bread as a lunch or snack

    If you are tired of rice as a staple food during lunch, try to replace it with wheat bread. You can choose whole wheat unleavened bread that contains ingredients such as: whole wheat, black wheat, or other whole grains.

    3. Replace potatoes with beans

    Instead of eating potatoes that can increase weight, you can replace them with beans. The reason is that beans are a source of carbohydrates that can be digested slowly and contain healthy protein.

     

  • Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters)

    Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters)

    Definition, Characteristics, and Examples of Carnivorous Animals (Meat Eaters) – Every animal must consume food according to the nutrition required to survive. Based on the type of food, animals can be divided into four types, namely herbivores, carnivores, omnivores, and insectivores. All four have their own role in the food chain.

    Herbivores are animals that eat plants, while carnivores are animals that eat meat. Omnivores are animals that eat plants and meat, while insectivores are animals that eat insects.

    This time we will cover things related to carnivorous animals and their examples. So, keep following this Reader review. Always activate your Sinaumedia Digital application, so as not to miss other exciting information.

    Definition of Carnivorous Animals

    Carnivores are meat-eating animals. Animals that are classified as carnivores because they prey on other animals. This type of animal is also called a predator.

    Kira Seta (2018) in his book titled Getting to Know Herbivorous, Carnivorous, and Omnivorous Animals explains that the word carnivore comes from Latin, namely carne which means “meat” and vorare which means “to eat”.

    Meanwhile, Ullrey (2004) in Mammals: Carnivores (Encyclopedia of Animal Science) defines a carnivore, meat eater, or satwaboga as a living creature that obtains the energy and nutrition it needs from food in the form of animal tissue, both as a predator and scavenger. Animals that only depend on animal meat for nutrition are called obligate carnivores, while carnivore animals that also consume non-animal food are called facultative carnivores.

    Because their food source is meat, it is not uncommon for carnivorous animals to be nicknamed as predators. What is evil? Of course not. This is an important aspect of its role as an ecosystem balancer that prevents animal populations.

    Carnivores are at the top of the food chain. However, not only animals, it turns out that there are also plants that catch insects and other small animals. This type of plant is called a carnivorous plant. Some fungi also eat microscopic animals and are called carnivorous fungi.

     

    Classification of Carnivores

    The word “carnivore” often refers to one of the orders of mammals, namely the order Carnivora. This gives a wrong understanding because many Carnivores meet the definition of meat eaters, although not all carnivores are like that, in fact only a few carnivores are really considered obligate carnivores. Additionally, many carnivore species are not included in the order Carnivora.

    For example, most bear species are actually omnivores, except for pandas which are herbivores. One of the animals that really only eats meat is the polar bear that lives in the Arctic. This is because in this place only a few plants can live.

    Carnivores that only eat insects and other similar invertebrates are called insectivores, while carnivores that only eat fish are called piskivors. Carnivores can also be classified based on the percentage of meat in their food, namely obligate carnivores, hypercarnivores, and mesocarnivores.

    1. Obligate Carnivore

    Obligate carnivores or true carnivores are groups of carnivorous animals that only depend on nutrition derived from the flesh of other animals to survive. Obligate carnivores do not have an adequate digestive system to process plant matter. The bodies of obligate carnivores cannot digest plants well.

    If these animals eat it, it is as if it just passes through the process of emesis or vomiting, that is to forcefully remove the contents of the stomach through the mouth or nose, so that the plant cannot provide enough nutrition for obligate carnivores.

    For example, cats need high protein and their metabolism cannot synthesize certain essential nutrients (including retinol, arginine, taurine, and arachidonic acid), so they only rely on animal meat to obtain these nutrients.

    2. Hypercarnivores

    Hypercarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose 70% food source is meat. Animals that become hypercarnivores usually cannot digest plants. This is why most of their food is meat. The physical character of this animal is having a strong skull and facial muscles, which function to hold prey, cut meat, and break bones.

    3. Mesocarnivores

    Mescocarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose 50% food source is meat. Why only 50%? Then, what else is left? In addition to meat, this type of animal can eat fruit, vegetables, and mushrooms. The physical character of this type of carnivore is usually smaller than that of hypercarnivores. This type of animal usually lives in an environment close to humans.

    4. Hypocarnivores

    Hypocarnivores are a group of carnivorous animals whose meat needs are only around 30% of all types of food. This type of carnivore can eat meat, but the majority of its food is fish, fruits, roots, and nuts. Animals that enter this group are usually equated with animals that enter the omnivorous group.

    Characteristics and Characteristics of Carnivores

    Characteristics commonly associated with carnivores are the organs for grasping and tearing prey apart (the majority of vertebrates’ teeth and claws fulfill this function) and their predatory status. This assumption is incorrect because some carnivores do not hunt and are scavengers, although most hunter carnivores also eat carrion whenever the opportunity arises. This is why scavenger carnivores do not have the same characteristics as hunter carnivores.

    Carnivores have short digestive systems because they do not have to break down the cellulose found in plants. Many animals that hunt other animals have evolved eyes, so they face forward, which allows for depth perception. This occurs almost universally in mammalian predators. Other predators such as crocodiles have side-facing eyes and hunt by ambush rather than chase.

    Common characteristics of carnivorous animals include:

    • The majority live in forests or savannas;
    • The majority of carnivores are mammals that have mammary glands;
    • Have sharp nails or claws that function to grip their prey;
    • Has a fast running speed in chasing and hunting prey;
    • Has poison that can weaken its prey;
    • Have sharp eyesight both day and night;
    • Has a very sensitive sense of hearing and smell;
    • Has strong and sharp canine teeth to tear the body of its prey;
    • Have a spine;
    • Having the ability to attack and disable victims quickly;
    • It has a single stomach with a shorter digestive tract.

    In the food chain, carnivores occupy the highest trophic level or are also known as top consumers or consumer III.

    Examples of Mammal Group Carnivores

    Mammals are vertebrates which have the main characteristic of mammary glands. To date, more than 5,000 genera of mammals have been identified, spread across 425 families and 46 orders.

    The word  mammal  comes from the Latin word  mamma  which means “nipple”. Mammals reproduce by giving birth (viviparous) and laying eggs (oviparous). Some mammals are classified as carnivores because they eat other animals. Some of the front teeth of carnivorous mammals have adapted to form  carnassial , namely teeth that work like scissors that can cut meat.

    The examples of carnivore animals in the mammal group are explained as follows.

    1. Polar Bear

    The polar bear or ice bear has the scientific name  Ursus maritimeus . This animal is a large mammal in the biological family genus  Ursidae  and is a  circumpolar species  found around the Arctic. Polar bears are sometimes also classified as marine mammals.

    Male polar bears weigh between 400–600 kilograms and can sometimes reach over 800 kilograms and reach over 2.5 meters in height. Female polar bears on the other hand are only half the weight of male bears weighing between 200–300 kilograms and about 2 meters tall. Polar bears have a very keen sense of smell. They can smell a dead whale or seal from 20 miles away.

    Polar bears are good swimmers, able to swim 60 miles without stopping. They use their forelegs for swimming and hind limbs for rudder. The oil glands in their skin lubricate their fur well, so their body is water resistant and stays dry while swimming.

     

    The main diet of polar bears is fish and seals. They are patient animals when hunting and waiting for their prey (seals), who are diving for hours until the target jumps to land and is then immediately pounced on. The paralyzing power of its prey resides in its sharp claws and the powerful thrashing of its forelegs.

    An adult polar bear needs 2 kilograms of fat per day to survive in cold temperatures. A seal weighing 55 kilograms can meet the food requirements for a polar bear to survive for 8 days.

    2. Lion

    Lion is a species of animal from the family felidae or cat type. There are many lions in the African continent and some in the Indian region. Lions are animals that live in groups, usually consisting of one male and many females. This group guards its territory.

    Lions live between 10 and 15 years in the wild, but in captivity can reach more than 20 years. The younger lion will usurp leadership from the older lion.

    Female lions are much more active in hunting, while male lions are more relaxed waiting and asking for rations from the prey of their females. Male lions are believed to be superior and powerful compared to other big cats, but the lion’s weakness is that it cannot climb trees like other big cats.

    Male lions have thick fur around the back of their necks to protect them in free fights. Other big cats, such as leopards and leopards, have much smaller body sizes than lions. Despite being from the same family as tigers, lions do not like water. It’s different with a tiger that likes water.

    3. Tiger

    The tiger is the largest living cat species of the genus Panthera . Tigers have distinctive stripes on their fur, in the form of dark vertical stripes on orange fur, with the lower part of the fur being white. Tigers are apex predators, mainly preying on ungulates such as deer and wild boar.

    Tigers are generally solitary, solitary predators, but still have a social side. They still stay in nearby areas to support their food needs and raise their offspring. Tiger cubs stay with their mother for about two years, then will live independently and leave their mother’s range to build their own homes.

    Tigers were first scientifically described in 1758 and were once widespread from the Eastern Anatolia region in the west to the Amur River valley in the east. Tigers are also found in the southern foothills of the Himalayas up to Bali in the Sunda Islands. Since the beginning of the 20th century, the tiger population has continued to decline to 93% and experienced extinction in West Asia, Central Asia, as well as on the islands of Java and Bali.

    Tigers are also declared extinct in most regions of Southeast Asia, South Asia, and China. Today, the tiger’s range stretches from the temperate forests of Siberia to the subtropical and tropical forests of the Indian subcontinent, Indochina, and Sumatra.

    Examples of Carnivorous Animals Reptile Group

    Reptiles are vertebrates that are cold-blooded and their bodies are covered with scales. The majority of reptile species reproduce oviparously (eggs), but some also viviparously (give birth). Reptiles are tetrapods (animals with four legs) and lay eggs whose embryos are enveloped by an amniotic membrane.

    Examples of carnivorous animals of the reptile group are snakes and komodo dragons.

    1. Snake

    Snakes are a group of legless and long-bodied reptiles that are widespread in the world. Scientifically, all types of snakes are grouped in one sub-order, namely Serpentes and are also members of the order Squamata (scaly reptiles) along with lizards. However, snakes ( Serpentes ) themselves are classified in the Ophidia branch (clade), which is a group of reptiles with or without legs, long bodies, and having a physiology that is very different from lizards.

    Snakes are one of the most successful reptiles in the world. They can be found in all types of habitats, namely forests, grasslands, deserts, rivers, lakes, highlands, plantations, rice paddies, seas, and also in human settlements. However, like other reptiles, snakes cannot be found in cold areas such as on mountain tops and in the Arctic Circle (some species are able to live in areas near the North Pole). Snakes are also not found in Ireland, New Zealand, Greenland, isolated islands in the Pacific such as Hawaii, as well as in the Atlantic Ocean.

    Most snakes live and live on the ground, while others live and live on trees or plants. Even so, most species of snakes on the ground can climb trees. In addition to the ground and trees, snakes also live in water, there are even snakes that live in water and never travel on land at all, for example the snakes of the Hydrophiidae family .

    Snakes prey on various types of animals smaller than their bodies. Tree snakes and land snakes prey on birds, mammals, frogs, other types of reptiles, including their eggs. Large snakes such as panca kembang can prey on goats, deer, deer, and even humans. Snakes that live in the waters prey on fish, frogs, tadpoles, and fish eggs.

    Snakes eat their prey whole without waste and are capable of consuming prey three times larger than the diameter of their head. This is because their jaw is lower and can be separated from the upper jaw. Additionally, snakes have backward-facing teeth that hold their prey in their mouths. This prevents the victim from escaping.

    2. Komodo dragon

    Komodo or complete komodo lizard ( Varanus komodoensis ) is a species of large lizard found on Komodo Island, Rinca, Flores, Gili Motang, and Gili Dasami in East Nusa Tenggara Province. This lizard by the natives of Komodo island is also called by the local name “ora”. Another name for komodo is land crocodile, although komodo is not a species of crocodile.

    Komodo is the largest species of the Varanidae family , as well as the largest lizard in the world, with an average length of 2-3 meters and a weight that can reach 100 kilograms. Komodo is the apex predator in its habitat because so far no other large carnivore other than this lizard is known to exist in any geographical area.

    Well, Reader. That’s a brief story about carnivorous animals. It turns out that the way these animals survive is very unique. However, even though these carnivorous animals are mostly wild animals, we cannot hunt these animals so that the natural ecosystem remains sustainable.

  • Definition of Character: Elements, Formation and Values

    Definition of Character: Elements, Formation and Values

     

    Definition of character –  The term character is of course sad that Reader often hears. Reader may often hear that person A has a quiet character, while B has a chatty character. However, does Reader know the meaning of character?

    In general, character can be defined as a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

    Everyone has their own character. The cause of each person’s character is different due to some specific factors that form a person’s character. In order for Reader to understand the explanation of character further, the following are the definitions, elements, formation and values ​​of character. Read to the end of the article.

     

    Definition of Character 

    In general, the understanding of character is a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

    Etymologically, the term character comes from the Latin language, character, which means character, character, psychological traits, personality, character and morals.

    Another definition of character is the accumulation of personality, character and traits possessed by an individual and directs the individual’s habits and beliefs in his daily life.

    The formation of character in a person will happen through the learning process throughout his life. So in other words, a person’s character is not innate since they were born, but formed due to a learning process from the family environment and the people around them.

     

    The Meaning of Character According to Experts

    In order to better understand the meaning of character, here are the opinions of experts on the meaning of character.

    1. WB Saunders 

    The understanding of character according to WB Saunders is a real and different trait shown by an individual. The character of an individual can be seen from various attributes in his behavior in everyday life.

    2. Alwisol 

    Alwisol believes that character is a depiction of behavior done by showing and highlighting right-wrong, good or bad values ​​implicitly or explicitly.

    3. John Maxwell 

    Character according to John Maxwell is better than just words. Further Maxwell then explained that character is a choice that will determine the level of success of an individual.

    4. Wednesday 

    The definition of character according to Kamisa is a mental trait, character and morals possessed by a person, so that makes him different from other people.

    5. Soemarno Soedarsono

    According to Soemarno Soedarsono, character is a value embedded in a person that is obtained from education, experience, trials, sacrifices and influence from the environment which is then combined with the values ​​that exist in an individual and then becomes an intrinsic value that is realized in the system fighting power and then affects a person’s attitude, thoughts and behavior.

    6. Poerwadarminta 

    Poerwadarminta put forward the opinion that character is a person’s character, psychological traits, morals and character or manners that distinguish that person from other people.

    7. Simon Phillips 

    The understanding of character according to Simon Philips is a set of values ​​that leads to a system and is based on the attitudes, thoughts and behaviors displayed by an individual.

    8. Coons

    Coon explained that the meaning of character is a subjective assessment of an individual’s personality and is related to personality attributes that can or cannot be accepted by the wider community.

    9. Mansur Muslich 

    Muslich expressed the opinion that character is a way of thinking and a way of behaving of an individual that is a characteristic of every individual to be able to live and work together, both in the family, community and country.

    10. Big Indonesian Dictionary

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), character is a person’s psychological traits, character, morals or character that distinguishes an individual from other individuals.

    11. Wines 

    Character according to Wyne is a marker of a person’s way of focusing on how to apply a good value in the form of action or behavior.

    For this reason, an individual who has dishonest, cruel or greedy behavior can be said to be someone who has a bad character, while someone who has honest behavior, likes to help others can be said to be someone who has a noble character. So, the term character is closely related to one’s personality.

    Character Elements

    From the definition of character that has been explained by experts, it can be concluded that some experts argue that a person’s character is determined by the attitude of an individual. Whether it is good or bad, it will also affect his character.

    According to experts, a person’s character is not born, but is formed slowly and influenced by the surrounding environment, people around or family.

    In addition to family and the surrounding environment, there are several elements that influence each other to form a person’s character. Here’s an explanation.

    1. Emotions 

    In general, the definition of emotion is a feeling or a turmoil of the soul that arises from within a person as a result of stimulation, either from within a person or from outside.

    Emotions can also be interpreted as a symptom that moves dynamically in a situation that is felt by an individual and these symptoms are accompanied by their effects on behavior, awareness and become a physiological process.

    Without emotion, an individual’s life will feel bland, because humans always live in a way of thinking and feeling. Emotions are also synonymous with a strong feeling.

    2. Attitude 

    The attitude of an individual is part of his character, even a person’s attitude can be considered as a reflection of that person’s character. In this case, the attitude of an individual to something that is in front of him, will show how the shape or form of the character possessed by that person.

    So, if there is someone who has a good attitude towards other people, it can be said that that person also has good character as well. And vice versa, when a person has a bad attitude, it can be said that that person has a bad character as well.

    3. Trust 

    Trust is a cognitive component that is owned by an individual from his sociological psychological factor. The belief that something is right or wrong on the basis of authority suggestions, evidence, experience and intuition is very important in the development of an individual’s character or time.

    Thus, the trust that is owned by an individual will strengthen the individual in terms of self-existence and strengthen his relationship with others.

    4. Habit and Will

    Habit is an aspect of human behavior that is settled, lasts automatically for a long time. An individual’s habits are unplanned and repeated over and over again, many times.

    Meanwhile, will is a condition that strongly reflects a person’s character because this will is closely related to actions that can reflect the behavior of that person.

    5. Self-Conception or Self-Conception

    The fifth element of character is self-conception or self-conception. Self-conception is a process of totality that is carried out either consciously or unconsciously regarding how the character and self of an individual are formed.

    Thus, self-concept is how an individual builds himself and what the individual wants and how the individual places himself in life.

    In simple terms, self-concept or self-concept is the perspective or attitude of an individual to himself. This self-concept has a relationship between physical dimensions, self-motivation and individual character.

    The Process of Forming and Forming Character

    It has been explained at the beginning of the article, that a person’s character is not born with that person, but is formed by several factors. The formation of an individual’s character needs to go through a long learning process in that person’s life.

    A person’s character will begin to form through his environment, family, school and the surrounding community. Several parties have an important role in forming the character of an individual, these parties include parents, siblings, peers, teachers and other people who are around the individual.

    According to Lickona, it is explained that the formation of a person’s character is formed due to a habit that continues from childhood to adolescence. Parents have both good and bad influences that will eventually shape the habits of their children.

    Every individual certainly has life experiences that come from the surrounding environment, family, school. One’s life experience can also be obtained through books, television, the internet and other sources that have the potential to increase one’s knowledge.

     

    In the process of gaining this life experience, the role of one’s conscious mind is very dominant. So that the mind will carry out the process of filtering the information that enters itself through the human senses.

    The mindset and belief system that exists in a person who is becoming more mature, will shape the actions, habits and unique character that each individual possesses. This means that each individual has a belief system, self-image and unique habits.

    Why should a person’s character be formed? The purpose of character formation is basically to encourage the rebirth of children with good traits or characters. By developing a good character, it will encourage children to grow with the capacity of commitment to be able to do a variety of things that are best for themselves and to be able to do everything correctly.

    Children with good character will also have a purpose in life. Society has an important role in the formation of a child’s character, through parents and their environment.

    Character Values

    Based on the study of religious values, social norms, rules or laws, ethics and academics, human rights principles, details of the values ​​have been identified which are then grouped into five main character values.

    The five main values ​​are the values ​​of human behavior in relation to God, oneself, fellow human beings and the national environment. Here is a more detailed explanation.

     

    Character Values ​​in Relationship with God

    The first character value is the character value that has a relationship with God Almighty. those values ​​are religious, the words and actions of an individual that are based on divine values ​​and religious teachings.

     

    Character Values ​​Related to Oneself (Personal)

    There are several forms of character values ​​that have a relationship with a person’s personality, among which are the following:

    • Honesty is a behavior that is based on an effort that makes a person as an individual who can be trusted in actions, words, work towards oneself or other parties.
    • Being responsible is the attitude of an individual to perform a task and obligation as he should do to himself, society, environment, country and God.
    • Discipline is an action that can show orderly behavior and obey various provisions and rules.
    • Hard work is a behavior that shows a serious effort in overcoming various obstacles to be able to complete the task well.
    • Self-confidence is an attitude of self-confidence in the ability to fulfill every desire and hope.
    • Think logically, critically and innovatively. This character is thinking and doing an action in real or by using logic to be able to produce new ways and results as well as the most up-to-date results from what is already owned.
    • Independence is a behavior or attitude that is not easy to depend on others to be able to complete tasks.
    • Having a sense of curiosity, so that an individual always strives to know deeper and wider than anything he has learned, he sees and hears.
    • Loving knowledge is a way of thinking, behaving and acting from an individual who shows an attitude of loyalty, concern and the highest appreciation for knowledge.

    • Character Values ​​Relating to Each Other

    Here are some character values ​​related to others.

    • Be aware of the rights and obligations owned by yourself and others.
    • Obey every social rule.
    • Appreciate the work and performance achieved by others. Especially the attitude and performance of a person that is beneficial for other people.
    • Being polite is a subtle and kind act from the point of view of grammar or behavior to everyone.
    • Democracy is the attitude or action of a person who evaluates the same rights and obligations of himself and others.

    Character Values ​​Related to Environment 

    Here are some character values ​​that have a relationship with the environment:

    • Social and environmental care. The meaning of this value is the attitude and actions of a person who always strives to prevent damage to the natural environment and the surrounding environment as well as develop several efforts to repair the damage to nature that has occurred and always provide help to other people and the community in need.
    • National values ​​are a way of thinking, acting and a vision that places the interests of the nation and the country above the interests of oneself or the group.
    • Having a nationalist soul in the form of a person’s way of thinking, behaving and doing something that can show loyalty, concern and high appreciation for the language, environment, social, physical, cultural, economic and political conditions of his nation.
    • Appreciate diversity. Indonesia is a large country with different cultures and languages. Because the value of this character is important, because appreciating the existence of diversity can give a feeling of respect for all kinds of good things that have a physical form, nature, custom, culture, religion or a person’s tribe.

    Such is the explanation of the meaning of character, which is a set of traits that are always admired as a sign of virtue, goodness and moral maturity possessed by a person.

  • The Understanding of Capitalism as an Economic System, Look at Its Features!

    The Understanding of Capitalism as an Economic System, Look at Its Features!

    Definition of Capitalism – Capitalism is often considered as one of the ideologies that can create human well-being. In practice, the ideology of capitalism demands that the perpetrators control the capital and the business model they are targeting with the hope of making a profit.

    Capitalist itself is a word that refers to an owner of capital and its understanding is called capitalism. In many countries, the system of capitalism is generally used, but not completely used as an ideology. The government cannot intervene in the ideology of capitalism so that the capitalist system is generally mixed with other economic systems so that the wheels of the economy can run well.

    Then, what about capitalism in Indonesia? What is the difference between the ideology of capitalism and liberalism and socialism? Well, so that Reader doesn’t get more curious, let’s go ahead and see the complete discussion about capitalism in the following article!

    What is Capitalism?

    Capitalism is an economic system that provides full freedom for everyone to control economic activities such as trade, industry, and production tools with the aim of making a profit. In another sense, capitalism is an economic system where all economic activities are carried out by the private sector and not by the government. Here, the government’s duty is only as a supervisor.

    Capital owners have the right to determine the price of a product in the market. Simply put, the capitalist system gives freedom to all its actors to organize the economy according to what they want and need.

    Here are some definitions of capitalism according to experts, Reader :

    1. Karl Max

    Hearing the name of Karl Marx, maybe Reader will remember a concept namely Marxism. Karl Marx is known as an expert in interpreting various theories in the fields of economics, government, and society. He also studied the concept of capitalism from various points of view, namely the economic aspect and the political aspect.

    Capitalism is an economic system that is created and used with the intention of obtaining profit from every production process. This is done through the mode of production , where the process of organizing each production is done in a measured and systematic way to reduce production costs to the minimum possible.

    Profits from the process will provide the strength to standardize labor or workers to dominate. Karl Marx also divided this system of capitalism into two classes, the capitalists and the workers. Where, the capitalists are the bourgeois who have various tools for production. While the laborers or the proletariat are people who do not have production tools, production materials, and even work space.

    2. Max Weber

    One of the presumptions that resonates with the negative side of the meaning of capitalism is the presumption put forward by Max Weber. According to Max Weber, capitalism has benefits and positive aspects for human life. Where, this spirit of capitalism goes hand in hand with religious doctrine.

    Capitalism is present as a good understanding to make people prosperous so that they are diligent in working, have a disciplined life, as well as a frugal life. This is linked to the concept of capitalism which was initially born from Protestant ethics as a form of worship to God.

    This Protestant ethic was born as Calvinists in Europe who believed that everyone was destined to go to heaven or hell so that in order to get good, people must succeed in working in the world. This doctrine created a work for Weber that was applied by the Calvinists in order to encourage enthusiasm in working because the measure of success in this world is considered to also affect success in the afterlife.

    3. Adam Smith

    Adam Smith’s view on the meaning of capitalism is different. According to him, this understanding of capitalism exists to support a better economy. Where, an individual has a great role to prosper a nation by making that individual a more respected figure. This is due to its ownership of production equipment, distribution, and profit management.

    • Creating wealth is actually the concern of an individual not the government.
    • An individual must have wealth in the form of personal property or resources precisely.
    • Freedom in the economy that produces a competitive market, where sellers and buyers can choose the market as they wish.
    • The government’s role is limited only to defending, protecting, and overseeing the involvement of foreign parties and job providers.

    4. Mr. Soekarno

    Capitalism is a social system in society that emerges because of the way of production that separates the workers from the means of production.

    5. JM Romein

    Capitalism is an economic system that aims to conduct production activities with the aim of generating profit.

    Figure of Capitalism

    Capitalism is generally associated with Karl Marx. However, unfortunately this is not accurate, Reader because it turns out that the most important figure of capitalism is Adam Smith. Adam Smith is a classic capitalist economic figure who criticized the mercantilism system which he considered to be insufficient to support the economy of society at that time.

    He stated that the production movement should move according to the concept of MCM or capital-commodity-money , which will be a non-stop cycle because money will turn into capital again and can turn back when invested.

    Adam Smith saw that the market should have laissez-faire or freedom from all government intervention, so that the government only has the task of overseeing all the work done by the community.

    Capitalism is different from other economic systems

    Capitalism: An economic system that gives all freedom to individuals or the private sector so that they can play an active role in economic activities in order to make a profit. In the capitalist system, each individual is given the opportunity to develop as far as possible and the state cannot do much intervention. A simple example of government intervention in the capitalist system is the setting of the minimum wage.

    Socialism: A series of economic and social systems characterized by social ownership of various means of production and self-management of workers. The ideology of socialism is an ideology that gives freedom to the intervention of the state or government to regulate wages, prices of goods and services, assets, and so on.

    Characteristics of Capitalism

    Here are the characteristics of capitalism that Reader should know.

    • Acknowledgment of the personal rights of each individual.
    • Ownership of means of production by individuals.
    • Individuals are free to choose their own jobs or ventures.
    • The economy is governed by market mechanisms.
    • The government has a very small role in economic activities.
    • The motive that drives the economy is to make a profit.
    • Man is seen as homo-economicus, that is, a person who always pursues his own profit.
    • The understanding of individualism is based on materialism or hedonism (a legacy of Ancient Greece).

    Advantages of Capitalism

    Although it is often considered disadvantageous to many people, especially small capitalists or those without capital, the capitalist system has advantages, quoting Capitalism:

    • Competition: Capitalism can trigger the emergence of business competition. Capital owners will compete with each other to produce goods and services at the best prices that can be offered to consumers.
    • Innovation: Product competition in the free market will indirectly trigger product innovation. Innovation can be considered as a determinant of sustainability for a business.
    • Price: Competition not only creates innovation, but also price competition. In the capitalist system, each person has the right to decide how much money will be spent to buy a good or service.
    • Efficiency: Efficiency in the capitalist system also has an impact on productivity. Capitalism makes a person work smarter to produce a product or servic
    • Entrepreneur: The capitalist system encourages many people to become entrepreneurs. Every individual has the freedom to start and build a business they like.e with minimal capital, but with maximum profit.
    •  

    Disadvantages of Capitalism System

    Although it has many advantages, the capitalist system also has disadvantages. Launching Economicshelp, here are the shortcomings of the capitalist system.

    • Limited access to capital: One of the disadvantages of the capitalist system is access to capital that only certain groups have. This is prone to cause imperfect competition in the free market, and can even lead to monopoly.
    • Low wages: The capitalist system only focuses on profits so that the problems of wages and the well-being of workers are often neglected.
    • Inequality: Often the perpetrators of capitalism are considered to have failed to create equality. Because everything has a personal nature, the perpetrators of capitalism can pass on their business to the next generation.
    • Exploitation of nature: Huge profits will trigger capitalists to exploit natural products.

    Examples of Forms of Capitalism

    In everyday life, forms of capitalism occur in many forms, including:

    • Supermarkets and minimarkets located adjacent to traditional markets
    • Technology company innovations also make people become consumptive
    • Mining exploitation with big profit motivation
    • The stock market trades shares with the aim of raising capital. In the stock market everyone can participate either small individuals or financial companies.
    • The presence of various competitors in various business sectors.

    Capitalism in Indonesia

    Reader , capitalism that continues to grow in Indonesia until now is inseparable from the influence of Dutch colonialism, you know. Of course, Reader still remembers the VOC forced cultivation system, right? This incident became the root of the emergence of capitalism in Indonesia.

    The cruelty of the forced cultivation system by the Dutch became a real form of capitalism, namely the Dutch extorted native wealth in order to fulfill the interests of their own government.

    After this forced cultivation system disappeared and Indonesia became independent, capitalism in Indonesia developed and gave rise to a new form of imperialism. During the New Order era, foreign capital began to enter Indonesia which caused the distance between people who had capital and those who did not have capital to become even more visible.

    Unfortunately, until now the capitalist system is still developing in Indonesia. We can see where the wealth of resources in Indonesia is still being exploited by other countries. Even so, we can also see the efforts of the Indonesian government to prevent this bad thing from continuing to happen, as can be seen from the Freeport case in Papua where in the end 51% of the shares were controlled by the Indonesian government.

    Is the Implementation of the Capitalism System Good or Bad in a Country?

    Basically, the notion of capitalism itself is an economic system used by a country to regulate the freedom of capital owners in carrying out business activities. This includes the process of production, distribution, sales, and various other things. Then, is this capitalist system good or bad to implement? The answer depends on Reader’ point of view in responding to it.

    If it is based on the explanation of some of these figures or experts, then Reader can interpret it clearly. For Reader , who considers capitalism as a way to gain huge profits or enrich oneself, this is clearly the opinion of Karl Marx. Then, if this understanding of capitalism is carried out as a form of effort to achieve success in the world and the hereafter, then this is Weber’s opinion.

     

    That is the meaning of capitalism, its advantages and disadvantages, and examples that Reader can learn from. Hope it is useful.

  • Definition of Campaign: History, Characteristics, Types and Influence in Mass Media

    Definition of Campaign: History, Characteristics, Types and Influence in Mass Media

     

    Hello  Reader friends,  Some of us may already be familiar with the word campaign. This term often appears and is discussed in the world of politics. So what are campaigns and what are their types? let’s pay attention to the following discussion.

    Definition of Campaign

    The campaign is one of the routine events in this world, including in our country Indonesia. In Indonesia, election campaigns are usually held every five years when the leader changes. When that moment occurs, the people running for office, be it mayor, district head, DPR, or presidential elections, all join hands to secure support from as many sectors of society as possible.

    These politicians don’t just campaign on the streets, they campaign on TV, social media, appear on YouTube, and rent large stadiums that can accommodate thousands of people, such as the Gelora Bung Karno Stadium or GBK, to campaign. Usually the higher the vote rate, the bigger the campaign size. For example, the 2019 presidential election or other presidential elections.

    Etymologically, the word campaign comes from the Latin word  “campaign”  which means field. The term sport is also related to other terms, namely champion/champion and champagne /champagne.

    The “champagne” element refers to Italian military exercises in “Campania” (country), while the “champagne” element refers to French citizens growing champagne grapes in their own gardens.

    According to the origin of the word, activity means a complete planned series of actions to achieve certain goals, whether in terms of public relations, marketing, increasing revenue, improving quality, safety standards, etc. (usually in geographic scale and time limit).

    The term sport is often used for various activities, including the military, commercial marketing, social activities, political activities, and various other activities.

    You will remember how exciting the campaign moments were. Not only were the streets filled with banners, billboards and flags bearing the symbols of the parties supporting each presidential candidate, but on social media, the supporters were no less excited.

    Unfortunately, campaigns that are supposed to be an arena for voting and are carried out peacefully often turn into an arena for debate between supporters and an arena for blaming and insulting each other. Unfortunately, on social media, society is divided into two camps.

    Thus, in general the notion of a campaign is a series of planned communication efforts and actions to gain the support of a large number of audiences carried out by one person or group of people one by one in an organized manner in decision making. The campaign creation process will be carried out continuously within a certain period of time.

    Commercial marketing, social activities, political activities, in principle, campaigns are processes of communication activities carried out by individuals or groups institutionally, with the aim of creating a certain effect or influence.

    Some experts have offered their own views on the definition of campaigns, such as Rogers and Storey (1987), who say that a campaign is a series of communication actions planned or designed to have a certain impact on a large audience over a continuous period (Venus, 2004:7) .

    The above definition is considered by some experts to be the most popular and acceptable interpretation among communication scientists (Grossberg, 1988; Snyder, 2002; Klingemann & Rommele, 2002).

    Definition of Campaign According to Experts

    Apart from Rogers and Storey, other experts such as Pfau and Parrot (1993) provide further explanation regarding the definition of campaigns. Both say a campaign is a consciously designed, gradual and continuous process over a certain period of time that aims to influence the target audience.

    Leslie B. Snyder (Gudykunst & Mody, 2002)  explains that campaign activities are organized communication behaviors aimed at certain audiences and within a certain period of time to achieve certain goals. At the same time,

    Rajasundarman (1981) explains that an activity can be defined as the coordinated use of various communication methods over a certain period of time, which aims to guide the audience to a particular problem and its solution.

    According to Imawan , a campaign is defined as a persuasive effort by a person or group of people to get other people to agree with an idea or ideas being offered.

    According to Rachmadi,  a campaign is defined as a systematically organized activity designed to encourage people to do what they want with certain media so that it is right on target and accompanied by an assessment.

    According to Antar Venus , what is meant by movement is an effort made within a certain period of time to bring certain changes and influences to social life.

    According to Kotler and Roberto , activity is defined as the effort of an individual or a group of people to instill the thoughts, attitudes and behaviors expected of an activist.

    According to Cangara , an awareness campaign is a communication campaign designed to influence the public to understand the behavior of the reporter.

    Referring to this definition, we can conclude that a campaign is an act of communication that aims to solicit support. Campaign efforts can be led by individuals or organized groups of people to achieve decision making within a group. Campaigns can also be used to influence, hinder or distort success.

    In a democratic political system, a political campaign refers to an election campaign to gain support, where representatives are elected or a referendum is decided. Political Action Political campaigns seek to incorporate organized efforts to change policies within an institution.

    Campaign History

    The campaign itself has existed since the era of legislative elections in the world of politics. Often, campaigns are initiated by those who are at a disadvantage or oppose the establishment (against more powerful interests, for example). This advocacy phenomenon is closely related to stakeholder groups and political parties.

    Democratic communities have regular election campaigns, but political advocacy can be undertaken on some issues even in democracies as long as freedom of speech is permitted. The US election campaigns of the 19th century produced the first mass political parties and created many popular campaigning techniques.

    Campaign history is as old as election history. We may never think to measure whether the campaign we have been doing so far is effective. The campaign appears to have devolved into a sketchy legislative election.

    It doesn’t matter whether the campaign affects the election results or not, it also answers the question of whether it will affect the future of people’s lives. Do people understand what is conveyed. The campaign becomes an entity to fill its own ego, this is like madness for people who have big money, carry out mass mobilization, rah-rah, ending with power.

    Fifty years ago, most people still believed the wrong conclusions about the campaign. They argue that campaigning through the mass media does not help increase public understanding and change behavior.

    The second is Hughes’ report (1950) on the failed campaign against the United Nations in Cincinnati, Ohio, USA. These two articles have dampened the enthusiasm of media scientists who have spent decades researching and conducting campaigns, and have even made them ignore the phenomenon of campaigns.

    In the early second half of the 1970s, interest in experimental campaigns exploded among media professionals, sparking new expectations about the potential of campaigns to promote social change, and the prospects for their research in the communications field.

    The optimism especially developed after the results of research conducted by Mendelsohn (Perloff, 1993); Warner (1997); AJ Meyer, Nash, McAlister, Maccoby, and Farquhar (Perry, 2002) have all the research reports published on the research asserting in principle that a well-constructed campaign will have an extraordinary impact on the audience. This period is known as the era of campaign success.

    At that time, media professionals realized that the impact of the campaign was more moderate and influenced by various factors. In certain conditions, a campaign program has a high chance of success, but in other cases it fails.

    They also realized that the success of the campaign was greatly influenced by the ability of some activists to plan programs and use available resources.

    This is completely in accordance with the opinion of Robert E. Simmons (1990), a professor of communication science at Boston University, US, who asserts that success in achieving campaign goals is determined by our ability to plan, implement, and evaluate systematically and strategically campaign programs . Things like that, should depend on theoretical understanding, about different campaign sizes, as well as technical skills to run them.

    Campaign Features

    Citing the material titled “Campaign and Propaganda” by Agus Purbathin Hadi, campaign practice can be shown through a number of characteristics or elements.

    A clear source

    The campaign has a clear source, namely the initiator, sender, and person responsible for the campaign product, so that the recipient of the campaign message can identify and assess the credibility of the message source.

    Open to discussion

    The campaign message is open to discussion, even the main idea behind the implementation of the campaign is open to criticism. This is because the idea and purpose of the campaign basically contains good things for the public.

    Based on the principle of persuasion

    All actions in campaign activities are based on the principle of persuasion, which is to invite and encourage the community to accept or do something that is organized on a voluntary basis. So, the campaign in principle is an example of real persuasion.

    Campaign Purpose

    In accordance with the definition of the campaign above, the communication activities in the campaign must be done in an organized and institutionalized manner. The organization can come from the government, private or non-governmental organizations.

    • Fundraising invitation letter for disaster victims.
    • Government recommendations for child immunization.
    • An invitation to a group of people in the community to choose a specific gubernatorial candidate.
    • Recommendations for an athlete to consume certain healthy foods and food supplements.
    • And others.

    Campaign Types

    There are actually several forms and types of campaigns, but in general campaign activities are carried out with slogans, speeches, print media, logos, radio recordings in the form of voice and television in the form of voice and images.

    The implementation of the campaign was also carried out through internet media as part of the image, which then developed into an effort to share ideas or group problems with the community in the hope of getting answers.

    Types of Campaigns Based on their Orientation

    1. Product Oriented Campaigns

    This is a product-based campaign. This type of campaign is usually done in a commercial setting. This campaign aims to develop a positive image of the products presented to the community.

    2. Candidate Oriented Campaigns

    This is a candidate-driven campaign. These campaigns are often based on political interests, for example election campaigns and election campaigns.

    3. Ideologically or Cause Oriented Campaigns

    This campaign is directed at a specific social purpose. As explained by Kotler, social change campaigns aim to overcome various social problems by changing society’s views, attitudes, and behaviors. For example: vaccination campaigns, breastfeeding campaigns, blood donation campaigns, and family planning campaigns.

    Types of Campaigns Based on Content

    There are several types of campaigns that can be distinguished from the context, among others:

    • Active Campaign 

    Campaigns that contain the introduction of products or people for whom the campaign is carried out, usually Transmission information is about good things.

    • Negative Campaign

    Negative campaigns are often run by competitors when the content of the campaign shows the absence of products or people. In general, this negative campaign is based on data and events that have happened before.

    • Black Campaign

    A black campaign is a campaign that aims to destroy the personality of a person or a product as a competitor. However, the information conveyed in the black campaign is slanderous, lying or accusing without evidence.

    The Influence of Television on Campaigns

    In terms of campaigns, the mass media, print and electronic newspapers, are campaign channels for politicians. Especially with this current of technology, it seems as if the electronic media has become the main channel to influence public opinion, especially during the election campaign.

    This media is growing rapidly along with the development of technology. This is partly because many people have televisions and radios, and some even have access to the Internet. As a result, many parties and candidates will compete in the general election by using campaign facilities or channels through electronic media, especially television.

    The Influence of Newspapers on Campaigns

    In addition to television, newspapers or print media play a role in shaping public perception. Perception is the process of knowing what we feel from our senses, so that we gain new knowledge from it. Perception is greatly influenced by the information gathered as a whole. Similarly, the image is also fundamentally influenced by the information received and perceived.

    Information or news in the mass media is the result of curatorial choices made by the editor-in-chief or executive editor of the newspaper. Newspaper news itself can be interpreted as news about an important event and is considered to attract the attention of the public.

    News is part of the information provided by the press. For the presentation of news, you must go through a selection process. Because news content greatly affects the public’s interest in reading.

    Due to selection in news making, not all available news or information can be displayed. The news that is published is usually only news that has sales value. This is what sometimes causes the media to be less neutral.

    The media only cares about profit, sometimes the media does not pay special attention to small communities. While they have never been touched by the world’s elite.

    Patterson concluded that information in newspapers is more effective for the public than television. The presentation of newspapers, in addition to print, is also often visual in the form of news photos, political party symbols, or caricatures. From the assumption it can be seen that the press has a great influence on the political movement.

    Based on the results of student research, the prominence of election news through the frequency of news headlines and opposition to elections (OPP) on students’ perceptions of political parties shows a significant influence (Yuniati, 2002).

    Repeated messages or news can attract a person’s attention more than just a message with less words. Especially if a news is broadcast simultaneously in several newspapers and on television. In newspapers, big news or major topics are always on the front page with interesting and titillating headlines and supporting photos.

    It turns out that the mass media, both newspapers and television, have a very large influence in winning elections. Political communication is most effective through indirect means or using the media. Because the message delivered will be known to many people in all directions simultaneously and can also be repeated.

    Perception, interpretation, and public opinion are easily influenced by advertisements and news in the media. Thus, to avoid media dysfunction, the media must be able to mediate between the government, the party elite, and the community.

    In this millennial time, where the freedom of the press begins, the press should change its working model, which previously had to “obfuscate” the government, but now must be neutral and become a tool of social criticism for the government.

     

  • Definition of Heat: Formula, Capacity, Types, Transfers, and Example Questions

    Definition of Heat: Formula, Capacity, Types, Transfers, and Example Questions

    Meaning of heat – In physics lessons, the matter of heat must be familiar to Reader to discover and learn. Simply put, heat is one form of energy that can be received or released by things. Calories then use units of joules or calories that many people may already know. 

    Are Reader still having trouble understanding caloric matter? No need to worry, Reader can read this article which discusses the complete matter of caloric, starting from formulas, types, transfer, and examples of caloric problems.  

    Meaning of heat

    In everyday life, Reader must be familiar with heat energy or heat energy, such as cooking or heating something. Well, that’s when there is a change in the temperature of the object where the heat has worked. The transfer of heat from one object to another can be in the form of conduction (conduction), radiation (radiation), and flow (convection).  

    Heat is one of the forms of energy that can move from objects with a higher temperature to objects with a lower temperature if the two meet or come into contact. Two things that have different temperatures when they meet, heat will appear that flows or moves. For example, when Reader mixes cold water with hot water, then it will produce warm water. 

    Reader need to know that temperature and heat are different. Temperature is a value that can be measured with a thermometer, while heat is energy that flows at the temperature of the object to another object. According to SI or MKS, the unit of calories is joule (J) while according to CGS, the unit of calories is erg and for some types of food, calorie units are used. It can be calculated that one calorie is the amount of heat energy required to raise the temperature of 1 gram of warm water to 1 degree Celsius (◦C). So it can be said that one calorie = 4,184 J or usually rounded to 4,2 J. 

    The definition of heat can also be referred to as the heat energy possessed by a certain substance which to detect it requires the use of a temperature measuring device. Reader can notice that hot water that is left in the open air will eventually cool down because there is heat released from the water into the air. The things that can affect the increase and decrease in temperature of an object are the amount of heat, the mass of the object and the type of object itself. 

    Heat will naturally move from an object with a higher temperature to an object with a lower temperature, so that it tends to equalize the temperature of the two objects if they meet or touch each other. If the temperature of an object is high, then the heat it contains is very large. On the other hand, if the temperature of an object is low, then the calories are low. So, it can be concluded that the amount of heat in an object or substance depends on 3 factors, namely the mass of the substance, the type of substance (specific heat), and the change in temperature. 

    The heat can then raise or lower the temperature, so the greater the increase in temperature, the more heat is received. On the other hand, a small increase in temperature will make the calories received also small. That means, the relationship between heat (Q) will be directly proportional or proportional to the increase in temperature (∆ T), if the mass (m) and heat of the substance (c) of an object are constant.  

    Caloric formula

    Based on the definition of heat above, the following is a summary of the formulas related to heat material in Physics lessons:

    1. Heat Transfer Formula

    Q = mcΔT Description:

    Q = amount of heat received or released by a certain substance (J)

    m  = mass of the object that receives or releases heat (kg)

    c = substance type heat (J/kg⁰C)

    ΔT = temperature change (⁰C)

    2. Type Caloric formula

    c = Q / m.ΔT Description:

    c = substance type heat (J/kg⁰C)

    Q = amount of heat released or received by an object (Joule)

    m = mass of the object that receives or releases heat (kg)

    ΔT = temperature change (⁰C)

    3. Caloric Capacity Formula

    C = Q / ΔT Description:

    C = heat capacity (J/K)

    Q = amount of calories (J)

    ΔT = temperature change (K)

    4. The formula for determining the caloric capacity itself

    C = mc Description:

    C = heat capacity (J/K)

    M = mass of the object receiving or releasing heat (kg)

    c = substance type heat (J/kg.K)

    5. Formula of Heat of Fusion and Steam

    Heat of fusion Q = mx L Heat of steam Q = mx U

    provisions:

    L = Heat of fusion of substance (Joule/kilogram)

    U = Heat of vapor of substance (Joule/kilogram)

    Types of Calories

    Heat has several types that are categorized based on the process of working on certain substances. Here are the types of calories that Reader need to know in order to identify the changes in calories that occur in everyday life:

    1. Heat of Formation (∆Hf)

    The word formation heat is the heat that produces or is needed to make 1 mole of a compound in its elements, such as a gas written with its molecular formula. Examples of heat of formation are C12, O2, Br2, H2.  

    2. Heat of Decomposition (∆Hd)

    Decomposition heat is the form of heat produced or needed to decompose 1 mole of a compound into other elements. 

    3. Burning Heat (∆Hc)

    Combustion heat is the heat obtained or required to burn 1 mole of a substance, namely an element or compound. 

    4. Heat of Neutralization (∆Hn)

    Neutralization heat is the type of heat obtained or needed to form 1 mole of H20 from the reaction between acid and base. This heat is included in the exothermic reaction due to the temperature rise reaction. 

    5. Heat of Solvation (∆Hs)

    The heat of dissolution is the type of heat obtained or needed to dissolve 1 mole of a substance that was initially solid into a solution. 

    Heat Types and Heat Capacity

    Reader needs to know that it can also flow on two objects that have different substance particles and also different temperature companies. For example, when oil and water are heated to the same temperature, the temperature of the oil will experience a greater change than the change in water temperature. This can happen because there is a different type of heat between the objects that are put together or brought together. 

     

    Specific heat is the amount of heat required to raise the temperature of 1 kg of mass to 1 ◦C. The unit of specific heat is calories/gram ◦celsius or in the international system it is determined using the unit Joule/kg ◦celsius. Every substance has a specific heat, each of which has a difference. Meanwhile, heat capacity is the amount of heat needed or absorbed to raise the temperature of certain substances to 1 ◦C. 

    Caloric Change

    In practice, heat works with the principle of changing two substances that meet or come into contact. Here are the heat changes that happen to substances when they are brought together or combined:

    1. Heat Can Change the Temperature of Substances

    Each object basically has a temperature lower than absolute zero, so the substance must have heat. This content will then make it the determinant of how much heat the temperature of the object has. If the substance is heated, it will receive additional heat until its temperature increases or increases. On the other hand, if the substance is cooled, it will release heat which causes its temperature to drop.  

    2. Heat can change the form of matter

    In some types of matter, if heat is given in a certain unit, then the matter will undergo changes. For example, ice that is heated or given heat will change its form from solid to liquid or gas. If the heating process is continued then the said water will change again into a gaseous substance. This happens when the substance that will change form from the liquid point to the melting point of the object. 

    Various Heat Transfers

    From the explanation of the meaning, type, formula, and change of heat above, it is clear that heat also moves when things come into contact or arrange. From that symptom, there are several types of heat transfer that can occur as follows:

    1. Conduction

    The transfer of heat by conduction occurs by passing through an intermediate substance such as a metal without being accompanied by the permanent transfer of particles within the substance itself. For example, when you heat a metal end, the other metal end also heats up. This happens because of the transfer of heat from a high temperature to a lower temperature. 

    Heating the metal tip will cause the metal particles to vibrate other particles connected to them. That is why all the metal particles will vibrate even if only one end of the metal is heated because this stimulates the transfer of heat. 

    Other examples that occur in the type of conduction transfer are when holding firecrackers that are being burned, the exhaust of a motor becomes hot after the motor is turned on, the lid of a pot that heats up when used for cooking, butter that melts when heated, and so on. From the information above, the equation for heat transfer by conduction can be shown with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = kA (T2 – T1)/x 2. Convection

    Convection is one of the heat transfers that pass through a substance accompanied by the transfer of parts of the substances themselves. This transfer by convection can occur in liquid or gas, so this type of transfer is divided into two as follows:

    • Scientific Convection: Convection movement caused by buoyancy without external factors and influenced by differences in the types of objects. For example, what happens when heating water, where the specific mass of water particles that are already hot will rise away from the fire and then be replaced by other water particles that have a lower temperature. The process causes all the particles of the substance to be perfectly heated as a whole.  
    • Forced Convection: It is a convection transfer that occurs due to the influence of external factors such as pressure and heat transfer that occurs in a forced or intentional way. That means heat is forced to move to the destination with the help of external factors such as pressure. For example what happens to a fan that brings cold air to a hot place, a car radiator that has an engine cooling system, and other examples. 

    Examples of convection transfer include, among others, the ups and downs of water when heated, the ups and downs of green beans when boiled, the occurrence of land and sea winds, the movement of hot air balloons, smoke from factory chimneys rising high into the air, and other examples. From the information above, it can be shown the equation for heat transfer by means of convection with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = hA (T2 – T1)

    3. Radiation

    Radiation is the transfer of heat that does not use an intermediate substance at all. Radiation is not the same as conduction and convection in transferring heat. The transfer of heat by radiation does not always require the two objects to meet or come into contact with each other because the heat can be transferred without an intermediate substance. That means heat will be emitted in all directions by the heat source and then flow in all directions it can go. 

    In fact, every object can emit and absorb heat radiation, but the amount depends on the temperature of the object and the color of the substance. The hotter the object is compared to the temperature of the surrounding environment, the greater will be the heat radiated to the surroundings. So the wider the surface of a hot object, the hotter the heat radiated to the surroundings. 

    For example, what happened when Reader made a bonfire, then we would feel the warmth from the source of the fire at a certain distance. Reader must have felt the radiation of heat when the palm felt hot when faced with a light bulb that was burning. Another example that is most common is the heat from the sun that reaches the earth and other planets.  

    From the information above, it can be shown the equation for heat transfer by means of radiation with the following formula: 

    Heat Rate = Q/t = σeAT4 Due to the nature of heat that easily transfers, Reader can still prevent it from transferring easily. How to prevent heat transfer by conduction, convection, and radiation? Reader can insulate the room, like a thermos that functions to keep the water temperature warm by preventing heat transfer. 

  • Meaning of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences and Examples of Use!

    Meaning of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences and Examples of Use!

    Transitive and Intransitive Sentences – Humans as social beings need tools to interact with others. Therefore, language is a tool used as a means of interaction in the establishment of a communication. When we communicate with other people using spoken or written language, the purpose is to convey ideas, thoughts, wishes or desires to others.

    An idea, thought, or desire in spoken language is conveyed directly by speaking and with the help of breathing air. According to Cahyono (1995: 6) in his book entitled Kristal-Kristal Ilmu Bahasa , oral language starts from the imitation of body movements and gestures verbally, which are related to the mouth and tongue, thus encouraging someone to speak.

    The written language is written using a writing system. Language is the most important part of social life and socializing, whenever and wherever a person is. Language becomes something very important because without language people cannot interact with each other and understand each other’s culture.

    In addition, a relationship will not be created between people if there is no language. Language can also be interpreted as a system of arbitrary sound symbols used by members of a society to work together, interact, and identify themselves.

    One of the forms of speech used by a society to express the concept of ideas, thoughts, and feelings in everyday life is the sentence. A sentence in linguistics can be interpreted as a language unit that is relatively independent, has a final intonation pattern, and actually or potentially consists of clauses.

    Sugiono (2009: 42) in his book entitled Mahir Berbahasa Indonesia dengan Benar writes that a sentence is said to be active when the subject is the doer of the action, while the predicate is an active verb. Verbs or active verbs are marked with me- and be- or unaffixed affixes, for example write, take, see, run, work, eat, jump , and so on. In general, active sentence patterns are often found in various types of texts because they tend to be easier to digest and understand by the reader or listener.

    Sentences have many types, among which are transitive and intransitive sentences. These two types of sentences have contradictory properties. Keraf explains that transitive and intransitive sentences are two different types of sentences. These two sentences are differentiated based on the need for objects in a sentence structure.

    Furthermore, quoted from the book Think Smart Bahasa Indonesia by Ismail Kusmayadi, a transitive sentence is a sentence with a transitive verb that requires an object or complement, while an intransitive sentence does not require an object in it. A transitive sentence needs an object or complement in order to convey its meaning in its entirety, while an intransitive sentence does not need an object, but can convey its meaning without causing confusion.

    Examples of transitive and intransitive sentences need to be known to understand the difference between the two types of sentences. This article will discuss in detail about transitive and intransitive sentences, starting from the meaning, characteristics, to the differences. See also examples of transitive and intransitive sentences below.

     

    Meaning of Transitive Sentences

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a transitive sentence is a sentence related to a verb and requires an object. That is, the sentence must be followed by the object after the predicate. A transitive active sentence is a sentence that has a subject (S), predicate (P), object (O), and description (K). The pattern can be changed into a passive sentence because it is equipped with an object.

    A transitive sentence can be divided into the following elements.

    • Subject (S): the part of the sentence that indicates the doer.
    • Predicate (P): the part of the sentence that shows the thing done or the state of the subject.
    • Object (O): the part of the sentence that complements the predicate.
    • Description (K): additional functions.

    Transitive sentences also consist of three types, namely:

    • Ekatransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence that only has one object.
    • Bitransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence that only has two objects.
    • Semitransitive sentence, which is a type of sentence equipped with a complement.

    Meaning of Intransitive Sentences

    According to KBBI , an intransitive active sentence is a sentence without a direct object or complement. The sentence already has a clear meaning without an object. This sentence uses an adverb or complement in it, even though the object is omitted.

    The arrangement of active intransitive sentences is in the form of SP (subject-predicate), or SPK (subject-predicate-explanation), or it can also be SP-Pel (subject-predicate-complement). The intransitive active sentence pattern cannot be changed into a passive sentence because it is not equipped with an object, for example the words cry, dance, step, and be silent .

    The difference between transitive and intransitive sentences

    Based on the understanding above, you can see that there is a striking difference between transitive sentences and intransitive sentences. The main difference between these two sentences lies in the presence of an object in the sentence. Transitive sentences have objects or complements, while intransitive sentences do not have objects or complements.

    The following is the difference between transitive and intransitive sentences in detail taken from the book entitled Seri Terampil Menulis Bahasa Indonesia: Kalimat written by Djoko Saryono and Soedjito.

    1. Based on the Verb Type

    A transitive sentence is a sentence with a transitive verb predicate, that is, it has a verb that is an object. Unlike transitive, intransitive sentences are sentences that consist of intransitive verbs, that is, verbs that do not have an object.

    2. Based on its Features

    When viewed from the main characteristics of transitive and intransitive sentences, transitive sentences are characterized by the presence of an object in the sentence, while intransitive sentences do not need an object to express an idea and feeling.

    3. Based on the Prefix

    If transitive and intransitive sentences have an active sentence structure, there is a difference in the use of prefixes or affixes. Transitive active sentences use the affix me- in the predicate part, while intransitive active sentences require the object to use the affix ber- in the sentence.

    4. Based on the Structure

    One of the differences between transitive and intransitive sentences is the sentence structure. There is a striking difference between the structure of transitive sentences and intransitive sentences. Transitive sentences are sentences that have the structure of SPO, SPO-Pel, SPOK, while intransitive sentences have the structure of SPK, SP-Pel.

    5. Based on the sentence

    A transitive active sentence can be changed into a passive sentence, while an intransitive active sentence cannot be changed into a passive sentence because it is not equipped with an object. The object position is replaced by an adverb or complement.

     

    Characteristics of Transitive and Intransitive Active Sentences

    An active sentence is a type of sentence in which the subject is given the information that he is doing a job or activity. This sentence has a general characteristic, namely the predicate is a verb that has an affix with me- and be-, such as learn and play , or it can be a verb that does not have an affix, for example go, sleep, bathe , and so on.

    When viewed from the sentence’s need for an object, active sentences have two types, namely transitive active sentences and intransitive active sentences. A transitive active sentence is an active sentence that is equipped with an object or description, so that this sentence has the structure of SPO or SPOK. In addition, another feature of this sentence is that the transitive active sentence can be changed into the passive form, because the sentence is equipped with an object in the sentence structure.

    Unlike the transitive active sentence, the intransitive active sentence is a sentence that is not completed by a sentence pattern. The characteristic of this sentence is having a SP or SPK structure. Active intransitive sentences also have certain characteristics, namely they cannot be changed into a passive sentence form, because the sentence does not have an object in its sentence structure.

    Examples of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences

    Transitive and intransitive sentences have different sentence structures. The structure of transitive sentences is in the form of SPO, SPOK, SPO-Pel, while the intransitive sentence is in the form of SPK, SP-Pel. As quoted from the book entitled Bahasa Indonesia Class XI by Yustinah, an example of a transitive sentence is “Budi washes his dirty shoes”. Based on the sentence, the position of the object is needed to support the predicate in explaining Budi’s activities. An example of an intransitive sentence is “Rani entered the house”. This sentence does not need an object, because the meaning has been conveyed in its entirety.

    In addition to the two examples above, there are other examples. The following are examples of transitive and intransitive sentences that are commonly used in everyday life.

    Examples of Transitive Sentences

    1. My brother accidentally deleted the data on my laptop.
    2. My sister read a novel called Serti Dendam, Missing Must Be Reciprocated .
    3. Andi did his job well.
    4. Andri is washing clothes.
    5. Father and sister watch the latest movie at the cinema.
    6. Dad washes clothes in the bathroom.
    7. The new shirt was worn by Ina.
    8. Dad fixed the broken cupboard.
    9. Bela closed the door.
    10. Cristiano Ronaldo kicks the ball into the opponent’s goal.
    11. Deni hit a cat that was crossing.
    12. He climbed a tree.
    13. He had considered many things.
    14. He likes to question past problems
    15. Dita watches television.
    16. Doni wrote a letter.
    17. Ferdi listens to metal music.
    18. Mother told me not to come home late at night.
    19. Indra married Rani.
    20. Sister helps mother cook rice.
    21. My sister watered the flowers in the front yard.
    22. Grandfather draws water from the well.
    23. We are doing homework.
    24. You cut the paper.
    25. We have to do something.
    26. The cat chased the mouse.
    27. Lilis pours coffee in father’s glass.
    28. Lisa picked up the phone from her friend at night.
    29. Villagers catch cattle thieves.
    30. They throw stones.
    31. Grandma planted a banana tree in the garden.
    32. Pak RT always protects his citizens well.
    33. Uncle Haris is hoeing the soil in the field.
    34. Uncle shaves sister’s hair.
    35. The students are learning material about transitive and intransitive sentences.
    36. Sinta opened the door of the house.
    37. Rahmat rides a motorcycle every time he goes to school.
    38. Rani writes a letter to her sister.
    39. Rida is arranging flowers for her sister’s graduation ceremony.
    40. Rino listens to keroncong music tonight.
    41. I kicked the ball.
    42. My cousin fixes a broken bicycle.
    43. Sintia found money in her shirt pocket.
    44. Sita searches for her missing sandal.
    45. Siti makes her bed every morning.
    46. Toni rides a motorcycle fast.
    47. Vina  misses  her parents who are in the village.
    48. The company treated the employees unfairly.
    49. The police have arrested a car thief.
    50. I received a gift from my father.
    51. All students must collect today’s work.
    52. A technician has repaired this printer.
    53. The student can answer 10 math questions.
    54. Vina nodded her head quickly.
    55. The woman wears a red veil.

    Examples of Intransitive Sentences

    1. Akmal is playing football.
    2. I consult with Ilham.
    3. I was punished to stand in the middle of the field.
    4. I talked to my neighbor.
    5. Alya asked as the lesson progressed.
    6. Andi ran fast.
    7. My father joked with me and my mother when we sat together.
    8. The chicken has crowed.
    9. Many tourists in Bali sunbathe on the beach.
    10. Budi plays a kite.
    11. Danny fell because he was running so fast.
    12. Dila lied to her mother.
    13. Fatin sleeps and dreams.
    14. My sister came home from work in the afternoon.
    15. Kamalia left this morning.
    16. The principal gave a speech on the school grounds.
    17. Kinar stood in front of the class.
    18. Mario shouted to his friend across the street.
    19. They walked together.
    20. Maudy Ayunda is good at singing.
    21. My study group discussed the end of semester exam grids.
    22. The students line up neatly.
    23. Rita studied diligently every day.
    24. Rudi trained hard before the competition.
    25. I sing melodiously.
    26. After praying, my sister and I prayed.
    27. Every August 17, children compete to follow the art stage.
    28. Sita ran fast.
    29. I’ve been  standing here for an hour.
    30. Everyone  is happy to celebrate the new year.
    31. His body was covered in blood.
    32. His body was covered in sweat.
    33. Martha lined up on the pendant.
    34. Tio walked to the shop.
    35. The person was talking about the theft of a bicycle.
    36. We should diligently  sunbathe in the morning.
    37. My family went on vacation to the beach.
    38. Budi is taking a shower.
    39. The sparrow flew around the trees.
    40. He fell fast asleep.
    41. Ferrel smiled as he passed in front of me.
    42. Hadi is painting in the yard.
    43. Ida was not accepted by the fertilizer company.
    44. Kartika sits behind.
    45. Good is rewarded with evil.
    46. They slept in tents.
    47. Rendra Juliandra was silent when he heard the sad news.
    48. Ria was accepted at a chosen and famous university.
    49. Rina is known as a country girl.
    50. Rudi is predicted to become a famous person.
    51. Runi smiled and was amazed by the man’s good looks.
    52. Santoso goes to school.
    53. Every time it rains, Dwina always daydreams in front of her bedroom window.
    54. Tani slipped in the bathroom.
    55. Wita draws with a pencil.

    That is the related article “Meaning and Examples of Transitive and Intransitive Sentences” that you can use as a reference for Indonesian language assignments. If you have suggestions, questions, and criticism, please write in the comment box below. Also share this article on social media accounts so that your friends can also get the same benefits.

  • Definition of Command Sentence and Its Characteristics

    Definition of Command Sentence and Its Characteristics

    Definition of Command Sentences and Their Characteristics  – For those of you who are still in school, of course you have learned about imperative sentences and other types of sentences in Indonesian subjects. But do you know what the command line actually is? What are the types and examples?

    In this article, the author will discuss more about the definition of command sentences, their characteristics, and examples. For those of you who are still in school, maybe this article will be very useful.

    Definition of Command Sentence

    Command sentence is a sentence that contains the meaning of commanding or asking someone to do something. The person being ordered must do something according to what the person in charge or the speaker wants. If simplified again, imperative sentences can be interpreted as sentences whose contents ask or order other people to do what we want.

    In Indonesian, sentences are divided into several types. Starting from command sentences, information sentences, question sentences, and many more. On this occasion, we will discuss the command sentence in more detail.

    There are many examples of command sentences that are often used in everyday life. What are some examples? The complete information will be explained below. Check out the article until it’s finished.

    If described in general, an imperative sentence is a sentence that is used to ask other people to do something we want or desire. Command sentences are also known as imperative sentences.

    In everyday life, of course you have used and also heard a command sentence right? Whether it’s an order from your parents or a sentence from yourself to someone else.

    What commands do you usually receive? Orders to clean the house? Or an order to do the task? Every day, surely we will hear and utter these sentences, without realizing it or not.

    Generally, the sentence is used in spoken and written language. But in this modern era, we can send this sentence through a short message.

    For some people, they think that imperative sentences are synonymous with sentences that are spoken in a harsh or harsh tone. In fact, the sentence can be said in a polite and gentle tone.

    Meanwhile, if the sentence is spoken in written form, punctuation marks will usually be added at the end of the sentence. For example, like an exclamation mark. So that you are not confused, below the author will discuss the characteristics and also examples of command sentences. The characteristics and examples have been summarized by the author from various sources. Listen until it’s finished.

    Command Sentence Features

    Before discussing the sentence in more depth, it would be better if you first know the characteristics of the command sentence. This is so that you can make and distinguish imperative sentences in everyday life. Be it in oral or written form.

    Below are the characteristics of command sentences that you need to understand, so you can use them wisely.

    1. The tone of speech that is raised will have a higher intonation at the end of the sentence. When spoken in spoken form, it will have a rising intonation at the beginning and a low one at the end. Usually words that have a rising intonation are root words.
    2. Command sentences generally use the inversion sentence pattern or PS
    3. In their pronunciation, these sentences will usually be added with the affixes kan or lah.
    4. When spoken in written form, the sentence will usually end with an exclamation point (!). You can find this in short messages or SMS.

    Command Sentence Types

    Command sentences are divided into several types, including ordinary imperative sentences, imperative sentences in the form of invitations, imperative sentences in the form of prohibitions, imperative sentences in the form of requests, imperative sentences in the form of satire, imperative sentences to invite, imperative sentences in the form of suggestions, and the last is sentences information orders. To make it clearer, here are some complete explanations of the various types of command sentences along with examples.

    1. Ordinary Command Sentences

    The first type of sentence is the ordinary command sentence. This sentence is an imperative sentence which contains a direct command to do something. These sentences are usually used in everyday conversation, whether it’s spoken or spoken or in writing. The following are some examples of common command sentences that you may have used.

    – Open the front door right now!
    – Hurry and finish your breakfast!
    – Quickly change clothes before your friends come!
    – Clean the kitchen floor stained with sauce!
    – Take a quick shower before oversleeping
    – Hurry up to eat

    2. Invitation Command Sentences

    This imperative sentence is a sentence that contains an invitation to someone to do something. Invitation commands are addressed to someone so that they want to do something we want. This sentence is generally marked by the presence of an invitation word, such as come on, let’s, and others. Here are some examples of invitation sentences that you can use.

    – Come with me to school
    – Let’s go shopping at the red shop
    – Come on camping with me
    – Come on, go fishing with friends
    – Come on, grow the spirit to always protect nature
    – Let’s throw garbage in its place
    – Let’s respect each other

    3. Prohibition Command Sentence

    This command sentence is generally intended to prohibit someone from doing something. Prohibition command sentences usually have the characteristics of using the command word “don’t”. The following are various examples related to prohibition order sentences.

    – Don’t litter
    – Never hit the cat
    – Don’t take things that don’t belong to you
    – Don’t come late
    – Don’t wear those shoes
    – Don’t forget to study

    4. Request Command Sentence

    This type of command sentence is a sentence that contains an order addressed to someone to do something. This type of sentence is used for a request or request that is highly expected by the person in command to be carried out. The words that are usually used in sentences of command requests are “please”, “hope”, “please”, and others. The following are some examples of application command sentences.

    – Please take the food on the table
    – Please give this cake to your friend
    – Please obey the rules
    – Please walk in the left lane
    – Please be careful
    – Please listen carefully
    – Please read to the end
    – Please pray
    – Please be willing

    5. Sarcasm Command Sentence

    This type of command sentence is usually used to sneer at someone. The following are some examples of satirical command sentences that exist in our environment.

    – Your room is very messy (meaning to ask to be cleaned
    – Ouch, the food is far away (meaning to ask to be taken)
    – It’s very hot, if someone buys a drink (meaning to ask to buy a drink)

    6. Allowing Command Sentences

    This type of command sentence is a sentence that contains permission. The sentence aims to ask someone to do something. But with more polite and refined language.

    Here is an example sentence.

    – All participants are expected to enter the room
    – All graduates are welcome to sit
    – All tourists are expected to wear masks
    – Please line up in an orderly manner
    – Please take the bread on the table
    – Please exit through the emergency door
    – All passengers are expected to be calm

    7. Command Sentence Suggestions

    Command sentences can also be in the form of a suggestion. This sentence is a sentence that contains suggestions by asking someone to do what we want. This type of command sentence is characterized by the presence of the word should or should. Here is an example sentence:

    – You should leave this place
    – You should wear black shoes
    – You should all go home before nightfall
    – You should put your bags here
    – You should apologize immediately
    – You should be in the second row

    8. Information Command Sentence

    The last type is a command sentence in the form of information. The sentence is a sentence spoken in the form of explanation or information. This type of command sentence is often used as a command sentence that is spoken indirectly. For example.

    – The policeman asks all motorists to obey the traffic signs
    – The mother forbids her son to climb the mountain
    – The father does not allow his son to get a tattoo
    – The parent asks his son to always be polite
    – The teacher asks that the students obey the rules

    Examples of Command Sentences

    After knowing about the explanation of the meaning of the command sentence, its characteristics, and also its types. Now we enter the part of complete command sentence examples. By understanding the example presented below. Then you will understand more and can be used as a media to increase your knowledge of reading and understanding command sentences.

    Below are some examples of command sentences that come from various types of sentences that already exist:

    1. Close the faucet after use
    2. Remove all the curtains on the windows of the room
    3. Open all the windows on the 2nd floor
    4. Get me some sugar in the kitchen
    5. Check all your work and make sure nothing is missing
    6. Put this carpet in the corner of the room
      7. Read your book and study
      8. Use a study lamp while reading a book at night
      9. Light an aromatherapy candle so that you sleep better
      10. Say hello to your mother even if it’s just for a moment
      11. Put all the food packages on top kitchen table
      12. Meet your friends even when you don’t want to
      13. Burn all the garbage that has accumulated
      14. Throw your garbage where it should be
      15. Don’t throw away plastic wrap
      16. Let’s reduce the use of plastic
      17. Let’s save marine life from the dangers of coal waste
      18 Bury all bad memories
      19. Don’t get too close to the stage
      20. Pray to God for the smoothness of your test
      21. Ask God, the Almighty
      22. Park your car properly, so as not to disturb other visitors
      23. Let’s do sports regularly, so that our bodies become healthier
      24. Tell us honestly what what you experienced
      25. Tell us everything
      26. Pack all your clothes and leave now
      27. Take your sleeping pills if your insomnia comes back
      28. Let’s cultivate reading
      29. You should use tape on the left
      30. You shouldn’t come here
      31. Let’s cultivate cooperation and help each other
      32. Let’s preserve the culture and traditions of Indonesian society
      33. Let’s study hard so that your grades will increase
      34. Let’s exterminate the pests in the garden with a special liquid for insects
      35. Let’s get rid of mosquitoes in the area where we live
      36. Don’t throw garbage indiscriminately if you don’t want to flood
      37. Avoid using mobile phones while eat
      38. Don’t step on the grass
      39. Don’t ever ask for our help again
      40. Let’s go to school by bus
      41. Don’t join the student fight, it will get hotter later
      42. Keep your daughter away from too free association
      43. Take care of your attitude
      44. Don’t stand in front of the door
      45. Finish all your food
      46. You should buy bread for breakfast tomorrow morning
      47. Please sit in the second row
      48. Don’t let your child get addicted to cigarettes and games
      49. Educate your child to become a successful person
      50. Keep children away from the dangers of cigarette smoke
      51. Stop the habit of delaying a job
      52. Don’t sleep too late
      53. Don’t get your children used
      to waking up too early 54. Please consider my potential, just this once
      55. Please give me and my friends a chance
      56. Please forgive me for all the mistakes I’ve made
      57. Please stay away from my child
      58. All passengers please be calm
      59. Please lend me money to buy this month’s needs
      60. Please follow up on my application last week
      61. Please allow me to resign from this job
      62. Please do not hurt your parents with your rude behavior
      63. Please respect my decision to resign from this position
      64. Please do not be too vague in conveying your views
      65. You should go and forget all the incidents that happened today
      66. You should apologize to everyone you hurt
      67. You should be the one making the effort, not even your friends
      68. The government should be prompt in solving all the problems of its people
      69. I wish there was a fresh drink I could drink
      70 Tidy up this room right now
      71. We can’t understand your writing
      72. Suppose someone brought an umbrella to get through this rain
      73. Mother told me to buy various spices at the stall in front of the house
      74. Mother asked me to study hard
      75. I would be very happy if you would accompany me to my friend’s wedding
      76. Ina asked Ira to wait for her at the station near the new market
      77. My sister told me to buy her favorite snack
      78. Romi told me to meet her at a regular cafe
      79. The environmental activists urged all citizens to always take care of cleanliness
      80. Dina asked all her friends to apologize to me for making fun of me
      81 Mr. Kepala Desa is expected to pay his respects to the guests who have attended
      82. Never accept a bribe from anyone
      83. Let’s uphold the existing law
      84. Show all your skills in front of me
      85. Collect all the PR from class 7
      86. Bring the test results of this class to the teacher’s room
      87. Work hard so that you will succeed
      88. Collect these old drinking bottles and give them to the regular scavengers in front of the house
      88. Please give me feedback about my new business
      89. Never be rude to mom and dad
      90. Take all the books scattered on the floor

    That is the explanation of the meaning of command sentences, their characteristics, types, and also examples. After reading all the examples that have been presented. Which command sentence do you often hear or say?

     

  • The Definition of a Humorist Is: Features, Types and How to Be a Humorist

    Meaning of Humorist – The term humorous is often used to call someone who has a funny attitude. Most of you have probably called a very good friend who likes to joke in the hangout as someone who is a joker. However, what do you really understand by humorist?

    Humorous friends are very liked by the people around them, this is because someone who is humorous easily gives happiness to others. This turns out to be because the human body releases a lot of endorphin hormones aka “feeling good” when laughing.

    Well, this article will discuss the meaning of humorous in depth. In addition, it will also be explained about the characteristics of humor, the types of humor, to how to be a humorous person. Let’s read it in full!

    A. Meaning of Humor

    Etymologically, the term humorist itself comes from the English word humorist as a noun, not an adjective. The word humorist was then absorbed into the Indonesian language to become the word humorist.

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary or KBBI, a humorist is someone who has a sense of humor. Meanwhile, humor itself can be interpreted as something funny or a joke and various situations that can make someone laugh.

    A person who is humorous is known as a person who has a high sense of humor. A humorist also does not want the environment around him to be sad or not positive. Therefore, a person with a sense of humor will usually always try to make the environment around them happy, both through chatter and funny behavior.

    However, there is some data that shows that actually humorous people are those who store a lot of sadness. Someone who is humorous is also known to be someone who cries easily. After all, people who like to laugh turn out to hide their true feelings of sadness.

    B. Characteristics of Humorous People

    After understanding the meaning of humorist, in this section it will also be presented about the characteristics of the humorist himself. You can use these characteristics of humorists to find someone who has a great sense of humor. Whether it’s parents, siblings, boyfriends, and other friends.

    Well, here are some of the characteristics of humorous people that you need to know, among them are:

    1. Friendly

    When you find someone who has a friendly attitude. So it could be that the person is a humorous person. Someone with a sense of humor usually greets when meeting friends or acquaintances. In addition, they also always throw a wide and happy smile to the people they are watching.

    2. Likes to make friends

    Having a friendly attitude, humorous people will be very easy to make friends with different types of friends. A person with a sense of humor will tend to be more flexible in evaluating their friends, regardless of their origin, religion, or age.

    For people with a sense of humor, suspicion or skepticism is not an obstacle to starting a friendship with someone. Therefore, humorists usually have an assessment that good people are not just from one perception. It’s no surprise that you will find it very easy to find humorous people who are good at getting along.

    3. Creative

    The third characteristic of humorists is creativity. It has become a common thing that someone who has a sense of humor has more creative power. This is of course born thanks to their habit of doing something unusual from the usual. Gossip or jokes that humorists deliver will also sound cool.

    C. Types of Humor

    Based on the explanation of the characteristics of humorists before, you might start to think that humorists are not easy things. However, there are several types of humor that you need to know. Each type of humor is known to have its own function that is different from one another.

    Well, here are some types of humor that you can use to find out the style of jokes of the people around you.

    1. Affiliative Humor

    The first type of humor is affiliative humor. This type of humor can be understood as someone who has a tendency to always deliver jokes or stories on purpose. The purpose of this style of humorist is of course to make those around them laugh. In addition, this style is also intended for humorous people who have a desire to build comfort in relationships.

    2. Self-Defeating Humor

    The second type of humor is self-defeating humor. As the word means, this type of humor is used to entertain others by making oneself an object. Even though it seems to humiliate the person, but the style can be used to hide the true feelings from others.

    You can find humorists with this style of joking and mocking each other. If someone you are making fun of laughs, it could be that person has a self-defeating humor style.

    3. Aggressive Humor

    The third type of humor is aggressive humor. As the name suggests, this type of humor can be seen in someone who likes to use jokes to attack people, starting from humiliating, belittling, and even manipulating others.

    No wonder, when there are often people who are offended and angry because of jokes or ridicule with this style of humor. In addition, this joke can also get caught up in jokes involving sexist and racist behavior.

    4. Self-Enhancing Humor

    The fourth type of humor is self-enhancing humor. A humorist who has this self-enhancing style of humor will be more likely to maintain a funny view of life. This in the end makes them not care too much about the existence of others. This type of humor can usually be used for someone who wants to relieve stress or comfort themselves.

    D. How to Be Humorous

    It is known that a girl prefers a humorous guy. Humorous guys are more attractive when compared to cool or quiet guys. Cool or serious people are considered to tend to have a hard time looking happy. This is certainly different from a humorous person who always makes the people around him happy.

    Well, here are some ways to be humorous, including:

    1. Be aware of your surroundings

    A person’s sense of sensitivity is one of the main capital of a person to have a sense of humor. Sensitive itself can be interpreted as the ability to easily feel or be easily aroused. Being sensitive to yourself will be very useful for a person with a sense of humor to feel what others are feeling too.

    One of the ways that can be done, for example, when there is a friend who is sad, you can go to him and try to ask him what is happening to him. By listening to the feelings of sad people, you might get used to being more sensitive to someone’s feelings.

    2. Finding a Sense of Humor

    Everyone’s sense of humor is different, some like it through chatter, action, and so on. Therefore, before throwing a joke to make others happy. You can first find a sense of humor that you like.

    3. Listening to Conversations

    The last way that can make you a humorist is to listen to the chat. A humorist will usually bring up creative thoughts related to ongoing conversations between people around us.

    Well, you can also pay attention to the response of your friends when you throw a joke, whether your friends laugh or stay silent. This can be done through flying hours.

    E. Lack of Humorous People

    In addition to making other people happy, a person who is humorous also has some shortcomings that can harm others. Well, here are some of the shortcomings of humorists that you need to know, among others:

    1. Can’t be taken seriously

    Someone may have a talent or characteristic as a humorous person. For those who have a character like this, it may be difficult to choose the right time to joke or be serious.

    A humor will be able to give extraordinary happiness to many people when delivered at the right time. However, a humor delivered at a time when many people want to talk or think seriously, then it can be very annoying. Therefore, this trait can be one of the shortcomings of a humorist that will have enough impact both for himself and for some people around him.

    2. His words are Spicy

    Like the type of humor known as aggressive humor. This lack of humor is part of that type of humor. A humor or joke that makes other people the object of jokes will certainly tend to offend. Well, in its development, this style of sexist and racist jokes slowly began to be abandoned because it often did not make other people happy.

    3. Often Makes His Lover Jealous

    One of the risks of having a humorous lover is having many friends. As someone who is liked by his friends, the lover of a humorous person may feel jealous because his partner is not completely happy. Therefore, the lack of a humorist can be very detrimental to the lover and the humorist himself.

    F. Reasons Humorous Guys Are Liked by Many People

    We know that humorous guys have the characteristics of being friendly and easy to make friends with. Those two things are part of the reason a funny guy is easily liked by many people. Well, here are some reasons why a humorous guy is liked by many, among others:

    1. Always bring a smile to the people around you

    A guy who has a sense of humor has an interesting demeanor. They are often considered to be able to share happiness with others. This is of course because they always invite many people around them to smile and laugh. In any condition, being happy is one of the best ways to improve your mood.

    2. Humorous guys are smart

    Interest in a humorous guy is not only limited to his jokes. But also the way he created a joke himself. Jokes are basically made to cause laughter for many people is not as easy as imagined.

    A guy who keeps creating a feeling of happiness for the people around him can be said to have intelligence and intelligence above average. The humorist can make or do something that not everyone can do.

    3. There is no such thing as boring

    One of the advantages that only a humorous guy has, is the way he interacts with the people around him. The way a humorous guy does it is usually never boring. This is because the humor thrown is very broad and of many types.

    In addition, people who are humorous are also known to have a myriad of ways to build a conversation with the people around them. This is done so that the discussion is not stiff or boring. A humorous guy’s sense of humor will be very helpful to lighten the atmosphere around him.

    4. Making the people around him better

    Humorous guys have jokes that can make people around them feel better than before. Not only that, unconsciously humorous guys are able to teach people around them to always laugh no matter what their life situation is. Life is basically simple, it depends on how to evaluate and how to live it.

    5. Dare to reveal sensitive things inside him

    A humorous guy used to make others laugh with his funny behavior. However, do you know that the funny thing they actually do is to hide their true feelings from others.

    One of the ways to know the sensitive side of a humorous guy is to have a special relationship with them. A humorous guy will show a different side than what is usually displayed in front of many people. Those who are always seen smiling and laughing in front of other people every day, it turns out that they keep many sensitive things that not many people know and only a few people know.

    These are some explanations of what humorist means. A humorist is someone who has something funny or witty. If you want to be a humorous person, then you can start to get used to being a friendly, sensitive person, and able to listen to the conversation. This will unconsciously bring forth creativity to throw jokes or actions that make people laugh happily.

     

  • Definition of Explanatory Sentences, Functions and Their Proper Use

    Definition of Explanatory Sentences –  When we write an essay, term paper, article, or even a thesis we definitely need to use the correct sentence usage rules because the writing we are making is a type of scientific writing that must conform to good and correct grammatical procedures. However, we often find that in some cases there are still people who do not understand the use of grammar in words and sentences that are messy and not in accordance with their usage.

    In this case, the context of the explanatory sentence plays an important role in explaining the main idea of ​​a paragraph and of course the language used must also be scientific and not verbose in explaining the main ideas of our writing.

    Therefore, here we will try to discuss the topic of the meaning of explanatory sentences and how to use them properly. Next, we will explain the following.

    Definition of Explanatory Sentences

    The definition of an explanatory sentence is one part of a paragraph. You can find examples of explanatory sentences in a variety of text types, such as articles, news, information, and reviews. In a paragraph, the explanatory sentence has a description of the main sentence. In addition, there are several characteristics of explanatory sentences that complement the main sentence of the section.

    The definition of an explanatory sentence is a sentence that explains the main idea of ​​the main sentence. To make a good paragraph, the main sentence is used to describe the main idea or general idea. The main idea is then described or further elaborated with explanatory sentences.

    With an explanatory sentence, it will be easier for the reader to understand the main idea of ​​a sentence described by the author in his writing.

    In Indonesian, the meaning of an explanatory sentence is a description of a sentence that will explain or detail the contents of the main sentence of that section. Explanatory sentences are often more specific, as they must describe in detail the issue under consideration. Therefore, the main sentence has an important position and function in the paragraph. Explanatory sentences will be a way to explain the importance of the idea framed in the main sentence.

    The position of the main sentence is uncertain. You can put the main sentence at the beginning of the paragraph, followed by an explanatory sentence. This position is called segment inference. The main sentence can also be placed at the end of the paragraph. The explanatory sentence will be placed at the beginning of the paragraph, then ends with the main sentence. This method is called inductive passage. However, key phrases and supporting phrases can be mixed. The structure is as follows: the beginning of the paragraph contains the main sentence, the middle contains the explanatory sentence, the end of the paragraph contains the main sentence. This form is called a mixed paragraph.

    Explanatory Sentence Function

    As is well known, the main function of an explanatory sentence is for the reader to understand the author’s meaning. But beyond that, explanatory sentences also have another function to explain more information, making the part more coherent and meaningful. In this way, the reader will have a better understanding of the entire content of the information that the writer is trying to provide.

    Here we will try to display the function of the explanatory sentence in more detail:

    1. To explain the main sentence

    If in a piece of writing such as a scientific article, the writer tries to pour out the main idea in a nutshell, let’s take an example for example the writer tries to describe the meaning of what is literature? Well, this is where the function of the explanatory sentence comes in to explain in more detail what literature is.

    If in the main sentence the author explains that literature is an art in speaking. So the explanatory sentence will explain it further by explaining that literature is not just an art in speaking but also a reflection on life that literature is a reflection of life itself about social symptoms, a person’s behavior, or explaining that literature itself has aesthetic value because life is itself has beauty and the role of literature is to reflect back the picture of the beautiful life through a writing.

    2. Display supporting information

    In a previous main sentence it was explained about the writer who wrote a definition of what is literature? And it is explained that literature is the art of speaking. Here the function of the next explanatory sentence is not only to explain in more detail but to provide additional information that supports the discussion about what is literature?

    Well, the function of the next explanatory sentence will provide additional important information about literature, that literature is not only related to the study of language, but further literature can also discuss other things comprehensively because literature itself can include other scientific fields that can be elaborated with literature itself .

    For example, literature can combine its study with the study of psychology, philosophy, history, sociology, and even in a broader context concerning the existence of the astral world which the public considers a taboo matter but literature can combine the study of that with the study of magical realism literature.

    3. So that the paragraph is more cohesive and full

    If in the main sentence the writer only explains his ideas briefly and concisely in the explanatory sentence the writer will try to give a weight or explanation that is easier for the readers to understand.

    For example, in the main sentence, the author writes a scientific article that tries to explain what literature is about? So the function of the explanatory sentence here will try to explain the definition of the literature with a coherent sentence that is easy for the reader to understand.

    The function of the explanatory sentence here is also to strengthen the writer’s argument regarding his explanation of literature through references found by the writer to write the scientific article so that it is more weighty and useful for the reader.

    Characteristics of Explanatory Sentences

    Explanatory sentences in a paragraph can be identified as follows:

    • Descriptive sentences are specific.
    • The explanatory sentence is related to the previous one.
    • Usually contains linking words or conjunctions between sentences.
    • It cannot stand alone because its meaning will be blurred if it is separated from other sentences.
    • Explanatory sentences usually take the form of data, facts, examples, opinions, etc.

    Examples of Explanatory Sentences

    To better understand the meaning of explanatory sentences, here are examples of sentences, namely:

    1. Identify uncoordinated explanatory sentences

    • The case of cctv camera vandalism during a riot by the police in Indonesia, was not explained in detail from which institution to protect the honor of certain institutions, due to weak law enforcement in Indonesia which causes the law to be blunt on the top but sharp on the bottom.
    • In fact, some very bad cases for the so-called criminals sometimes escape the law.
    • The police chief said, ideally, the problem of cctv vandalism by this person should be dealt with by law enforcement agencies as fairly as possible.
    • However, this is not possible because there is an attempt to cover it up by legal institutions that have authority and personnel.
    • Therefore, law enforcement in various fields must be done in a clean, transparent, and professional manner.

    Discussion:

    Paragraphs are basically a series of sentences combined into one topic. In a paragraph there are main ideas and secondary or explanatory ideas. The main idea forms the basis of a paragraph and is often stated in the main sentence.

    While supporting ideas are ideas that are used to clarify the main idea and are often divided into several explanatory sentences. Between the main sentence and the explanatory sentence there must be a relationship and arrangement so that there is a unified arrangement so that the part has a unified theme and is not discordant.

    Coherent sentences are sentences that do not support the main inspiration or deviate from the topic of conversation. The subject of the paragraph above is “Law enforcement for bad apparatus”, so that the inconsistent sentence is the fifth sentence, namely “Therefore law enforcement in various fields must be carried out in a clean, transparent and professional manner”.

    If you pay attention, sentence five relates to law enforcement issues, but does not specifically address law enforcement issues in the field of law enforcement officers themselves. This expression is usually appropriate when the topic is about law enforcement in any field. Also, sentences tend to just be an opinion and do not conclude what was discussed in the previous sentence.

    2. Explanatory sentences that match the topic

    Subject: Castes in Bali

    Explanation:

    1. Indonesia has various islands scattered throughout the territory of the unitary state of the republic of Indonesia.
    2. In the teachings of Hinduism in Bali, there is a system known as caste
    3. These castes are: Brahmins, Kshatriyas, Vaisyas, and Sudras
    4. Of the four castes, according to the caste system, the highest is Brahmin
    5. Indonesia also has cultural diversity

    Discussion:

    Explanatory sentences are sentences that contain explanatory ideas, especially opinions that support or clarify an opinion. The main idea is usually contained in the topic. The topic used is the castes in Bali, so what is discussed is about the caste system adopted by local Balinese people who especially adhere to Hinduism.

    Of the five explanatory sentences given, the ones that are most appropriate to the topic and help clarify the main idea are sentences (2), (3) and (4) because these three sentences explain the caste system that exists in Bali, especially those who adhere to Hinduism. . While sentences (1) and (5) are not related to the topic, so they are not perfect enough to be used as explanatory sentences. If used in a paragraph, the two sentences will not go hand in hand.

    3. Identify descriptive sentences as explanations

    Pay attention to the topic and use of the following explanatory sentences!

    Subject: Mountain in Central Java

    Explanation:

    1. Mountains in Central Java are often climbed by nature connoisseurs because of its beautiful location.
    2. The mountains in Central Java are usually located close to local residents’ houses
    3. On Mount in Central Java, there are two accommodation zones and complete trail markings to make it easier for climbers.
    4. Mountains in Central Java are more frequently visited by local tourists.

    Discussion:

    Because the topic is Mountains in Central Java, the main idea is about Mountains in Central Java. Ideas can be related to the location, condition or atmosphere of a mountain in Central Java in general. The idea can then be clarified with explanatory ideas in the form of more specific or detailed explanatory sentences related to the main idea.

    The four explanatory sentences written above are related to the chosen topic so they are very suitable for use as explanations. It’s just that you have to arrange these sentences so that they become descriptive sentences, namely sentences that describe something as clearly as possible so that the reader seems to have personally experienced the event you are describing.

    Therefore, the order of sentences must be considered so that the information communicated becomes orderly and can be understood realistically. If you look at the flow and connection of one sentence to another, then the most appropriate order to describe the Mountain in Central Java is (2), (1), (3) and (4)

    The description begins by explaining the location, facilities, then the atmosphere or conditions. Sentence (1) is a continuation of sentence (2), to clarify the location of the Mountain in Central Java. While the sentence () strengthens sentence (3), this actually explains that the mountain in Central Java is visited by climbers because they already have accommodation.

    4. Misinterpreted explanatory sentences

    Read the following text carefully!

    1. Jungle tourist attractions in Bogor provide lots of water play and outbound rides so that visitors can easily enjoy the holiday atmosphere with their family.
    2. Visitors both coming from within and outside the country can enjoy a wide selection of water rides such as waves, water slides, and various other options that are no less interesting.
    3. Along the tourist attractions, you can see visitors who come with their families enjoying the rides.
    4. At a cost of IDR 150,000/person, tourists can enjoy all the rides available at Jungle for a full day.
    5. The security guard helped explain the situation at the Jungle Tourist Spot

    Discussion:

    As has been analyzed in the previous lesson, an explanatory sentence is a sentence that contains an explanatory idea and has the function of clarifying, strengthening the main sentence, or expanding the topic of conversation. According to its function, the explanatory sentence must be in accordance with the topic and explain the main idea of ​​the sentence (1).

    The above paragraph talks about the different types of amusement rides that are offered in Jungle tourist destinations. So the discussion is about rides, what types of rides are there, who can use them and what rides are offered. Explanatory ideas are found in sentences (2), (3) and (4). Meanwhile, sentence (5) is irrelevant to the main idea because it describes the situation at the Jungle tourist spot rather than explaining the rides.

    5. Identification of Broken Sentences

    Read the following carefully!

    1. As Indonesians, we must be proud of the existing culture and must be proud to be part of the culture itself.
    2. In dramas shown on television, certain cultural elements are not represented properly.
    3. We can find out about these various cultures through the tribes in Indonesia and through cultural books
    4. Wearing traditional clothes can also be an example that we love Indonesia.
    5. Also, to add a sense of love for the motherland and pride in local products.

    Discussion:

    Confusing sentences are sentences that are not in line with other sentences so that they seem abstract and deviate from the topic of conversation. All of the paragraphs above refer to the element of diversity by loving the nation’s culture through its traditional clothing. Of course, the word diversity refers to the many tribes and cultures spread throughout Indonesia.

    Sentence (1) is the main sentence that contains the main idea of ​​the passage. Sentences (3), (4), and (5) are coherent and precise statements that explain the main idea. Even though sentence (2) talks about culture, the culture in question is different from the actual culture in Indonesia. So, the contradictory sentence in the paragraph above is sentence 2.

     

    Conclusion

    That’s a brief discussion of the meaning of explanatory sentences. The discussion this time does not only discuss the definition of explanatory sentences but also discusses the proper use of explanatory sentences, the function of explanatory sentences, and examples of explanatory sentences in paragraphs. Explanatory sentences really help us in the author’s intention in expressing his ideas contained in the main sentence which helps us more easily understand and understand properly the function and use of appropriate explanatory sentences.

    Thus a review of the meaning of explanatory sentences. For Reader who want to learn all about the meaning of explanatory sentences and knowledge related to literature and other languages, you can visit Sinaumedia.com to get related articles.

     

  • The Meaning of Definition Sentences: Characteristics, Types, and Examples of Sentences

    Generally, material about the meaning of definition sentences and also example sentences will be obtained in Indonesian lessons at school. Definition sentences are sentences that we often come across when looking for a word that we want to describe or explain more completely. Examples of definition sentences are often searched for because they are widely used in various everyday conversations.

    Indonesian itself has many types of sentences. Among them are the definition sentences that we often use for everyday expressions and that we have learned in school. But, does Reader know the meaning of the definition sentence? Because this one sentence is very useful in a text or conversation, then Reader also needs to learn more about the types of definition sentences.

    Usually, examples of definition sentences are often found in a written work, whether it is fiction or non-fiction. Generally, the definition sentence is at the beginning of the paragraph and contains an explanation sentence of a word or writing. Quoting from the book titled Observation Result Report Text for Junior High School Class VII by Shailasari Nasution, et al., the definition sentence serves to help readers to understand and know the terms that often appear in a written work.

    Referring to the explanation, the application of definition sentences usually aims to explain a piece of writing to readers. To be more complete, let’s read the explanation about the meaning of the definition sentence below.

    Meaning of Definition Sentences

    In short, the meaning of definition is the limitation or meaning, it can also be interpreted as a word, phrase, or sentence that expresses the meaning, description, or main characteristics of people, processes, things, or activities. Quoting from the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a definition is a sentence that expresses a meaning, description, or main characteristic of people, things, activities, and even processes.

    So we can conclude that the meaning of a definition sentence is a series of words that aim to explain a piece of writing, whether it is the meaning or the meaning of an object. In addition, the definition sentence can also be interpreted as a description that has the function of limiting objects, concepts, and conditions based on the time and place of a study.

    Quoting from the book titled Observation Result Report Text for Junior High School Class VII by Suhailasari Nasution, et al., the meaning of a definition sentence is a sentence that gives a general explanation about a thing, thing, activity, and others. The sentence is often used in the text of the report and refers to a scientific or technical term. While according to the Indonesian book for SMP Class VII by Heriyanto, the meaning of a definition sentence is a sentence in the form of an explanation of an object or thing.

    The function of the definition sentence is to give meaning or meaning about something. In the definition sentence, connecting words or adverbs are used in the form of is, is, that, namely, and so on. In general, this definition sentence is divided into two elements, namely definiendum and definiens. Definiendum is an element of a word or a defined term. While definiens is an element of a word, sentence, or phrase that functions to describe the meaning.

     

    Characteristics of Definition Sentences

    The following are some features of the definition sentence that need to be understood, among others:

    1. Explanation and Meaning

    The most prominent feature of the definition sentence is the explanation of the meaning. The part that is explained about the topic discussed in the paragraph or writing. It is related to the meaning of the definition itself, which is to explain a topic in more detail. This one part will make it easier for the readers to imagine or understand the object of the topic or discussion. The explanation of the definition sentence means that it can take the form of a sentence, or it can also be a paragraph. In addition, the meaning should also be conveyed in clear and simple language so that it is easy to understand.

    2. General in nature

    Even though it has been explained in detail, the definition sentence does not refer to the sub-objects described. Definitions must be general facts that are also understood by the wider community. That is why examples of definition sentences must be a standard of understanding captured by readers. You can look up dictionary definitions or other reading materials. Of course, you shouldn’t write down any special features either. This is due to the fact that special features may only occur in specific objects and not in the object as a whole.

    3. It’s in a Scientific Work

    Definition sentences are usually found in scientific papers. It aims to make it easier for readers to understand and capture the topics and objects that will be explained in the scientific work. Then, what about the definitional sentences in short stories which are non-scientific? This definition does not use a general meaning because it is adapted to the needs of the story. In scientific work, the definition sentence is in the introduction or bibliography. This sentence can be made without the need to quote because it is usually understood by the general public or the author himself.

    4. Transitive

    Examples of definition sentences you can go back and forth and will not be affected by the meaning or meaning. This is due to its nature which tends to be more free and easily understood by many people. You can convey its meaning by referring to forms or are nominal, paradigm, formal, or broad. The delivery will depend on the type of text you will create.

    5. No Allusions

    Definition sentences are sentences that do not contain figures of speech. This figure of speech will actually make it difficult for the reader to understand the structure and also the important meaning of the object to be discussed in the text. What’s more, not everyone understands figurative sentences because of limited access and knowledge. This figure of speech will only make the general reader feel lazy to read the text further. So, when making definition sentences, you should avoid allusions. Make the meaning as it is, so it will be easier for the reader to understand the topic as well as the object.

    6. Not Always in Every Text

    One of the uniqueness of the definition sentence is that this sentence does not always appear in every text. Definitions refer to scientific texts or works and are rarely found in narrative essays. With the definition sentence in the paragraph, it is expected that the reader can catch the meaning in a text as a whole. At least, the object in the topic can be imagined.

     

    Sentence Types Definition

    There are five types of definition sentences in a written work. The following is an explanation of the types of definitional sentences quoted from a book entitled Learning Indonesian in Higher Education by Moh. Fathur Rohman, among others:

    1. Nominal Definition

    Nominal definition is a definition sentence that explains the meaning of a term that contains information to provide an understanding of the term. Then, this nominal definition sentence can also be interpreted as a short definition. That’s because this type of definition sentence is in the form of a brief understanding of an article. There are two kinds of definiens in the nominal definition, namely synonyms or equivalents and translations from other languages.

    2. Paradigmatic definition

    A paradigm is a comprehensive and interrelated set of assumptions about the nature of reality. In short, a paradigm can be interpreted as a framework for thinking about an event. Referring to that, the paradigmatic definition sentence is a sentence that contains values ​​that are seen by someone and aims to influence the reader.

    3. Broad Definition

    A broad definition is a sentence that describes an object in general and can be accepted by the wider community. Broad definition sentences generally contain facts that are brief, concise, clear, and also actual.

    4. Formal definition

    Formal definitions usually contain explanatory sentences that are arranged based on acceptable logic because they are in accordance with what is happening in society. This formal definition sentence is also known as a terminological definition which does not contain similes and has two meanings or combines two phrases.

    5. Operational Definition

    The operational definition is a sentence that contains guidelines for doing something. Operational definition sentences are sentences that contain instructions to do something.

     

    Examples of Definition Sentences

    After understanding the meaning of a definition sentence and its characteristics, you also need to understand an example of a definition sentence in order to better understand this material. The following are some examples of definition sentences that you can understand, including:

    1. Environment

    The environment is everything that is around us and is reciprocally related. Where this environment includes living things and also non-living things. Living things need food and reproduce just like humans, animals, and plants. Meanwhile, inanimate objects such as water, earth, fire, stone, and also air do not need food or reproduce. If properly maintained, the environment will create a safe, healthy, peaceful and happy society.

    2. Indonesia

    Indonesia is the second lung of the world. This country has a very dense forest that can provide a lot of oxygen to the living things around it and even to the world. In this country, there are some special plants and animals, such as sandalwood, matoa, birds of paradise, orangutans, and even komodo dragons.

    3. Humans

    Humans are the most perfect living beings because they can think and can form a civilization.

    4. Lilies

    Lilies, also known as amaryllis or daffodils, are known as one of the nuisance plants in agricultural land.

    5. The sun

    The sun or the brightest star has the highest temperature and is the brightest in the solar system.

    6. Home

    A house is a building that is used as a residence for a certain period of time.

    7. Leaves

    Leaves have chlorophyll that can capture sunlight to help in the process of photosynthesis.

    8. Earthquake

    Earthquake is a natural phenomenon that is difficult for us to predict, usually only marked by strong shaking on land and usually originating from under the sea.

    9. Forest Fire

    A forest fire is the burning of part of an area or the entire forest and is difficult to control because the fire continues to grow and cause smoke to the surrounding area.

    10. Erupting Mountain

    An erupting mountain is the release of material originating from inside the mountain such as rock and ash in the form of an eruption and has an effect on the area around the mountain.

    11. Butterfly

    Butterflies are beautiful animals that belong to one of the types of insects and belong to the order Lepidoptera.

    12. Photosynthesis

    Photosynthesis is a form of food production that usually occurs in leaves so that plants can grow as they should and produce oxygen.

    13. Temperature

    Temperature is the degree of heat on an object that is measured using a measuring device called a thermometer and has a scale such as Fahrenheit, Reamur, and even Celsius.

    14. Forest Resources

    Forest resources are potential sources that exist in the forest and are developed by humans, consisting of wood and other products, then sold for the survival of the manager.

    15. Fares

    Minerals are the potential unearthed from mining activities, ranging from gold to nickel and used for industry and infrastructure.

    16. Mangrove Forest

    Mangrove forest is a forest consisting of mangrove plants, usually located by the coast to prevent sea abrasion that usually attacks coastal areas during high tide.

    17. Coral Reef

    Coral reefs are the potential of the sea that is a place to live and also a breeding ground for fish, with colors and also with a variety of shapes.

    18. Population

    Residents are people who occupy a region and are subject to the rules that apply under that region.

    19. People

    People are people who are residents of a country, have the same degree in the eyes of the law and have the same rights regardless of social status.

    20. Climate

    Climate is the average weather condition in a certain time period, generally monthly and relatively the same throughout the day.

    This is an explanation of the definition of a definition sentence, its characteristics, types, and also an example of a definition sentence. Hope it is useful.

  • Understanding Journalists: Duties, Capabilities, and Differences with Journalists

    Definition of Journalist – The rapid development of the digital world makes the need for journalists also continue to increase from year to year. This job is perfect for those of you who like challenges, have a high sense of curiosity, like to read, like to write, and always follow the news. Of course, you are no stranger to the journalistic profession which is very important in the world of news.

    A journalist is someone who is in charge and responsible for providing and making valid news for readers in the media. There are various types of news, namely soft news, hard news, and features. However, do you know the difference between a journalist and a journalist?

    Well, to know more about the journalist. Let’s find out together about the following journalists.

    A. Definition of Journalist

    A journalist is someone who is in charge and responsible for carrying out journalistic activities, for example writing, analyzing, and reporting all events to the public through the mass media regularly. According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), a journalist is defined as a person who works to collect and write news both in print mass media and electronic mass media.

    So, journalistic activities are not limited to newspapers and magazines, but also to online media which is one of the areas of work for a journalist. intended journalistic activities namely the process of earning, gathering, coverage, and writing. Then, the news will be disseminated through print and electronic mass media.

    For example, articles that you often read. Where, the article is the work of a journalist. Journalists are often considered representatives of the community’s voice about all events. Therefore, a journalist should provide news as factually as possible. A journalist is generally assisted by an editor to edit and correct incoming news. That is the purpose so that the content of the news remains of good quality. In addition, it is easy to read and understand by the audience.

    B. Duties of Journalists

    In addition to being a news seeker there are several other duties of a journalist, including the following:

    1. Providing Information, Educators, and Reform Agents

    The media acts as a provider of information through a number of things, such as news, feature, reportage, and other works. The information can have an impact, change minds and even mobilize the community to do something, be it positive or negative. Therefore, a journalist should present information that is educational and useful. It is useful to increase the value of the reader’s life.

    2. Providing Entertainment to the Community

    In addition to conveying information in the form of knowledge, jobs in the media field can also play a role in providing entertainment to the community. For example, presenting journalistic works, for example features or commissions that contain information about the daily life of the community.

    3. Interpreter

    Not all events that occur can be directly absorbed easily by the community. Therefore, a journalist has the duty to interpret and explain the meaning of the events that happened. Like, with news analysis in reportage as well as news commentary in the headline.

    4. Public Representative and Advocacy

    The last duty of journalists is to defend the interests of the community. Therefore, news is a journalistic product that must be a reflection of the voice of the people. A journalist can act to criticize government policies and actions that are seen as detrimental to the people.

    C. Abilities that a Journalist Must Have

    For those of you who want to become a reliable journalist, of course there are some basic skills that you must master. Here are 4 (four) abilities that a journalist must possess, including:

    1. Communication and Broad Insights

    As a journalist, you must have good communication skills and a broad vision. The reason is that you will meet many sources from various backgrounds and conduct interviews with them as your source of news information.

    2. Writing Skills

    A journalist is also required to have the ability to write, especially writing news. You must be able to write for various media, both print media such as magazines and electronic media such as television or digital media.

    3. Up To Date With Latest Info

    A journalist should of course be the first person to know the most about things that are being discussed by many people in order to dig more complete information. Therefore, you should always be responsive to all the events that are happening around you.

    4. Good Attitude

    One of the things that reflects a professional journalist is attitude. A journalist must have a good attitude, namely obey the journalistic code of ethics and understand ethics in reporting a news.

    D. Differences between Journalists and Journalists

    You may have often heard the profession of journalist and reporter. Many people think that these two types of professions are the same, but it turns out that they both have fundamental differences. In this discussion, the difference between a journalist and a journalist will be discussed, which is of course very important for you to know. So that you can decide which profession is right for you.

    1. Differences in the Origin of Words Between Journalists and Journalists

    Starting from the origin of the word is already different. Journalist comes from the English language ie journalist. Where, the word “journal” means that the report and the person making the report is called a “journalist.”

    Meanwhile, journalists are from Indonesian. Where, the word “warta” means that news and the word “wan” means that people. It is similar to the mention of physicists and volunteers.

    2. Differences in Understanding Between Journalists and Journalists

    A journalist is defined as a person who professionally collects news. Journalists gather news in the mass media in the form of print or online media. Based on the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a journalist is a professional who gathers and writes news. Both in print and electronic media.

    Meanwhile, a journalist is defined as a person whose profession is finding and compiling news. Where, the news is published in newspapers, magazines, radio, and television. This is done so that it can be communicated to the wider community.

    Based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), journalist is defined as a person whose profession is finding and compiling news to be published in newspapers, magazines, radio, and television. Quoted from the book Hukum, Etika, dan Kebijabi Media Media (2015) by Radita Gora and Irwanto, states that the term journalist is an expansion of the word “warta” which means news.

    3. The difference in terminology between journalists and journalists

    The difference between a journalist and a reporter lies in the definition of the term. The community was the first to know the term journalist because it comes from the Indonesian language. The term journalist is a new term that began to appear in Indonesia when the influence of communication science, which was directed towards the United States, began to exert its influence.

    Meanwhile, journalists are known first. In general, the differences between journalists and journalists in carrying out their duties look almost similar. However, when viewed from the social environment, the term journalist is more widely recognized than journalist.

    4. Differences in Word Placement Between Journalists and Journalists

    The next difference lies in word placement. The term journalist is used more in electronic media, for example television. That may have happened because it was influenced by the modern nature of the term journalist which comes from the English language. Meanwhile, the term journalist is often used in print or written media. That may have an impact due to the words of the journalist who was previously known among the community.

    5. Differences in Scope of Work Between Journalists and Journalists

    The difference between a journalist and the latter lies in the scope of work. Journalists are known to have a smaller scope. Even in the beginning the word journalist was used to refer to people who write in the journal column only. Until finally developing into a news writer in magazines and newspapers. Meanwhile, journalists have a wider scope. The task carried out is not just gathering and organizing news. Journalists also work as editorial leaders, executive editors, editors, and contributors.

    Well, that’s the difference between a journalist and a journalist that is important for you to know. In principle, these two jobs do have a similar meaning. Both of them work in the world of journalism and have a very big role for Indonesian society.

     

  • The Meaning of Journals: The Function of Journals, Up to the Types

    Sometimes, for some people daily activities are recorded in a special note. The record can also be called a journal, have you ever made a journal? However, there are not a few who do not know what is meant by a journal. In addition, in the academic world there are also several types of journals.

    Well, for those of you who don’t know more about journals and want to know the types of journals, don’t worry. On this occasion, we will discuss more about the journal, so keep reading this article until the end, Readeri.

    Meaning of Journal

    A journal is an orderly and systematic record of activities, events, or thoughts that occur. Journals can be used for various purposes, including to record daily activities, to record thoughts or ideas that appear, or to record the results of research or observations.

    In the academic world, a journal is a scientific publication that contains the results of research or studies that have been carried out by one or a group of researchers. Academic journals are usually published periodically and are intended to disseminate quality research results to the scientific community. Academic journals usually have a strict revision process before publication, which is done by editors and reviewers who are experts in the relevant field.

    Academic journals can be grouped based on the field of study, such as computer science, nursing science, or economics. Every field of science has journals that are the main reference in that field, and publications in those journals are highly valued because it is a sign that the research results are considered important and useful by the scientific community.

    In addition to academic journals, there are also other journals that can be used to record activities, such as business journals, personal journals, and daily journals. A business journal is usually used to record the finances and transactions that occur in a company, while a personal journal is usually used to record a person’s personal thoughts or feelings. A daily journal is usually used to record a person’s daily activities, including activities, thoughts, and feelings that appear during the day.

    A journal is a useful tool for recording and storing information regularly and systematically. Journals can be used for a variety of purposes, including keeping daily notes, recording the results of research or observations, or as a tool for writing and developing ideas. Journals are also scientific publications that contain specific research results.

    The Function of Journals in Academic Fields

    After knowing about the meaning of journal in general and academic journal, then in the next discussion we will discuss about the function of journal in the academic field. There are several main functions of journals in the academic world, among them:

    1. As a media to disseminate research results

    Journals help scientists and researchers to disseminate the results of their research to the wider scientific community. This allows other scientists to study the results of the research and develop new ideas related to it.

    2. As a reliable source of information

    Journals are a reliable source of information because every article published has gone through a strict revision process by editors and reviewers. This ensures that every article published in the journal is the result of high-quality and reliable research.

    3. As an evaluation tool for scientists

    Journals help scientists and researchers to evaluate the results of their research by comparing them with the results of research done by other scientists in the same field. This allows scientists to evaluate the progress that has been made in a field of study and expand their knowledge about the topic.

    4. As a reference source for scientists

    Journals are an important source of reference for scientists and researchers in developing new ideas and expanding their knowledge about a field of study. Scientists can use journals as a reliable source of information to research the topic they want to discuss.

    5. As a communication tool for scientists

    Journals help scientists and researchers to communicate with each other and interact with other scientists in the same field. This allows scientists to get feedback on the results of their research and discuss with other scientists about related topics.

    Types of Journals in the Academic World

    There are several types of journals that are often used in the academic and research fields, among them are:

    1. Scientific Journal

    A scientific journal is a journal that contains research results that have gone through the revision process by reviewers who are experts in their field. Scientific journals are usually published by research institutes or universities, and have a high level of trust in the field of science being studied.

    2. Non-Scientific Journal (Non-Scientific Journal)

    A non-scientific journal is a journal that does not meet the requirements as a scientific journal, such as not going through the revision process by reviewers who are experts in the field, or not meeting the research standards that have been set. Non-scientific journals usually do not have a high level of trust in the field of science being studied.

    3. International Journal

    International journals are journals published outside the researcher’s country of origin and can be read by researchers around the world. International journals usually have a high level of trust because they have gone through a rigorous revision process by reviewers who are experts in their field.

    4. National Journal

    National journals are journals published in the researcher’s country of origin and can only be read by researchers in that country. National journals usually have a lower level of trust than international journals because they do not go through the same rigorous revision process.

    5. Accredited Journal

    An accredited journal is a journal that has obtained an accreditation certificate from an authorized institution, such as the Education Quality Assurance Board (LPMP) or the Scientific Journal Certification Board (LSJI). Accredited journals usually have a high level of trust because they have gone through a rigorous evaluation process related to the quality of published research.

    6. Online Journal

    An online journal is a journal that is only available in a digital version and can be accessed online. Online journals usually have lower publication costs than print journals, and can be accessed through digital media.

    Types of Journals Based on Scientific Fields

    Meanwhile, the types of journals can also be divided based on scientific fields. There are several types of journals available in the academic world, including:

    1. Scientific journal

    A scientific journal is a journal that contains the results of research that has been done by scientists or researchers. Scientific journals generally have a focus on a specific field of study, such as biology, physics, or social, and are published regularly, such as every month or every three months.

    2. Technical journal

    A technical journal is a journal that contains scientific writings related to technology and its applications. Technical journals generally have a focus on fields such as mechanical engineering, electronics, or computers.

    3. Social journal

    A social journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to social sciences, such as anthropology, sociology, or politics. Social journals generally have a focus on topics such as society, culture, or social interaction.

    4. Medical journals

    A medical journal is a journal that contains scientific writings related to medicine and health. Medical journals generally have a focus on fields such as internal medicine, surgery, or pharmacy.

    5. Law journal

    A legal journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to law and the legal system. Legal journals generally have a focus on areas such as civil law, criminal law, or international law.

    6. Art journal

    An art journal is a journal that contains scholarly writings related to art, such as painting, music, or dance. Art journals generally have a focus on fields such as visual arts, performing arts, or media arts.

    Types of Journals in General

    A journal is a document used to record daily activities or activities that occur in a certain period. There are several types of journals that can be recognized, among them:

    1. General journal

    A journal used to record all financial transactions that occur in a company or organization.

    2. Journal of purchases

    A journal used to record the purchase of goods or services by a company.

    3. Sales journal

    A journal used to record sales transactions of goods or services carried out by the company.

    4. Cash journal

    A journal used to record cash transactions that occur in a company, such as cash receipts, cash withdrawals, and so on.

    5. Inventory journal

    A journal used to record the changes that occur in the company’s inventory, such as the purchase of new inventory, the sale of inventory, and so on.

    6. Journal entry

    A journal used to record the income that occurs in a company, such as sales, dividends, etc.

    7. Production journal

    A journal used to record expenses that occur in a company, such as operational costs, marketing costs, and so on.

    8. Official travel journal

    A journal used to record official travel activities carried out by officers of a company or organization.

    9. Daily journal

    A journal used to record a person’s daily activities, such as activities, thoughts, and emotions felt during the day.

    10. Scientific journals

    A journal used to record the results of research or scientific studies carried out by a person or group.

    Scientific Journal Writing Guidelines

    Journal writing guidelines in Indonesia usually refer to guidelines set by scientific institutions or scientific associations related to the field of science that is the topic of the journal. The following are some things that need to be observed in journal writing in Indonesia:

    1. Journal structure

    Each journal usually has the same structure, which consists of parts such as title, abstract, keywords, introduction, literature review, method, results, discussion, conclusion, and bibliography.

    2. Abstract writing

    An abstract is a summary of the contents of the journal that should be written briefly and clearly. An abstract usually consists of several parts, namely background, purpose, method, results, and conclusion.

    3. Use of punctuation marks

    The use of punctuation marks must be correct and in accordance with the Enhanced Indonesian Spelling (EYD).

    4. Writing bibliography

    The bibliography should be compiled in accordance with the standards that have been determined, such as APA (American Psychological Association) or Harvard.

    5. Use of collection

    The use of quotes must be correct and in accordance with the standards that have been determined.

    6. Title writing

    The title should be clear and accurately describe the content of the journal.

    7. Use of illustrations

    The use of illustrations such as pictures, tables, and diagrams must be in accordance with the content of the journal and must have a clear description.

    8. Word writing

    Word writing must be correct and in accordance with EYD.

    9. Use of language

    The use of language must be in accordance with good and correct Indonesian language standards.

    Those are some of the things that need to be observed in journal writing in Indonesia. In addition, there are several scientific institutions or scientific associations that set their own guidelines for journal writing in specific fields of science. So, it is important to pay attention to the guidelines set by the related scientific institution or association.

    Conclusion

    A journal is an orderly and systematic record of activities, events, or thoughts that occur. Journals can be used for various purposes, including to record daily activities, to record thoughts or ideas that appear, or to record the results of research or observations.

    Academic journals usually focus on the results of research that has been done by the authors, and usually contain detailed descriptions of the methodology used in the research, the results obtained, and the conclusions drawn from the results. Academic journals also usually include an abstract that describes the content of the article briefly and clearly, as well as a bibliography that lists the sources used in writing the article.

    Academic journals are usually published periodically, for example every month or every three months, and each edition usually consists of several articles written by different authors. Articles published in academic journals have usually gone through a review process by experts in the appropriate field, which aims to ensure that the article meets high scientific standards and is a useful contribution to knowledge in the field.

    •  

  • The Meaning of Honesty: Propositions, Characteristics, and Application of Honest Behavior

    Definition of Honesty – Honesty in general is an aspect of virtuous human characteristics and morals where a person with this character will then have integrity, fairness, loyalty, sincerity, and can be trusted by others.

    In addition, there are also those who express that the meaning of honest is related to the attitude or actions that are done in accordance with what is said. In other words, a person can then be called honest when he says something that is consistent with what happened before.

    In addition, they also act according to what should be done. But in forming an honest personality, one must then be taught starting from children until it becomes a habit.

    On this occasion, we will discuss more about honesty, from its meaning to its application in everyday life. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

    Meaning of Honesty

    Honesty is one of the necessary qualities in everyday life. This honest nature is already embedded in a person. However, it would be better if this honest attitude was trained from childhood so that it becomes a habit when growing up.

    In general, honesty is a trait that requires compatibility between the words spoken and the actions performed by a person. That means, a person can then be said to be honest if he says something that matches what actually happened and is accompanied by the right actions.

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) to be honest is to be honest or not to lie. In addition, according to KBBI, honesty can also be said to be a behavior that does not cheat or follow the rules that apply. Therefore, this honest attitude is always synonymous with a good attitude.

    The Meaning of Honesty According to the Experts

    Below will be explained some definitions of honest according to experts, namely:

    1. According to Mohamad Mustari

    According to Mohamad Mustari, honesty is a human behavior that is based on the effort to then make himself a person who can be trusted in his words, work, and actions, both for himself and for other parties.

    2. According to Dharma Kesuma

    Dharma Kesuma states that honesty is a decision that a person has to later express his feelings, words, and actions. If the statement is true and without manipulation by imitating or lying in order to gain profit for himself.

    3. According to Nurul Zuriah

    Nurul Zuriah revealed that honesty is a value and principle that should be instilled in a person, for example teaching honesty to children since they were in primary education. For example, in correcting the results of peer tests crosswise in class.

    4. According to Wikipedia

    Honesty refers to moral aspects, character aspects, as well as connoting positive and virtuous attributes such as honesty, integrity, and directness and which also includes directness in behavior, followed by the absence of lies, infidelity, fraud, and so on. Not only that, honesty can also mean trustworthy, fair, loyal, and sincere. This honesty is an attitude valued by many ethnic cultures and even religions.

    5. According to Thomas Jefferson

    According to Thomas Jefferson “Honesty is the first chapter in the book of wisdom” this quote was later used by Thomas Jefferson in a letter given to Nathaniel Macon.

    That’s some honest understanding according to experts. In the next discussion, we will discuss honest evidence.

    Honest Proposition

    Honesty is an attitude to express the truth, and not to say things that contradict the facts. The broader meaning of honest is not to cheat, to do something according to the prevailing rules.

    A Muslim can misrepresent a statement because he does not understand the real situation. However, because he then had sincere intentions and did not intend to lie to others, then this attitude can be categorized as honest, even though what he stated is contrary to the facts.

    The obligation to speak honestly is also written in the words of the Prophet SAW:

    “Guarantee me six things from yourselves, I will surely guarantee you a reward in heaven: be honest when you speak, fulfill your promises, fulfill if you are trusted, take care of your private parts, also lower your gaze, and hold your hands,” (HR Ahmad).

    Prophet Muhammad SAW then guaranteed that honest people will always get good. The greatest good of honesty is the reward of heaven from Allah SWT, as he said: “Indeed, being honest brings good and that good will take you to heaven,” (HR Bukhari).

    Honest Traits

    The following are the characteristics of honest people that you need to know.

    1. Always be honest with yourself

    A person who has an honest attitude will usually always be honest with himself first and then with others. An honest person will usually feel something awkward when talking about lying to himself.

    2. Easy to Express Statements

    Someone who is honest will find it easier to express the truth. This is because when a fact is kept hidden, it will feel like there is something in the way, so that the activities performed become less optimal.

    3. Always Look at a Problem from Various Angles

    Someone who is honest when there is a problem will try to see the problem from various points of view. Because of this, sometimes honest people will take longer to evaluate a problem. He did this so that the problem could be solved objectively. That way, no party will be harmed or lied to.

    4. Always Think Before Speaking and Acting

    Honest people will always try to think before speaking and also acting. He does this so that all his words and actions are appropriate. That way, others will be more trusting.

    Those are some of the characteristics of honest people, which you need to know. Are the above characteristics in you?

    Honest Application

    Here are some honest applications in everyday life.

    1. Honest Implementation at School

    Basically, there are many examples of honest application in school, among others:

    • Do not cheat while doing the test.
    • Always give a definite reason when doing something wrong, such as being late for school or not doing homework.
    • Do not take friends’ belongings.
    • Do not tell lies to teachers or friends.

    2. Honest Application at Home

    The following are some examples of honest application.

    • Do not lie to family members, especially parents.
    • Always show the test results no matter what the results are.
    • Always have the courage to admit mistakes that have been made.

    3. Honest Application in the Environment

    The following are some examples of the application of honesty in the community.

    • Always return excess money when shopping.
    • Dare to admit mistakes when doing wrong.
    • Do not lie to others.

    Honest Benefits

    As explained earlier that honesty is one of the good qualities that a person needs to have. In fact, being honest itself has several benefits. Here are the benefits that will be obtained when you speak and behave honestly.

    1. It is easy to gain the trust of others

    The first benefit you will get if you get used to behaving and speaking honestly is that it is easy to gain the trust of others. A person’s good or bad is judged by how many of his words can be trusted. The more often he behaves and speaks honestly, then people will then judge him as a good and trustworthy person.

    In modern times like today, it is very difficult to find people who want to behave and speak honestly in any condition, including in the face of various conditions that can corner them.

    2. Life Feels More Peaceful and Happy

    In addition to being easy to gain trust from others, being accustomed to behaving and speaking honestly will then make your life happier and more peaceful. With the absence of what you are hiding, then your life will be much calmer and peaceful. You will also feel happier because of the effect of positive energy that you will get when you speak honestly.

    3. More Confidence

    A person who is used to behaving and speaking honestly, will also be more confident in living life. He will look more enthusiastic and brave to step forward because he then believes in the abilities he has.

    Getting used to behaving and speaking honestly makes a person believe in his own abilities, so that he then does not need to lie in order to get something he wants, because with the honesty he possesses, he then believes that the results will not disappoint. The more often he behaves and speaks honestly, then his confidence will also increase.

    4. Avoid Harmful Accusations

    One of the great benefits that you will get if you get used to behaving and speaking honestly, is to be able to avoid various harmful accusations. For example, there is a dispute at your workplace. By saying honestly what the actual condition is like without any hidden things, then you can avoid various accusations from your friends, who may have the intention of cornering you in front of your superiors.

     

  • The Meaning of Judgmental, Features and Ways to Avoid Judgmental Thinking Patterns

    Judgmental is – In this life sometimes there are some conditions that make us out of control like doing a judgmental. Judgmental can also be referred to as the act of judging others.

    However, in reality, we may not be aware that we have done judgmental actions. Therefore, we as humans do our best to avoid that.

    Well for more clarity about all things related to judgmental. Here is a complete review related to judgmental.

    Meaning of Judgement

    In this life, we will not be able to escape from the presence of others. This happens in the real world as well as in virtual life. Even so, sometimes the interaction can give rise to a perception or assessment that appears from various parties.

    Therefore, it is not uncommon for other people’s evaluations to have a large influence on us. Even so, sometimes there are some assessments given by others that are not constructive or even judgmental.

    Based on the Cambridge Dictionary , judgmental is a trait that tends to form an opinion so quickly. This action will usually happen more easily when a person’s actions are not approved by those who give the evaluation or judgment.

    Most of the stigma attached to judgmental behavior always has a negative meaning. Currently, the existence of social media makes it easier to show someone’s judgmental side by not seeing a status or position from someone.

    Many people fill the timeline with the purpose of being judgmental. Even some individuals frankly give a unilateral judgmental behavior.

    Where in slang, the behavior of judging someone unilaterally is an act of julid. As for the word julid itself comes from the Sundanese language that is binjulid or can be interpreted as envy, envy or childishness when responding to something.

    Until now, the existence of terms like “Don’t judge something by its cover” seems to have disappeared in the virtual world. It’s not uncommon for society to be so happy to judge others based only on what they see from an upload.

    This condition does not only happen to those who know each other. However, on social media where basically many people who don’t know each other can judge each other. It could be that the judgmental action we do to someone is based on a small piece of a story from a myriad of stories in his life.

    Because the behavior of judgment is an action that harms others, then it is best for us to avoid that behavior independently as much as possible. In fact, we as individuals will also feel angry when we get judgmental behavior even though it is not in accordance with the truth. Well, if we are only angry about it, what about other people?

    Characteristics If You Are a Judgmental Figure

    When we are criticized by others, it feels really bad, even very uncomfortable. But sometimes we also become judgmental towards others. But these actions happen sometimes without us realizing it.

    Well, to know more whether you are one of the judgmental people or not, then you need to know the judgmental characteristics as follows.

    1. It’s Easier to Assess New People’s Appearance

    One of the ways to know if you are one of the judgmental figures is to see how you behave towards someone when you meet them for the first time.

    If you are the type of person who likes to judge when you see someone’s appearance for the first time, then that action is also included in one of the characteristics of judgmental nature . Also, those who often make comments when they first see others will usually have the mindset that first impressions are everything.

    They think that a neat and classy appearance will reflect a good attitude. While for those who do not look polite and neat will get a negative evaluation. This action can make you included in people with judgmental behavior.

    2. Gossiping hobby

    The act of gossiping about other people who don’t know if it is a fact or just gossip will usually make it easier for you to pass judgment on others.

    Often times people only know the outside of an incident but can already give a conclusion that leads to judgement. In fact, if explored more deeply, it may be that what the person does has a certain reason.

    3. Frequently Provide Evaluations Based on Third Party Opinions

    Judgmental actions often occur because of too much trust in others. It is very dangerous when the words of others are directly believed without knowing whether it is a fact that is valid enough to provide an assessment of others.

    Therefore, when listening to a third party’s opinion, it is best to first check whether it is a fact or not. At least, the opinion we make does not harm or hurt others.

    4. Always Oppose Other People’s Opinions That Are Contrary To Personal Opinions

    Maybe some of you have seen a comment from a news that states the facts but get accused as fake news because it is not the same as what they believed all this time. It is also one form of judging, you know .

    Where they don’t do factual verification first or don’t read or listen to what is being discussed by directly giving direct accusations. It could be that what is said is indeed a fact and it takes a struggle to get it. So, don’t let us give accusations indiscriminately to others.

    5. Having a pessimistic nature

    Without you realizing that a person’s pessimism is also a form of judgment, you know. This is because usually you will have a bad preconceived notion about the way of life in the future. Although this is not necessarily the truth.

    For example, when you see a job vacancy with a large salary but with such a heavy job desk and you immediately judge yourself if you will not pass the selection when applying for a job.

    It is not uncommon for some people to make accusations that the company only provides fraud or thinking that they can enter the company only through inside channels.

    Well, those are some characteristics that you can see in yourself whether you are included in the judgmental figure or not. If right now, you are still someone who often does those actions, let’s change to be better for yourself and others.

    Bad Habits That Often Make Ourselves Judgmental

    In the process of self-development, the social environment does have a considerable influence on our attitude. If we are in a good environment, then automatically our attitude can also develop to be better and vice versa.

    That means, when your environment is occupied by people with a judgmental character, then most likely your character will also resemble them. Being a person who is judgmental or likes to judge others is one of the forms of being toxic because basically it can hurt others.

    Not only that, but some of the bad habits you do can also make other parties to judge other individuals. Well, below are some bad habits that you should be able to reduce in order to get a better life without having to be judgmental of others.

    1. It is difficult to forgive others

    Everyone in this world must have made a mistake. Even that also applies to you. It is natural for humans to make mistakes. Because from mistakes we can learn to be a better person.

    Even so, not everyone who makes a mistake can say sorry or there are some people who often hold grudges in their lives. For example, when a person holds more hatred and grudges against others, then the action will make it easier for that person to judge others.

    Instead of holding a grudge in yourself, it is better to say sorry and accept it. Because, as humans, we must have made mistakes.

    2. Overthinking

    Every human being in this world must have experienced what is called failure. If you experience failure, will you experience the same condition in the future? In fact, we as humans also do not know what will happen in the future.

    However, failing once in life does not mean you will continue to fail in the future. So, try to be able to see everything with a more positive mindset.
    When you think about something excessively, it can trigger pessimism in your personal life. Don’t let a pessimistic mindset control and shake your spirit.

    3. Easy to experience despair

    Some people often feel hopeless or bored when everything they want doesn’t go as planned. Feeling so panic about what has happened because it is not according to desire is one of the normal things, but feeling hopeless is one of the wrong actions.

    When you feel hopeless, then you will only think and talk about negative things. It will eventually become a habit that sticks to you. It would be better if you try to be a more optimistic person and think positively about what happens in this life journey.

    4. Stop Expecting Others

    Stop expecting others to always be able to fulfill what you want. Basically everyone has their own advantages and disadvantages. Where you also need to be more realistic and also not make certain standards for other people. When you put your hopes on others, then in the end only disappointment will be obtained.

    Easy Tips to Avoid Judgmental Thinking Patterns

    In this era of globalization, many people have an attitude as if they are the ones who know the most about other people’s lives. Therefore, it becomes easier for them to give an opinion without looking at the actual events or facts.

    This has the effect of making many people quicker to judge others based only on their point of view. It cannot be denied that being judgmental can have a negative impact on the person concerned.

    If you have a mindset that often judges others. You should start changing and throw away all those mindsets with some of the tips below.

    1. Have the mindset that each individual’s personality and actions are different

    When you want to judge others based on what they do, it’s best to realize that each person has a different personality and actions.

    For example, when you are in the middle of the road and you meet someone you know but the person does not greet you. With these actions, you may immediately give an assessment if the person is unfriendly or arrogant.

    It would be better before giving an assessment to him, it would be better if you thought about the possibilities that could happen behind their attitude. This will make you not to give an assessment based only on the actions seen by your pair of eyes.

    But you have also begun to consider many other aspects of personality. Because everyone must have a good side in each of them.

    2. Self-Control Not to Judge Others

    It cannot be denied that eliminating a judgmental mindset is not an easy act. Even so, little by little we can start to reduce it by controlling judgmental thinking patterns when they appear.

    Where when the judgmental thoughts have started to appear, immediately realize yourself with deep questions such as “does giving judgmental actions or judging others will benefit the other party or yourself?” , “What if what I’m thinking right now is not the fact that actually happened?”.

    At least by starting to ask those questions, it will be easier for you to be able to more easily control the judgmental mindset that starts to appear.

    3. Position Yourself As Someone Else

    Understand that every individual in this world is born differently. Starting from character, attitude, way of speaking, appearance even to way of thinking. Where the difference can sometimes affect the judgmental mindset of others.

    Even so, not many are aware that differences can be created because the background of each individual is not the same. For example, there are habits that can arise from his family or about events that he has experienced.

    Therefore, before passing judgment on others. Position yourself first if you are them or at least try to find information related to the thoughts they have.

    4. Start Thinking About Similarities Not About Differences

    The existence of differences in each individual becomes one of the triggers for judging others. Then to stop the act of judging others is that you begin to open your personal mind to stop paying attention to the differences that exist.

    It’s better to focus on what you have in common with others. That way you will get along with them more easily without having to do judgmental actions.

    5. Stop Thinking Always Right

    Understand that each individual has their own way of behaving and behaving. Even so, sometimes there are some people who have the thought that treating other people who are not the same as them is a wrong action.

    Although that is not necessarily true, because everyone has a different point of view. So it would be better if you also start to accept statements against what is different from your mindset.

    This will also encourage you to be more appreciative of others without having to act judgmentally.

    Well that’s a review of judgmental . Starting from the meaning, characteristics, bad habits to how to deal with judgmental thinking patterns have been explained in more detail above. Hopefully this article is useful for Reader

     

  • Understanding Diffusion: Processes, Types, and Examples

    Definition of Diffusion – Friends of Reader, do you know about the process of diffusion? The process of diffusion can be found easily in everyday life. An example is when you dissolve sugar to make sweet tea or sprinkle salt into cooking. From the example we can understand that diffusion is the movement of a substance in a solvent from a high to a low concentration part.

    Diffusion in the process involves two substances, one of which has a higher concentration than the other. This condition causes movement and mixing throughout the particles evenly. Diffusion is also said to be the flow or movement of a substance in a solvent from a high-concentration part to a low-concentration part. The difference in concentration between two solutions is called the concentration gradient.

    To understand more, check out the following complete explanation of diffusion.

    Definition of Diffusion

    According to Britannica Encyclopedia , diffusion is a process resulting from the movement of molecules where the flow moves from an area of ​​high concentration to an area of ​​low concentration. According to the definition, the difference in concentration in two solutions is also known as the concentration gradient. Although there is no difference in concentration, molecular displacement can still occur to reach equilibrium.

    The process of diffusion also occurs in the human body. Based on the explanation in the Class XI Biology Module compiled by Saifullah (2020), diffusion is the process of moving particles of a substance from a solution with a high concentration to a solution with a low concentration to achieve equilibrium.

    An example of diffusion in the human body is when we breathe in, the alveoli expand and oxygen enters the lungs. Then, when exhaling, the alveoli deflate and carbon dioxide leaves the body. Well, this process occurs due to molecules moving from high to low concentration.

    In general, diffusion is one of the mass transfer events that are often carried out in industries. The process of minimal diffusion involves two substances, one of the substances has a higher concentration than the other substance or it can be said that it is not in equilibrium, this situation can be the driving force of the diffusion process.

    Diffusion will continue to occur until all particles are spread evenly or reach a state of equilibrium where the transfer of molecules still occurs even if there is no difference in concentration. A simple example is water vapor from a kettle diffusing in the air. Gradually the liquid becomes sweet. Another example is the addition of sugar to fresh tea liquid. The most common type of diffusion is molecular diffusion. Diffusion occurs when there is a displacement of a stationary layer of molecules from a solid or fluid.

    In this experiment, what was studied was the liquid gas diffusion process and the liquid-liquid diffusion process. In this experiment, acetone liquid was used with temperature variation to find out its influence on the diffusion process. For liquefied gas diffusion, volatile liquids are used, so that the diffusion process is easy to see. In liquid-liquid diffusion, a solution is used that easily decomposes its ions in water, so that the diffusion process is easy to observe.

    In this experiment, concentration variation was done to find out the influence on the diffusion process. This variation is done in order to obtain a comparison of the two variations as well as their influence on the diffusion coefficient.

    Examples of diffusion in everyday life include:

    1. Freshwater fish placed in seawater causes the volume of the fish’s body to shrink because seawater is hypertonic to the body cells of living creatures. Consuming sea water causes the body to experience dehydration.
    2. The sprayed perfume will spread throughout the room due to diffusion with the air.
    3. Sugar that is added to a hot drink in a glass will spread throughout the volume of water in the glass even without stirring because it diffuses in the liquid.

    Diffusion Process

    Diffusion can occur in solids, liquids, or gases. In this case, the process does not require energy, which is why the diffusion process is also called a passive transport system. Diffusion process is a condition where the movement of substance particles with random movement that diffuses from the high concentration part towards the lower part through the cell membrane. A particle can pass through the membrane if the particle size is very small and can dissolve in water or fat.

    Diffusion is a passive transport process. In the process of diffusion, the particles of a substance will move from an area of ​​high concentration to an area with a lower concentration, so that it will produce the same concentration in the substance.

    The diffusion process occurs as a result of the movement of a substance particle from an area of ​​higher concentration to an area of ​​lower concentration through a cell membrane. The condition for particles to be able to pass through the membrane during diffusion is that the size of the particles is very small and that the particles can dissolve in water and in fat.

    Membrane permeability in the diffusion process is divided into:

    1. Impermeable (Not Permeable)

    Membrane that particles of dissolved substances and water cannot pass through. Example: membrane in rubber.

    2. Permeable

    Membrane that particles of dissolved substances and water can pass through. Example: the cell membrane in a potato.

    3. Semipermeable

    Membrane that cannot be passed by solute particles and only by water. Example: cell membrane in the cytoplasm.

    Diffusion and Biology

    In taking in important nutritional substances and removing unnecessary substances, cells perform various types of activities, and one of them is diffusion. There are two types of diffusion performed, namely normal diffusion and special diffusion.

    Diffusion usually occurs when cells want to take in nutrients or molecules that are hydrophobic (non-polar or polar). Molecules can directly diffuse into the plasma membrane made of phospholipids . Diffusion like this does not require energy or ATP ( Adenosine Tri-Phosphate ).

    Specific diffusion occurs when cells want to take in nutrients or molecules that are hydrophilic or polar and ions. Diffusion like this requires specific proteins that provide a path for the particles or help in the movement of the particles. This is done because the particles cannot pass through the plasma membrane easily. The proteins involved in this specific diffusion usually work for specific particles.

    Factors Affecting Diffusion

    The diffusion speed of a particle or molecule of a substance is influenced by several factors. The following are a number of factors that affect the diffusion process as follows:

    1. Measurement of Diffused Molecules

    If the molecule is large, the diffusion process will be slower to pass through the membrane than molecules with a smaller size.

    2. Temperature

    Molecular movement will be faster when there is an increase in temperature. This of course has an impact on the rate of diffusion which is also getting faster. When the temperature gets higher, the particles will get more energy to move, so the diffusion speed gets bigger.

    3. Substance Concentration

    The rate of diffusion is also based on the large concentration gradient that exists in two substances.

    4. Existence of Matter

    The diffusion process in solids will usually be slower compared to liquids and gases. For example, the diffusion process of O 2 in single-celled animals. Diffusion can occur because the concentration of O 2 in the air is higher than the concentration of O 2 in the cell.

    5. Membrane Thickness

    The thinner the cell membrane, the greater the diffusion speed.

    6. Area of ​​an Area

    The larger the area, the greater the diffusion speed.

    7. Distance

    The closer the distance between two concentrations, the greater the diffusion speed.

    Types of Diffusion

    Diffusion has two types, namely simple diffusion and assisted diffusion. Quoted from the Biology Module compiled by Saefullah (2020), the following is the explanation.

    1. Medium Diffusion

    In this type, diffusion is the movement of solid, liquid, or gaseous substances, whether they pass through the membrane or not, from a high-concentration (hypertonic) to a low-concentration (hypotonic) part. As a result of this displacement, the concentration of the substance becomes the same (isotonic). Cells want to take nutrition, or occur on hydrophobic (non-polar) molecules/particles. Particles will directly diffuse without needing energy, and can pass through the membrane directly.

    2. Assisted Diffusion

    This process occurs in cells that want to take nutrients, occurs in particles that have polar/ions ( hydrophilic ). This type of diffusion requires the help of specific proteins in the form of protein channels and transport proteins so that particles can pass through the membrane. For example in Escherichia coli bacteria which will decrease its metabolism if it is transferred into a lactose medium because it cannot pass through the cell membrane.

    However, with the help of the permease enzyme, lactose can pass through the cell membrane. Permease enzymes are cell membrane proteins that pave the way for uncharged polar ions and molecules to pass through the hydrophobic lipid bilayer of the cell membrane.

     

    Types of Diffusion

    The diffusion process that we know is divided into three types, namely diffusion in liquid materials, diffusion in solid materials, and diffusion in gaseous materials. Here is the explanation.

    1. Liquid Diffusion

    It is said liquid diffusion if there is a movement of liquid molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is when we soak soybeans in water when making tempeh. During soaking, there will be diffusion of water from the outside environment (which has a high water content) into the soybeans (which has a low water content).

    The tools needed in this practicum are a household balance that is used to weigh synthetic dyes (green terraces). A plastic spoon used to take the green terrace from the package into the paper as a base to weigh the green terrace. A 25 ml beaker that is used as a container for tap water and as a container for patio solution. A 50 ml measuring glass used to measure the volume of tap water. A series of heating tools consisting of a bunsen as a fire source, a tripod as a support, and a gauze as a beaker base when heated. A thermometer used to measure the temperature of heated tap water.

    A stopwatch to calculate the length of time needed in the diffusion process until a homogeneous solution is formed. A glass funnel used to filter the green tea solution into a beaker. A dropper pipette used to take teres solution from beaker 1 put 5 ml of teres solution in another container. The materials used in this practicum are 50 ml tap water which is used as a solvent in the diffusion process. 5 ml of 30% green teres solution (made from 20 ml of tap water and 6 grams of green teres mixed until homogeneous). Lighter to light the flame on the bunsen. A filter paper that is used to help filter the green terrace solution to separate the precipitate.

    2. Dense Diffusion

    It is called solid diffusion if there is a movement of solid molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is when we soak fruit with a sugar solution in making fruit sweets. During soaking, in addition to the diffusion of water from the outside environment into the fruit, there is also the diffusion of sugar molecules (solid molecules) into the fruit and this means that diffusion of solids also occurs in the manufacture of this fruit candy. So far, the boundary between when water diffusion and solid diffusion occurs is still not clear because the processes often occur simultaneously and are difficult to distinguish.

    The tools needed in this practicum are a household balance that is used to weigh synthetic dyes (green terrace). A plastic spoon that is used to take the green terrace from the packaging into the paper as a base to weigh the green terrace. A 25 ml beaker that is used as a container for tap water and as a container for patio solution. A 50 ml measuring glass used to measure the volume of tap water. A set of heating devices consisting of a bunsen as a fire source, a tripod as a support, and a gauze as a beaker base when heated. A thermometer used to measure the temperature of heated tap water.

    A stopwatch to calculate the length of time needed in the diffusion process until a homogeneous solution is formed. A glass funnel used to filter the green tea solution into a beaker. A dropper pipette used to take teres solution from beaker 1 put 5ml of teres solution in another container. The materials used in this practicum are 20 ml tap water which is used as a solvent in the diffusion process. 6 grams of synthetic dye (teres green) is used as a solute in the diffusion process. Lighter to light the flame on the bunsen. A filter paper that is used to help filter the green terrace solution to separate the precipitate.

    3. Gas Diffusion

    It is said gas diffusion if there is a movement of gas molecules from a high concentration to a low concentration. An example is the diffusion of O 2 in plastic packaging. When we use plastic packaging to wrap a material, then during storage there will be diffusion of oxygen and water vapor from the outside environment into the packaging plastic.

    The amount of oxygen and water vapor that can enter the packaging plastic varies depending on the permeability of the packaging plastic. The more amount of oxygen and water vapor that can get into the packaging plastic means that the quality of the packaging plastic is getting worse. Here, oxygen diffusion is gas diffusion and water vapor diffusion is liquid diffusion.

    The greater the difference in concentration between the two regions, the sharper the gradation of concentration so that the speed of diffusion is slower. If the particles of a substance can move freely without being hindered by the force of attraction, then in a certain period of time the particles will spread evenly in the available space.

    Until such an even distribution occurs, there will be more particles that move from areas where the particles are more concentrated to areas where the particles are less concentrated, then the opposite happens, and the overall movement of particles in a certain direction is called diffusion. The greater the difference in concentration between two areas, that is, the sharper the gradation of concentration, the greater the speed of diffusion (Diana, 2013).

    The rate of diffusion can be increased by stirring so that equilibrium conditions can be reached more quickly. Another event that is also included as a diffusion event is blue ink that is dropped in clear water. The ink will diffuse slowly throughout the water until equilibrium conditions are obtained (no concentration gradient). To increase the rate of diffusion, stirring can be done, so that equilibrium conditions can be reached more quickly. Diffusion is not limited to the transfer of stagnant layers of solids or liquids.

    In fluids that contain many components that will diffuse in a stationary state, Frick’s law applies for a mixture between laws A and B, namely:

    Description:

    J* AZ    = molar flux of component A in the z-axis direction for molecular direction (kgmolA/cm 2 )
    D AB     = molecular diffusion of molecule A through B (m 2 /s)
    z = diffusion distance (m)
    c = concentration of A and B ( kgmol/m 3 )
    x A        = mole fraction of A from the mixture of A and B

    If c is constant, because c A = cxA then:

    cdxA = d(cxA) = dcA (2)

    If equation (1) is substituted into equation (2) results in a diffusion equation for constant concentration:

    Equation (3) is generally used in various applications of molecular diffusion processes. When the value of c varies, then the one used in equation (3) is the average value. For a turbulent mass flow with a constant concentration the equation applies:

    with εM turbulent mass diffusivity with units of m 2 /s.

    Well, that’s the meaning of diffusion along with influencing factors, types, and examples. Hope it’s useful!

     

  • Understanding Synonyms: Types, Benefits, and Cons of Using Synonyms

    Definition of Synonyms – Vocabulary in Indonesian, like vocabulary in any language in the world, is basically interconnected between one word and another. Thus, the basic vocabulary in Indonesian which amounts to more than 100,000 lemmas or entries are also interconnected (Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia Cetakan VII, Edition IV, March 2013). Vocabularies that have the same or similar meaning components are called sense relations, for example the lexeme horse has a meaning relationship with the lexeme animal or the lexeme mango has a meaning relationship with the lexeme fruit (Cruse, 1995).

    According to Cruse (1995), there are seven types of meaning relationships between various lexemes in a language, namely synonymy (same meaning), antonymy (opposite meaning), polysemy (clear double meaning), ambiguity (confusing double meaning), hyponymy ( coverage of meaning), homonymy (difference of meaning), and redundancy (redundancy of meaning). In this article, only one thing will be commented on, namely kesinominam.

    About synonymy itself in language is word similarity. Without a synonym, language tends to be more rigid and uninteresting. Therefore, it is very important to use synonyms to enrich the expression of stories, facts, and ideas, both in writing and verbally.

    Synonyms in Indonesian language lessons are one of the materials that are quite interesting to explore. Because, the similarity of these words can make a sentence look attractive or easy to read. By learning and understanding synonyms, one can have a wealth of diction.

    Here is a complete explanation of the meaning, types, benefits, and obstacles of using synonyms.

    Definition of Synonyms

    Etymologically, the word synonym comes from the Ancient Greek syn (with) and onoma (name). So, synonyms are two or more words that have the same meaning (Cruse, 1995). Meanwhile, Verhaar (1992) says that synonyms are expressions (words, phrases, and sentences) whose meaning is more or less the same as the meaning of other expressions, for example bunga, kembang , and puspa ; die, died, died , and died ; ugly and bad (Karim, 2013).

    According to Kridalaksana (1993), if a word can be substituted (replaced) with another word in the same context and the meaning of the context does not change, the two words can be said to be synonymous. Meanwhile, the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI) explains that synonyms are language forms whose meaning is similar or the same as other language forms; muradif; anonymity.

    In general, a synonym is a semantic relationship that expresses the similarity of meaning between one word and another. This synonymous relationship is bidirectional. That is, if a word is synonymous, it can be confirmed that the word has the same meaning.

    If a unit of speech A is synonymous with a unit of speech B, of course the unit of speech B is synonymous with a unit of speech A. Concretely, if the word ugly is synonymous with the word bad , then the word bad is also synonymous with the word ugly . Another example is the word true is synonymous with the word right , thus the word right is also synonymous with right .

    Synonymous relationships are characterized by the ability of two lexemes to replace each other as fillers in a sentence without changing the meaning. Synonyms that do not change the meaning are called absolute synonyms . However, absolute synonyms are rarely found in the language because each word has its own meaning.

    If a synonymous word does not have exactly the same meaning, the similarity lies in the content of the information presented. In simple terms, synonyms are also referred to as similar meaning or matching words, while antonyms are also referred to as opposite words.

    As Cruse (1995) and other semantic experts said, ” In contemporary linguistics it has become almost axiomatic that complete synonymy does not exist. Each linguistic form has a constant and specific meaning. If the forms are phonemically different we suppose that their meanings are different. We suppose that there are no actual synonyms “. Meaning, “In contemporary linguistics there is an axiom that absolute anonymity never exists. Words or expressions that have different phonemic structures are sure to have different meanings. Therefore, there are no words or expressions that are truly synonymous”.

    Thus, even though words or expressions that are synonymous have the same meaning, the meaning is not entirely the same (Adelin, 2013). So, words or expressions that are phonemically different, the meaning is also different, even if the difference is only in nuance.

    According to Soedjito (1989), synonymy is the same meaning or meaning, or two or more words that have the same meaning. Synonyms are two or more words whose meaning is (1) the same or (2) almost the same or similar, for example two or more words that have the same meaning, namely book – book, ear – ear, can – can, father – father, smart – intelligent , etc. As for two or more words that have almost the same meaning (similar) are all – all – everything; love – love – affection, death – died – death – fall , and so on.

    In the case of the same synonym and similar synonym, Kridalaksana (1993) argues that in Indonesian there is one of two or more words that have a similar meaning, but are not synonyms; for example the words help and help . He called these symptoms as near-synonyms, homonyms, pseudo-synonyms .

    Different from the opinion of Verhaar (1992), it is often said that synonymous words have the same meaning, only the forms are different. Verhaar asserted that actually the relationship between synonyms has different nuances and the meaning can be said to be “more or less the same”.

    Djajasudarma (1993) states that synonyms are used to express sameness of meaning (sameness of meaning). This can be seen from the fact that the compilers of the dictionary show a number of words that have the same meaning; all are synonymous, or have the same meaning as each other, or the relationship in between words that are similar (considered the same) in meaning. Palmer (1993) then details synonyms as follows.

    • One of the synonyms he said comes from a regional or foreign language, for example konde and sanggul , domicile and residence , worried and restless .
    • Synonyms whose use depends on language rules, for example virgin, girl, and girl ; die, die, and die .
    • Synonyms with different emotive meanings, but the same cognitive meaning, for example statesman and politician; noble and feudal .
    • Synonyms whose use is limited to certain words, for example rotten, stale, rancid, sour, and apek mean the same, namely “bad”, but cannot replace each other.
    • Synonyms whose meanings sometimes overlap, for example spices and spices ; worry, anxiety , and doubt ; real and concrete .

    In addition to being called word similarity, synonyms can also be said to be word matches, for example:

    • expert = expert
    • acceleration = acceleration
    • accurate = fair
    • reliable = tough
    • anemia = lack of blood
    • porch = stage
    • antagonist = opposite
    • nullir = abolition
    • application = implementation
    • boga = food
    • bonafide = can be trusted
    • bromocorah = relapse
    • dehydration = loss of body fluids
    • resignation = expiration of term of office
    • dominance = dominance
    • donation = help
    • dose = measure
    • exhibition = show
    • excavation = excavation
    • expansion = expansion
    • extension = extension
    • elaboration = detailed explanation
    • embargo = ban
    • epilogue = closing
    • aesthetics = beauty
    • estimate = estimate
    • ethos = outlook on life
    • fauna = animals
    • phenomenon = reality
    • flora = plants
    • forum = board
    • harmonious = compatible
    • live = live
    • hedonism = indulgence
    • inherent = attached
    • injection = injection
    • insinuation = sarcasm
    • instinct = instinct
    • instructor = trainer
    • interaction = relationship
    • iteration = iteration
    • clarification = explanation
    • climax = high point
    • consensus = agreement
    • conservation = protection
    • correlation = relationship
    • crucial = important
    • manunggal = united
    • mayapada = world
    • mediator = intermediary
    • mystery = secret
    • paradoxical = contrast
    • pioner = pioneer.

    Language forms or expressions that have the same meaning can be morpheme with morpheme, word with word, phrase with phrase, and so on.

    • Synonyms of morpheme (free) with morpheme (bound), such as he and -nya .
    • Word-for-word synonyms, such as between dead and died ; bad and ugly ; flowers and puspa , and so on.
    • Synonyms of words with phrases or vice versa, such as die and die ; big head and arrogant .
    • Synonymous phrase with phrase, such as father, mother and parents ; died and passed away to God’s grace .
    • Synonymous sentence with sentence, such as sister kicks the ball and the ball is kicked by sister .

     

    Types of Synonyms

    Synonyms are divided into two types, namely general synonyms and context synonyms. Common synonyms are synonyms that have almost the same meaning, but cannot be used interchangeably in the same context. Context synonyms are two words that have almost the same meaning and can be interchanged in the same context without changing the meaning in that context.

    Context synonyms are divided into three, namely semirip synonyms, absolute synonyms and selingingku synonyms. Here is the explanation.

    • Similar synonyms are words that can exchange positions with each other in a linguistic context. This exchange is done without changing the meaning in a lexical and structural, especially in the chain of sentences, words, clauses, and phrases of the sentence made.
    • Absolute synonyms are words that can interchange positions or places in any linguistic context without changing the lexical and structural, especially in the chain of sentences, words, clauses, and phrases of the sentence made.
    • Selingkung synonyms are words that can interchange positions or places in a specific linguistic context without changing the lexical and structural.

    Benefits of Synonymy in Language

    Synonyms are used to change the use of words in certain places so that the words used are varied, so that the sentences built by those words are not boring. Words that are synonymous will be able to animate and concretize the use of a person’s language, so that clear and interesting communication is achieved through language. The language user in that case can choose the most appropriate word to use in order to suit the needs (concept) he wants to convey and suit the situation he is facing.

    Take a look at the following examples of the use of the words lilit and belit as well as smart and clever .

    • Until he was old he was always surrounded by debt.
    • Until he was old he was always surrounded by debt.
    • The boy is really intelligent , his study results are always good.
    • The boy is really clever , his study results are always good.

    The two pairs of words are synonymous, but they are not exactly the same. Being surrounded by debt feels that debt is more likely to be resolved, but being surrounded by debt feels more complicated and more difficult to get out of the debt situation. Smart implies the meaning of “clever and agile”, but shrewd is impressed to show the meaning of “smart, but a little bit smart”.

    In regards to intimacy there are a few things to note. First, not all words in Indonesian have synonyms, for example the words rice, snow, stone, and yellow do not have synonyms. Second , there are words that are synonymous in their basic form, but not in their form, for example the word true with the word betul , but the word truth is not synonymous with the word coincidence . Third, there are words that do not have synonyms in the basic form, but have synonyms in the derived form, for example the word jemur does not have a synonym, but the word menjerumhas a synonym with drying , and sunbathing is synonymous with hot . Fourth, there are words that do not actually have synonyms. Figurative meanings actually have synonyms, as in the example of the word black , in the actual meaning there is no synonym, but in the figurative sense there are synonyms, namely dark, lewd, bad, and others.

    Some Obstacles in the Use of Synonymy

    The choice of words or diction is a very important element in speaking, both in written language, such as for composing and in everyday spoken language. The purpose of word choice is for language users to choose words accurately in expressing something. For that, language users can take advantage of the dictionary because the dictionary contains the correct meaning of the word.

    As discussed in the previous section, not all synonymous words can replace each other in a sentence and can be used in every occasion. This is due to the presence of one or two components of meaning that are not the same, or their usage in a certain context is not the same, or because the derivation of the word is not the same. For example, the word can be synonymous with the word can , as seen in the sentences he can ride a bicycle and he can ride a bicycle .

    However, after being made into a derived word by adding the same suffix to-an, for example, it becomes common and found , it turns out that the meanings are very far apart. In addition, the culture of the language user community, especially related to politeness and taboo issues is an obstacle in the use of synonymous words. In that relationship, according to Lyons (1996:132), a speech is unacceptable for socio-cultural reasons. For example, maybe a speech is classified as taboo or inappropriate socially and culturally, such as die “die” which should pass away “died”.

    If someone says die in the sentence (1) His father died last night “his father died last night” may be acceptable to certain listeners, for example because the person saying the death is not the biological son of the deceased father. However, if the die is said by the father’s biological son who died (2) My father died last night , the listener will assume that the son does not know himself and has no respect for his father. So, the speech is considered unacceptable in the culture of that society.

    Unacceptable speech (3) My father died last night should be corrected to (3a) My father passed away last night because in certain language communities, the use of die is forbidden to express the meaning of “death” for one’s own family members. However, it does not mean that in that environment the unacceptability of the speech (3) My father died last night becomes meaningless. Unacceptability is more based on social meaning and not based on descriptive meaning (Lyons, 1977:104).

    Because there is something that violates the etiquette or cultural norms of local speakers, such sentences are unacceptable. For example, sentence (4) Because it was hit by a flood, the fish in my pond were washed away, leaving two, one girl and one boy, which is unacceptable in normal communication, except in jokes.

     

  • Understanding, Types, Functions, Elements, Values, and Concepts in Theater Arts

    Theater Art (English: theater or theatre ; French: théâtre ; Greek: theatron (θέατρον)) is one of the arts of role-playing (drama) that presents real life stories on stage. The storyline presented usually contains an implied moral message and can be used as a life lesson by the audience.

    Theater is a branch of art that was born in classical Greece. At that time, around 500 BC it was played on the altar by the priests and one of the scenes was the ceremony of giving sacrifices to the gods. Until later that form changed in the time of Athena, the sacrifice was replaced by the role of the antagonist who was punished on the basis of the will of the community and died for everyone.

    In that sense, modern Indonesian theater is understood conceptually (realist theater) starting since Usmar Ismail and Asrul Sani founded ATNI (Indonesian National Theater Academy) on September 10, 1955 in Jakarta. Since then, the form of theater in Indonesia has undergone quite fundamental changes compared to its traditional forms, such as Randai, Ludruk, Mahyong, Ketoprak, and Ledhek.

    Meaning of Theater Art

    Theater art is a type of drama performance art that is staged on a stage. Specifically, theater art is a dramatic art that features human behavior with movement, dance, and singing presented complete with dialogue and acting.

    According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), theater has three meanings, namely a building or room where films, plays, and so on are shown. Furthermore, the second meaning is a large room with rows of chairs to the side and back to attend lectures or for scientific demonstrations. The last meaning is the staging of drama as an art or profession, the art of drama, farce, and drama.

    Etymologically, the word theater can be interpreted as a place or show building, while the word theater is terminologically interpreted as everything that is shown on stage for the consumption of its connoisseurs.

    Here is a summary of the meaning of theater art according to experts:

    1. Balthazar Vallhagen

    Theater is a dramatic art that portrays human nature and character through movement.

    2. Moulton

    Theater is a story of life that is described or illustrated in the form of movement or called life presented in action .

    3. Anne Civardi

    Theater is a dramatic art that tells a story through words and movement.

    4. Harymawan RMA

    Specifically, theater refers to the activity of doing activities in the performing arts ( to act ), so the actions of players on stage are called acting . The term acting is taken from the Greek word ” dran ” which means to do, take place, or act. Because of this acting activity, the male players in the theater are called actors and the female players are called actresses .

    5. Art of Handayani and Wildan

    Theater is a form of composition based on two branches of art, namely literary art and stage art.

    6. Budianta, et al

    According to Budianta, et al., drama is a literary genre whose physical appearance verbally shows the existence of a conversation or dialogue between the existing characters.

    7. Ferdinand Brunettiere

    According to Ferdinand Brunetierre, a drama should give birth to a desire with action or movement.

    8. Team Matrix Media Literata

    Drama is a form of story that describes human life and character through staged behavior (acting).

    9. Wildan

    Drama is a composition based on several branches of art, so drama is divided into two, namely drama in the form of written text and staged drama.

    10. Anne Civardi

    Drama is a story told through words and movement.

    11. Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI)

    The meaning of this theater can or can be defined into three, among which are:

    • Stores or even spaces where films, plays, and so on are shown.
    • The large room with rows of chairs to the side, as well as to the back for attending lectures or for scientific demonstrations.
    • Drama staging is an art or even a profession; play, dramatic art, drama.

    Types of Theater Arts

    1. Traditional Theater Arts

    Traditional theater often reveals the discourse of local wisdom, so it is a means of passing on knowledge of life or good values. Theater can entertain as well as act as a vessel for moral education of the community. Theater is an important link in building a harmonious life together, including getting used to living side by side with other people in the field of different tribes, languages, customs and religions while watching.

    Traditional theater does not separate the performer and the audience. The boundaries are blurred, so that at any time the audience can directly become part of the spectacle. Traditional theater adheres to rituals, customs, customs and local culture (including the regional language). His life is still linked to the concept of community or family which is bonded by the spirit of mutual cooperation. In traditional theater, performance art, dance, music and voice art still synergize and complement each other.

    2. Modern Theater Art

    Modern theater takes western patterns as a reference. Theater is separated from dance, voice art and music. His presence is part of the art product that goes to the industry. The form of modern Indonesian theater is conventional modern theater, modern theater with renewal and contemporary modern theater.

    Conventional modern theater uses concepts, basic patterns, techniques and presentation unchanged from western theater only adapted to nature and using Indonesian language. Modern theater with renewal is a theater that tries to include elements of traditional theater as a style in its staging.

    Theater artists began to question the existing modern theater. There is a new awareness that is felt that conventional modern theater is not yet established as a national theater. The Indonesian theater community is aware that within itself there is a traditional theater that must be defended. The third is a contemporary modern theater, which is a theater that tries to break conventional theater and reform theater. Artists try to combine elements that exist in the world for the benefit of theater.

    Types of Theater Based on Form

    The types of this theater art are as follows:

    1. Puppet Theater

    This puppet show is or has been performed since Ancient Times. Remains of his remains were found in tombs such as Ancient India, Egypt, and Greece. These dolls are often used in telling legends or religious stories. All kinds of puppets are played in different ways.

    This hand puppet is worn by the hand while for the stick puppet it is moved with a stick held from below. Marionettes or string puppets are moved by moving the cross stick where the string is tied.

    Apart from that, an example of a puppet theater that is quite popular is the wayang kulit show. In a wayang kulit show, the wayang is played behind a thin screen and the light rays create the shadow of the puppet on the screen. The female audience sits then in front of the screen, and watches her reflection. As for the male audience sitting behind the screen and also watching the movie live.

    Furthermore, the Bunraku Puppet show from Japan is able to do so many movements that it takes three puppeteers to be able to move it. The puppeteer then dressed in black and sat right in front of the audience. The main puppeteer then controls the head as well as the right arm. The storytellers sing and chant the story.

    2. Musical Drama

    This musical drama is a theater show that combines dance, music, and acting. This musical drama emphasizes those three elements more when compared to the dialogue of the players. The quality of the players is not only judged on the appreciation of the character through the string of sentences spoken but also through the harmony of the song and dance moves.

    It is referred to as a musical drama because the background of the show is a combination of dance moves, music, and also stage design. The most popular musical dramas are cabaret and opera. The difference between the two lies in the type of music used. In the opera, the dialogue of these characters is sung to the accompaniment of orchestral music and also the song that is sung is called seriosa. While in the cabaret musical drama, the type of music and songs that are sung are free and normal.

    3. Dramatic Theatre

    This dramatic term is used to be able to mention a theater show that is based on the drama of the play being staged. In the dramatic theater, this psychological change of character is very noticeable. The situation of the story and the background of this incident are made as detailed as possible.

    The series of stories in this dramatic theater follows the plot closely. The focus of dramatic theater performance is to attract the audience’s interest and sense of the story situation presented. In dramatic theater, the actions of these players are highly highlighted.

    One event or events related to other events then form the whole story. The character presented on this stage is a character without improvisation. This dramatic theater tries to stage the story as if it were reality.

    4. Theatricalization of Poetry

    Theatricalization of this poetry is a theater show made based on literary works of poetry. These works of poetry are usually only read, in the theater the poetry is tried out and then acted on stage. Because the basic material is poetry, the theatricalization of this poem emphasizes poetic aesthetics on stage. The acting style of the players usually has a theatrical nature. The stage layout and blocking were planned in such a way as to be able to emphasize the meaning of the poem in question.

    For the theatricalization of this poem, it will provide an opportunity for the artists to be able to express the whole idea of ​​creativity in translating or interpreting the meaning of a poem into the look of a play as well as the artistic arrangement on stage.

    5. Motion Theater

    Motion theater is a theater show with the main element being movement as well as the facial expressions of the players. In the staging, the use of this dialogue is very minimal or even eliminated as in a classic pantomime show.

    Along with the development, these theater players can or can move freely by following the mood (for specific characters) even apart from the character of this character basically to be able to attract the interest of the audience. From this freedom of movement expression, an idea of ​​staging the show based on movement independently emerged.

    The most popular moving theater that survives to this day is called pantomime. It is a silent show due to not using voice, the pantomime tries to express its expression through movement behavior as well as facial expressions from the players. The meaning of the message to be realized in the show is in the form of movement.

    Some Functions of Theater Arts

    1. Theater Art as a Ritual or Ceremony

    In its ritual function, a theatrical event becomes a forum for explaining, appreciating and strengthening the values ​​of faith or religion embraced by the community that performs it. Until now, in various ethnic theaters, elements of the ceremony remain prominent with the speaking of mantras, the preparation of sergeants and ceremonial actions performed by both the puppeteer and by other parties who are not directly involved in the show.

    2. Theater Art as Art or Aesthetics

    In theater events, a community not only expresses thoughts, feelings, anxiety, hopes and so on, but also enjoys the forms of expression. In such an event, a community not only feels satisfied with having been able to express their experiences, but they also feel satisfied or dissatisfied in relation to the forms of expression they use.

    3. Theater Arts as Entertainment

    In this connection, theater arts meet the needs of the community for experiences that are different from their everyday experiences. Sometimes it even meets the needs of people who want to escape or escape from the problems of their daily lives.

    4. Theater Art as an Educational Media

    Theater is a collective art, in the sense that theater is not done individually. But to make it happen then harmonious teamwork is needed. When a theater is staged, it is hoped that the messages that the writer and also the players want to convey are conveyed to many viewers. By going through the show usually people will then more easily understand the good and bad value of life when compared to just reading through a story.

    5. Theater Art as a Media of Expression

    Theater is one of the art forms with the main focus on action and dialogue. It is different from the art of music which focuses on the sound aspect and also the art of dance which focuses on the harmony of movement as well as rhythm. In practice, the theater artist will then express his art in the form of body movements as well as speeches.

    Elements of Theater Arts

    The elements in the art of theater are divided into two, namely:

    1. Internal Elements

    This internal element is an element that concerns the continuation of the performance in a theater. Without internal internal elements, there will be no theater performance. For this reason, internal elements are said to be the heart of a theater performance. These internal elements are as follows:

    a. Script or Screenplay

    The script or scenario containing the story with the names of the characters and the dialogue will later be staged. This script becomes one of the supports that unites all kinds of elements including the stage, actors, costumes and the director.

    b. Player

    Adda players are one of the most important elements in a theater performance. The player has a role in producing some other elements, such as sound and motion. There are three types of players, among them the main role (protagonist/antagonist), supporting role as well as additional or extra roles. In movies or soap operas, these players are usually called actresses for women, and actors for men.

    c. The director

    The director is one of the most central elements, because the director is the person who leads and also organizes a production technique or theater staging. The director is the brain behind the flow of a story, for example creating ideas or thoughts about the stage that will later be used to direct all the actors, analyze the script, and so on.

    d. Stage

    This stage is one of the elements that can or can present the aesthetic value of a show. Apart from that, the stage becomes a supporting element of the show in which there is lighting, properties, as well as some other decorations related to a stage.

    e. Property

    This property is a necessary equipment in a theater performance, such as chairs, tables, robots, space decorations, decorations, and so on.

    f. Arrangement

    All workers related to theater productions, among others as follows:

    • This make-up is a way of dressing the players in playing theater characters so that it is more suitable to the character that will be played;
    • This fashion is the arrangement of the player’s clothing to support the conditions that require it. For example, the clothes worn by schoolchildren will certainly be different from the daily clothes worn by housekeepers;
    • This lighting is the lighting on stage;
    • This tone is the speaker setting.

    2. External Elements

    The external element is the next element that manages everything related to things that will be needed or needed in a staging. These external elements include the following:

    a. Production Staff

    The production staff is a group of teams or individuals that are concerned with the production leadership up to all the parts under it. The duties of each of them are as follows:

    • Producer/production leader;
    • Managing all things about production;
    • Establishing cost estimates, facilities, personal work programs (staff), etc.

    b. Director/Director

    The duties of the director include the following:

    • The carrier as well as the director of the script;
    • Coordinator of all implementation related to staging;
    • Finding and preparing actors;
    • Arrange everything that will be held by the designers and also the crew;
    • Prepare make up .

    c. Stage Manager

    The duties of the stage manager include the following:

    • Leaders and stage managers;
    • Assisting the director.

    d. Designer

    Duties of designers include the following:

    • Prepare all kinds of related visual aspects, such as preparing properties.
    • Arranging the atmosphere or the place or even the costume equipment, stage lighting, as well as lighting, as well as other supporting equipment such as audio.

    e. Crew

    This crew is the holder of the division of each sub held by the designer, among them the following:

    • Part of the stage/place;
    • The lighting section ( lighting );
    • Equipment and music section;

    Values ​​and Concepts in Theater Arts

    The values ​​and concepts in this theater art are as follows:

    1. Value of Theater Arts

    In the performance of the theater there are many values ​​that can or can be absorbed by the connoisseurs. The values ​​contained in the art of theater include:

    • Educational value;
    • Historical value;
    • Cultural values;
    • Religious values.

    2. Theater Art Concept

    The basic concept of theater art consists of two aspects, among them the aspect of appreciation and creation. However, due to the limitations of human resources, the aspects that are often taught in relation to the appreciation aspect should be prioritized.

    The art of theater includes the skills of thinking, feeling, voice and body, which in its staging combines the art of acting, fine art, movement art, literary art, dance art, and music art.

    This is an explanation of the Meaning, Features, Functions, and Types of Theater Art. Hopefully what has been described will be useful for you. Thank you.

  • Temporal Conjunction : Definition, Types, and Examples

    Temporal Conjunction : Definition, Types, and Examples

    Temporal Conjunctions – A written work requires good linguistic rules by paying attention to various aspects, including the use of conjunctions. Conjunctions are connecting words for words, phrases, clauses, sentences, and paragraphs. The use of conjunctions is intended so that the order of words and sentences have coherence or connection. Conjunctions can usually be found when learning a language and can be used for everyday conversation.

    Conjunctions or connecting words are certain lexemes that are responsible for connecting words with words, phrases with phrases, clauses with clauses, and sentences with sentences in a coordinative or subordinating way. The relationship between the two clauses is marked by the presence of a conjunction that begins one of the clauses.

    Conjunctions in the science of syntax can be used as an intermediary to expand a range of syntactic units that are found in equal or even unequal levels. stated that the science of syntax is a science that focuses its studies on words, groups of words (phrases), clauses, and studies related to types of sentences. Conjunctions are needed in writing a discourse. A good discourse is a discourse that should pay attention to the relationship between sentences, so that it can preserve the connection and sequence between sentences.

    Conjunctions are divided into five types when viewed from their syntactic behavior in sentences, namely coordinative conjunctions, correlative conjunctions, subordinating conjunctions, temporal conjunctions, and intersentential conjunctions. The five conjunctions are further divided into sub-types and have different characters.

    The use of the right conjunction will affect the accuracy of the information. Ideas in the same sentence can bring up different information because of the difference in the use of conjunctions. Although they both aim to connect, conjunctions have different types according to their purpose. One of them is temporal conjunction.

    Temporal conjunctions are conjunctions related to time. There are two types of temporal conjunctions, namely equal temporal conjunctions and unequal temporal conjunctions.

    To know more about temporal conjunction, can understand the examples. There are many examples of temporal conjunctions that can be understood.

    Definition of Temporal Conjunction

    Before knowing the meaning of temporal conjunction, it would be better if we know what the term conjunction is. So, a conjunction in general is a useful word to connect between sentences or between paragraphs. This conjunction is used so that the sentences have a connection. So, what is a temporal conjunction?

    Temporal conjunction is one of many types of conjunction . So, a temporal conjunction is a linking word related to time. The meaning is that conjunctions are useful to connect one event with another event so that they are related to each other. Sentences that use temporal conjunction sentences are sentences that explain time, events, or occurrences.

    This temporal conjunction is generally used when explaining the time of an event to help the reader understand the meaning of the sentence. The use of this connecting sentence is important in order to give the chronology of an event in sequence. This type of conjunction is usually used in articles or texts for news.

    In addition, temporal conjunctions are also widely used for procedural text writing. Procedural text is writing about tips or tutorials that explain the steps to do something. This conjunction is said to be a conjunction that is widely used because it fits the pattern of paragraph development. Therefore, temporal conjunctions without realizing it may often be encountered by readers every day.

    A temporal conjunction is a linking word that is an extension of a sequence step by step. Temporal conjunctions are also commonly used in procedural text rules, such as how to turn on a device, how to clean a carpet, how to turn on a motorcycle, turn on a laptop, bathe a cat and others.

    The use of temporal conjunctions (eg since, then, initially, finally) is also a special feature in the linguistic aspects of news texts. The functions of time description, direct sentences and standard Indonesian language should be used so that the news delivered does not have ambiguous and double meaning.

    Historical narratives or historical stories also often use temporal conjunctions. Because, temporal conjunction provides information about the relationship between two different events. In simple terms, temporal identification of historical texts is an attempt to interpret historical texts based on the time in the text.

    The chronology of an event will be easily known by determining the time limit of the historical story. If successful in determining the time limit, the chronology of a historical event will be easy to understand.

    Through the opinion of some experts, conjunctions can be interpreted simply as words that play a role in connecting between words, between sentences, and between paragraphs as briefly explained above.

    Its use is of course important, because it helps the reader to understand a writing or essay well. Without connecting words, a sentence and a paragraph can be unclear or even difficult to understand.

    In addition, the selection of conjunctions must also be correct, it is unusual to use conjunctions because they will influence and change the meaning of a sentence or text. This property then makes conjunctions more developed into several types.

    Based on its syntactic behavior, conjunctions or conjunctions are then divided into four types, namely temporal conjunctions, coordinating conjunctions, subordinating conjunctions, and causality conjunctions.

    Temporal Conjunction

    The Function of Temporal Conjunctions

    According to its definition, the main purpose of temporal conjunction is to connect sentences related to time. With the existence of this temporal conjunction, two sentences which are actually different events, can still be united with the temporal conjunction and will feel interconnected with each other.

    In addition, the function of temporal conjunctions is to ensure that readers are not confused when reading a sentence or paragraph because there is no connecting word. With the temporal conjunction, the reader will most likely understand the meaning of the writing better.

    Characteristics of Temporal Conjunctions

    1. Functions as a Subjunctive

    Subjunctive meaning is a mode that expresses an objective possibility. That is, the use of a sentence has a complete, coherent meaning, and is easily understood by the reader.

    2. Flexible

    The meaning is flexible, that is, the temporal conjunction can be placed either at the beginning, in the middle, or at the end of the sentence. The placement adjusts to the meaning and purpose of the sentence.

    3. Connecting the Main Sentence with the Main Sentence

    Another characteristic of this conjunction is that it can be a link between the parent sentence and the main sentence or clause. A link means a link between one sentence and another sentence. Thus, the reader can be helped to understand the relationship between the two sentences.

    4. Connecting Sentences Related to Time Elements

    This characteristic is certainly the main characteristic of temporal conjunction. This character is also a differentiator between this conjunction and the others. This temporal conjunction cannot be used in sentences that do not have a time element

    Types of Temporal Conjunctions

    Based on its nature, this conjunction is further divided into two types, namely:

    1. Equal Temporal Conjunctions

    Equivalent temporal conjunctions are conjunctions of the same or equivalent nature. The meaning is that this conjunction becomes an equivalent compound sentence. This type of conjunction can only be placed in the middle of the sentence and cannot be placed at the beginning or at the end of the sentence.

    Because, if it is placed at the beginning or at the end of the sentence, the meaning of the sentence will be difficult for the reader to understand or even the sentence will become messy. In fact, it is possible to put the equivalent type at the beginning or at the end, but it is necessary to use other conjunctions at the beginning so that the sentence can be understood. Usually, to separate between sentences is to add a comma.

    Examples of equal temporal conjunctions are:

    • Then.
    • Then.
    • Further on.
    • After that.
    • Previously.
    • After that.
    • Before that.
    • After that

    2. Unequal Temporal Conjunctions

    The unequal temporal conjunction is the opposite of the equal, so it is a conjunction used to connect sentences that are not equal or have a degree. Non-equal temporal conjunctions tend to be more flexible than equals. Because this type of conjunction can be placed at the beginning, middle, and end of a sentence. Even if it is placed anywhere, the sentence will still be understandable.

    Examples of unequal temporal conjunctions are:

    • Temporary.
    • When.
    • Since.
    • When.
    • Since.
    • Aware.
    • When.
    • When.
    • Moments.
    • Until

    Examples of Temporal Conjunction Sentences

    Through the explanation of the two types of temporal conjunctions above, you can certainly know that there are many forms of conjunctions. Each conjunction has its own rules in terms of placement as well as in its use in sentence types. Therefore, knowing conjunctions is very important so as not to go wrong, especially if you plan or have a dream to become a writer, both a book writer and a journalist.

    Therefore, understanding right up to the top of your head about what conjunctions are and their types is a must. So that it is easier to determine the placement of the two types of temporal conjunctions.

    The following is an example of a temporal conjunction sentence based on its type in general, so that it can be easier to distinguish between the two:

    1. Examples of Equal Temporal Conjunction Sentences

    • After the computer is turned off, then also turn off the monitor screen.
    • Cristiano Ronaldo was injured, so he had to be absent for 6 months.
    • The weather in the Jakarta region has started to improve, and the regional government will carry out flood control.
    • Roni attends extracurricular music in the afternoon, after which he will perform directly on the school’s art stage.
    • The flood conditions in Semarang have not yet improved, even though previously the regional government had tried to deal with them by using water pumps.
    • This afternoon we studied mathematics and then studied English at Dina’s house.
    • To go to the nearest mosque from the intersection, you turn left for about 50 meters, then you turn right.
    • My mother and I went to the market to buy vegetables, then came home and cooked them.
    • Andita went to her grandmother’s house to deliver her sister’s birthday cake, then headed to her uncle’s house.
    • On Tuesday, the first subject is mathematics, then continued with English.
    • Adrian ran to his grandmother’s house, then stopped at a stall.
    • Merisa persuaded her father to accompany her to the minimarket, then went to her grandmother’s house.
    • Habib was washing the dishes, before he had swept the yard.
    • In the second subject, Rizky fell asleep in class, even though he had previously slept when the first lesson was empty.
    • When I returned home, my mother bought me a new uniform, where before I told my mother that my school uniform was too small.
    • To make fried rice, you have to prepare the rice, then prepare the spices.
    • Before going to bed, Rio played games, even though he had been playing games until he didn’t take a shower.
    • Mother cooks rice that has been washed before.
    • Aminah is now the backbone of the family, whereas before she was just a housewife.
    • My plan in 2022 is to buy my father and mother a new house, then I want to send them on the Hajj.
    • After cleaning the house, then Fitri took a bath.
    • Father took ablution water and prayed in congregation in the mosque.
    • Dina changed clothes, then had dinner with her family.
    • Aisah went to her mother’s room, then gave her a gift.
    • Fero was riding a motorcycle but not wearing a helmet, so he was pulled over by the police.
    • Grandfather is being examined in the Emergency Department (EDU), then will be transferred to the dormitory room.
    • Bibi washed the peeled vegetables and then boiled them and added salt.
    • In the SEA Games competition in the sport of football, after defeating the Philippines, Indonesia will next face Malaysia.
    • Before eating, the mango should be peeled first, then cut into small pieces.
    • My father fished in the river, then the fish my father caught was cooked by my mother.

    2. Examples of Inequivalent Temporal Conjunction Sentences

    • Sandy came home, when Nana had just left for the office.
    • While Juventus has only won 3 titles, Real Madrid has won 14 times.
    • When the weather starts to warm, the stadium cover will be automatically closed.
    • Seli felt very awkward, since her boss’s arrival at the office.
    • When the audience started to get out of control, the police started moving to secure the situation.
    • When Reni was at school, her younger brother came to see her.
    • Mathematics class did not finish until the Maghrib call to prayer had already resounded.
    • The hotel on Jalan Diponegoro has been closed since the pandemic two years ago.
    • As long as the weather is still hot, the rice fields in the region will always be dry.
    • Bobi met Sasa, when he was still in high school.
    • My mother called my father, while cooking breakfast for me and my sister.
    • Riana cleans the front yard while watering the plants.
    • Doni teaches his younger sister to do homework while studying for school tests.
    • While watching TV, Andina helped her mother make a braid for a ketupat.
    • Fahmi makes a steamed sponge while watching a tutorial on YouTube.
    • While waiting for my mother to finish cooking, my sister and I cleaned the house.
    • Raisa looks like she has a fuller body since giving birth to her first child.
    • Rian liked Anisa since he became a member of Anisa’s group.
    • Fahri’s hobby is playing soccer, since he often accompanies his sister to soccer practice.
    • Ariana loves math subjects since she got a 50 on her test.
    • The person works from morning until late at night to support his family.
    • Merisa works on the side to be able to pay for her younger sister’s school.

  • Meaning of Public Relations: Types, Purposes and Characteristics

    Understanding and Purpose of Public Relations – In building an institution, whether it is an educational institution, a social institution, etc., it is very necessary to develop a positive image. In addition, a company that has been formed also needs a positive image. Either way, the positive image that exists in an institution or company equally means that its existence is viewed favorably by many people.

    This positive image is very important for an institution or company to have so that the trust of the public or consumers continues to increase, so that they still want to work with an institution and still want to use goods and services from a company. When this positive image has begun to fade, it is best to immediately rebuild it so that it does not disappear.

    The existence of this institution is fundamentally needed by society, especially educational institutions because, like schools. If an educational institution, school has a positive image, then there will be many parents of students who send their children to that school.

    Meanwhile, every company must have the ability to produce or create a product and service and is highly dependent on sales results to the public or consumers. Therefore, it is necessary for a company to build a positive image so that consumers still want to use goods and services from a company.

    The positive image that exists in these institutions and companies can be formed due to the role of a division, namely “Public Relations” or better known as “Public Relations”. The role of Public Relations can be said to be very crucial because without its presence an institution or company may not be recognized by the community. In other words, Public Relations is able to bridge the relationship between institutions or companies and the community or consumers.

    Reader, already know what Public Relations is about? If you haven’t, don’t worry, by reading this article, your knowledge about Public Relations will increase. Come on, check out this article Reader.

    Meaning of Public Relations

    Public Relations is an abbreviation of Public Relations. While in terms of language, Public Relations comes from the English language, namely Public Relations (PR). While literally, Public Relations means relations with the public or society. Similar to what is expressed based on the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), Public Relations is a part of a government or private institution that conducts activities seeking public support for its efforts.

    Meanwhile, quoted from the book Introduction to Public Relations , Harlow made a tentative conclusion about the meaning of Public Relations after examining approximately 472 definitions of Public Relations.

    1. Special management functions that can help to build and maintain mutualistic relationships from communication, understanding, acceptance, to cooperation between organizations and the public

    2. Assist management to continue to obtain information and be responsive to public opinion.

    3. Responsible for putting the public interest first.

    4. Having a role as an early warning so that it can help to anticipate the existence of trends as well as utilize research and ethical communication techniques as the main tool or means.

    Based on Webster’s New World Dictionary , Public Relations is a relationship that is built with the purpose of connecting the community with the organization in order to be interconnected and create a community opinion or form an organizational image.

    From some of these definitions, public relations or Public Relations is a management in a government or private organization that has the function of maintaining public relations with the organization. In other words, a government or private organization is very necessary to have Public Relations management. This needs to be done so that the positive image of an organization will always be well maintained.

    The Meaning of Public Relations According to Experts

    1. Howard Bonham

    According to Howard Bonham, Public Relations is an art that aims to develop a public understanding in order to become better with the hope that public trust or empowerment towards an institution or organization will be higher.

    2. JC Seide

    JC Seide believes that Public Relations is an interconnected process starting from the efforts of management in order to obtain a good response and understanding from customers, the public in general, and employees.

    3. International Public Relations Association (IPRA)

    IPRA states that Public Relations is a management function that already has mature and sustainable planning within a parent organization or private institution with the aim of gaining understanding, sympathy, and support from various related parties.

    4. Scott M. Cutlip, Allen H. Center, and Glen M. Broom

    Cutlip, Center, and Broom stated that Public Relations is a management function formed to create and maintain a good and beneficial relationship between the organization and the public that can produce a positive impact on the success or failure of an organization.

    5. W. Emerson Rec

    According to W. Emerson Rec, Public Relations is a continuous matter from the process of establishing a determination of service, attitude, and wisdom that is adapted to the interests of the public or group so that the person or institution obtains trust and a positive image from them (the public or group ).

    6. Frank Jeffkins

    Frank Jeffkins said that Public Relations is something in which there are all forms of communication that already have a plan, either inward communication or outward communication between the organization and the public in order to achieve a specific goal, namely mutual understanding.

    7. Ruslan

    According to Ruslan, Public Relations is a continuous process of management efforts to gain trust and understanding from customers, consumers, employees, and the public. Ruslan also differentiates PR relations within the organization or institution and outside the organization or institution. Internal public relations in the form of improvement and improvement by building corporate culture, such as motivation, discipline, job productivity, and improving service. Meanwhile, external public relations in the form of building trust and a positive image of the company as well as maintaining the image of the products that have been produced.

    8. Edward L. Bernays

    Edward L. Bernays stated that Public Relations is a management that functions to provide explanations to the community or the public, directly persuade the community so that they can change attitudes and actions, try to integrate the actions and attitudes of a problem that occurs with the community as well as from the community towards a problem the said.

    Purpose of Public Relations According to Members

    The purpose of public relations according to several different experts, among them:

    1. According to Greener

    Greener stated that the purpose of Public Relations is to make the community or public think more highly of you and your organization.

    2. Abdurahman

    According to Abdurachman, the existence of Public Relations aims to develop good will and obtain a favorable public opinion or to be able to develop cooperation that is built with a harmonious relationship with the public.

    3. Kriyantono

    According to Kriyantono, Public Relations has the purpose of creating an understanding in the form of public relations ( mutual understanding ) between an institution and the community, as well as building an image ( corporate image ), corporate image through CSR ( Corporate Social Responsibility ) programs, creating favorable public opinion , and creating good will and cooperation.

    4. Ruslan

    Ruslan thinks that the presence of Public Relations is used as a modern management tool that is structurally an integral part of an institution or organization.

    5. Kusumastuti

    According to Kusumastuti, Public Relations has the purpose of developing, building, and maintaining an attitude that can make both parties feel happy or not feel disadvantaged. In this case, the two sides in question are the public side and the organization or company side.

    Purpose of Public Relations

    Based on the objectives of Public Relations that have been expressed by several experts above, it can be concluded that the objectives of Public Relations include:

    1. Building Relationships with the Public

    A company or organization must be good at establishing relationships with the public, be it the community, consumers, or even the government. Not only establishing relationships, but public relations must also be maintained so that there are no misunderstandings between the two parties, namely the company or organization and the public. Things like that, become one of the goals of the Public Relations division.

    2. Develop a Positive Image

    The next purpose of establishing Public Relations is to develop a positive image. It is necessary for companies or organizations to develop a positive image so that the public or consumers believe in the quality of the company or organization. This positive image can increase the trust of the community or consumers, so that the “name” of a company or organization will always look good.

    3. Improve Existence

    In addition to building a positive image, Public Relations also aims to improve the company’s existence. The more people who know about the existence of a company, the more the production of a company is known to the community or consumers. In addition, the higher the company’s existence, the more partners will be willing to work together, so the company will progress further.

    4. Maintain Internal Communication

    The purpose of Public Relations is not only to go outside the company or organization, but the relationship from within should be well maintained as well. Therefore, the next purpose of Public Relations is to maintain communication from within, that is, communication between leaders and subordinates. A well-connected communication will create a good atmosphere as well, so that the company or organization will experience progress.

    Types of Public Relations

    After discussing the meaning of Public Relations and the purpose of Public Relations, Public Relations or often known as Public Relations has several types. Below will be explained the types of Public Relations, namely:

    1. Employee Relations

    Employee Relations is a type of Public Relations that is very related to relationships in companies or organizations. As we know that the relationship between employees or members must be well maintained so that the company or organization can experience progress, so that the community gets to know it more. It cannot be denied that if the relationship between employees or members does not go well, it is most likely that the company will not experience progress.

    Thus, it can be said that Employee Relations is a type of Public Relations that is responsible for maintaining the relationship between employees and leaders or leaders and members. The key to maintaining that relationship is the communication done by Employee Relations.

    2. Government Relations

    Every production made by a company must be in accordance with the regulations or rules that have been made by the government. Therefore, it is necessary for the Public Relations division to be familiar with various government regulations. The type of public relations related to government regulations is Government Relations . In short, this type of Public Relations serves to connect the government with the company so that there are no misunderstandings.

    This type of public relations is usually present in every company in Indonesia. This is because every company building, creating production, etc. must comply with government regulations. When violating government regulations, the company will be subject to sanctions, so that it can make the company get a negative image.

    3. Customer Relations

    Customer Relations is Public Relations management which is responsible for establishing good relations with parties outside the company, such as the public or consumers. Sometimes this kind of public relations can be said to be one of the ways to ensure that the company’s products are still used by consumers, so that consumers do not switch to products from other companies.

    In this type of public relations, good relations between companies and consumers are usually in the form of facilities in the form of information services for consumers. This facility was created to obtain evaluations from consumers in the form of shortcomings and the company tries to provide the best information to consumers.

    4. Media Relations

    In a company or organization it is very important to establish a relationship with the mass media, journalists, etc. This needs to be done because news sources from the media are very influential on the sustainability of a company or organization and can give a positive image to the company or organization. If a company or organization cannot work well with the media, it is likely to create a negative image.

    Therefore, there is a type of Public Relations Media Relations . This type of public relations has a very important battle because it has to connect the public relations of the company or organization with the media. This is because in a media there will be many images that will be produced, so that companies or organizations cannot make fatal mistakes.

    5. Community Relations 

    Every company or organization will definitely need cooperation or find a partner to develop the organization or company. Therefore, it is necessary for the company or organization to establish a good relationship with the partners or partners that are invited to work together. This is important to do for the progress of the company or organization that has been established.

    The type of Public Relations that has the task of doing and maintaining a good relationship with this partner or partner is Community Relations . With the presence of this type of Public Relations, the cooperation with partners will be well established, so that the company or organization can grow well as well. In addition, with the presence of this type of Public Relations, the positive image of the company will remain awake.

    Characteristics of Public Relations

    Quoted from the book entitled Communication: Theory and Practice by Onong Uchjana Effendy, the characteristics of Public Relations are as follows.

    1. Launched communication takes place in two directions on a reciprocal basis.

    2. The activities carried out consist of information dissemination, persuasion activities, and public opinion research.

    3. The goal to be achieved is the goal of the organization where PR is the parent.

    4. The intended target is the audience inside the organization (internal public) and the audience outside the organization (external public).

    5. The expected effect is the building of a harmonious relationship between the organization and the audience.

    Conclusion 

    This Public Relations division is very necessary for every company or organization because with this division, a positive image can be formed well. This positive image is very necessary for the progress of a company so that its production results are consumed or used by consumers. In addition, the Public Relations division also plays an active role in maintaining communication between leaders and subordinates and maintaining relations with the government. So, it can be said that the Public Relations division should be in a company or organization.

     

  • Meaning, Types, and Examples of Causal Conjunction Sentences

    Causal Conjunctions – A written work requires good linguistic rules by paying attention to various aspects, including the use of conjunctions. Conjunctions are connecting words for words, phrases, clauses, sentences, and paragraphs. The use of conjunctions is intended so that the order of words and sentences have coherence or connection. Conjunctions can usually be found when learning a language and can be used for everyday conversation.

    Conjunctions or connecting words are certain lexemes that are responsible for connecting words with words, phrases with phrases, clauses with clauses, and sentences with sentences in a coordinative or subordinating way (Chaer, 2013). The relationship between the two clauses is marked by the presence of a conjunction that begins one of the clauses (Muslich, 2014).

    Conjunctions in the science of syntax can be used as an intermediary to expand a range of syntactic units that are found in equal or even unequal levels. Suhardi (2013) stated that the science of syntax is a science that focuses its studies on words, groups of words (phrases), clauses, and studies related to types of sentences. Conjunctions are needed in writing a discourse. A good discourse is a discourse that should pay attention to the relationship between sentences, so that it can preserve the connection and sequence between sentences (Widiatmoko, 2015).

    Adapted from a book titled Bahasa Indonesia SMP Class VII published by Yudhistira Ghalia Indonesia, conjunctions in Indonesian are divided into five types when viewed from their syntactic behavior in sentences, namely coordinative conjunctions, correlative conjunctions, subordinating conjunctions, temporal conjunctions, and intersentential conjunctions. The five conjunctions are further divided into sub-types and have different characters.

    Casual conjunction itself is included in the sub-type of coordinative conjunction. This conjunction is easy to recognize because it has a special character, which is used to connect the cause and effect of a certain event.

    According to the explanation in the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), causal means something that causes each other. So, a causality conjunction is a conjunction that connects two words, phrases, clauses, and sentences that mutually give cause and effect.

    Adapted from a book titled Bahasa Indonesia SMA/MA Class XII written by Imam Taufik, this conjunction is directly related to the author’s argument. The use of casual conjunctions is usually found in explanatory texts and editorial texts. Furthermore, based on the book entitled Explore Bahasa Indonesia Volume 3 compiled by Erwin Rachmat, it is mentioned that causality conjunctions in editorial texts are used as conveying arguments presented by the writer or editor about the topic being discussed, while causality conjunctions in explanatory texts are used to explain the causes and effects of an event or certain phenomena.

    As mentioned before, casual conjunctions include a sub-type of coordinative conjunction, which is a conjunction that connects two or more clauses because their positions are not equal. This type of conjunction can be placed at the beginning of a sentence or between the clauses it connects. In addition, the conjunction is slightly different from other conjunctions because its function is not only to connect clauses, but also words.

    Types of Causal Conjunctions

    Based on information from the Textbook  in the Study of Linguistic Structure compiled by Taufiq Rahman, causality conjunctions are divided into five types. The following are the types of causality conjunctions and example sentences.

    1. Conditional Causal Conjunctions

    This conjunction unites effect and cause by applying the conditions for the occurrence of the effect. Conditional causal conjunctions are marked with the words if , if , and when . Example:

    • If you came on time yesterday, maybe you won’t get punished.
    • Lebaran moments will be pleasant if the homecoming is smooth, safe, and comfortable.
    • I will come if he comes too.
    • Rani will go to Bandung if her leave is approved.
    • If he invites, I will come to the party.
    • They should be subject to legal sanctions if the two Japanese citizens are found guilty.
    • If the liquidity needs are met at the end of this year, the deposit interest rate next year will definitely drop again.
    • Sudomo is more interested if asongan traders are organized by cooperatives.
    • We will not find something if we do not look for it.
    • If the rain doesn’t stop until midnight later, please allow us to stay here for one night only.
    • When I have to work outside the city and not be at home, take good care of my mother.
    • As long as you told me this news earlier, I definitely wouldn’t misunderstand him.
    • We should not be punished by father, whenever he gives us the opportunity to explain what really happened.
    • He must have arrived here, as long as his motorcycle tire didn’t leak in the middle of the road.
    • If only you had listened to my advice, you would not have suffered like you are now.
    • If you want me to come with you, you have to ask my parents for permission.
    • If I ask while crying, maybe my request will be granted.
    • You won’t succeed if you don’t try really hard.
    • If only you hadn’t come in time to help me, I would have been covered in blood by now because of the mad dog’s bite.
    • I would be happier if that troublemaker didn’t appear in my life.
    • I would not be a street child if only my mother was still alive.

    2. Reason Causal Conjunction

    This conjunction mentions the existence of a reason or cause of an event that causes consequences. This conjunction is marked with the word because . Example:

    • Due to lack of thoroughness, Budi’s test results were less than satisfactory.
    • Ibnu did not go to class because he was stupid and lazy to study.
    • Amanda Amalia loves her father and mother so much because it is thanks to their services that she can now become a famous dentist.
    • Because Farhan’s house is very far from the school, classmates who want to visit him have to change vehicles twice.
    • Malaysian badminton players got a Proton Saga car for making it to the final of the Thomas Cup.
    • They were happy to go to Doni’s house because they were given a lot of food.
    • A military delegation protested Gorbachev’s candidacy because he had held the position of party leader for 20 years.

    3. Nodal Causal Conjunctions

    This conjunction contains a conclusion from the existence of cause and effect. This conjunction uses the words so and so . Example:

    • That way , mom can cook fried chicken after dad bought the ingredients.
    • Fahmi’s values ​​are good. Thus , he graduated from school.
    • Besta’s house is big. Thus , we can learn to dance there.
    • Soni often reads the newspaper. Thus , he knows many things.
    • He studies hard. Thus , he became smart.
    • We should go back to the initial location of the murder. So , that’s the idea to solve this case.
    • The two of them have been close for a long time. So , they can be said to be playing with fire.
    • I can’t understand this formula. So, you should count it.
    • Eight of his siblings live in Banyuwangi, while the remaining four live in Surabaya. So, there are 12 brothers in total.
    • I can’t understand all your wishes. So, what is actually required of me?
    • Avelin is not smart, but she is very patient and loving. So , that’s the positive side.
    • The cake was dropped by Rafie. So, we had to make it again.
    • I do not understand the material given by your teacher. So, you have to learn it yourself.
    • Ahmad had an accident on the toll road, even though he was wearing his seat belt correctly. So, anything can happen.

    4. Consequent Causal Conjunctions

    This conjunction contains a consequence that occurs to cause a cause. The word used in the causal conjunction of the result, namely the result, so, because of that, and because of that . Example:

    • The flood has soaked the entire school building, as a result of which all the students are off.
    • The embankment of the river that divides the city collapsed, as a result of which the houses of the residents were submerged two meters.
    • He was too lazy in his youth, as a result of which he was miserable and adrift in his old age.
    • The number of people infected with the virus is increasing. Therefore , we must apply the applicable health protocol.
    • The media is very much reporting that he commits immorality in public places. Therefore , it is appropriate for him to clarify the problem.
    • This year the dry season lasted longer in Makmur Village. Therefore, it is not surprising if the harvest in this village always fails.

    5. Causal Conjunction For

    This conjunction states that a cause must form an effect. Causal conjunctions are marked with the words in order and for that . Example:

    • Students are asked to study from home to avoid the spread of the virus.
    • Billy prefers to remain silent so as not to argue with his sister.
    • Father turns off the television that is not being watched to save electricity.
    • Mom encouraged me to continue my studies.
    • Bibi Atik went to the market early in the morning to avoid traffic jams on the road.
    • Melisa is very active in studying so that she can become class champion again.
    • Titi learned to study at the surau so that she could read the Qur’an.
    • Sister deliberately stopped at a thrift store so she could buy a gift for her friend.
    • Tono moved to the front seat so he could see the blackboard clearly.
    • The tire patcher heats up his tire compressor so that he can use it to patch the tire.
    • Grandma uses a cane to walk properly.
    • Grandfather loosened the farmland so that he could plant corn.
    • Budi took a pole so that he could harvest rambutan in his yard.
    • Drink this medicine so that you get well soon.
    • Pak Kasim stopped smoking so that his health could improve.
    • Mother bought two t-shirts at the same time so that her sister would not be jealous if only her sister was bought.
    • Nita is doing her homework now so that she can sleep faster at night.
    • Dion washes his motorcycle so that it looks clean when he takes it away tomorrow.
    • Malik cleans the garden behind the house so that there are no snakes nesting there.
    • Mia drinks herbs to keep her healthy.
    • Joko helps mother clean the house so that mother is not too tired from work.
    • Bilqis is washing her clothes now so that they can be used during the ceremony tomorrow morning.
    • We must continue to worship so that our faith is strong.
    • The witch used black magic to get everyone to obey her.
    • He had to always take sleeping pills in order to be able to rest on time.

    —

    Thus, it can be concluded that some words included in the conjunction of causality are if, if, when, because, thus, so, in order, for that, until, because of that, and because of that.

    Do Causatives include Conjunctions of Causality?

    Many people ask what about the word “cause”? What is included in the example of a casual conjunction? For those who are curious, see the following explanation.

    The word “causing” is not included in the conjunction of causality or other types of conjunction. That’s because the word “causing” is a derivative type of the word cause. Based on the explanation in the book entitled Text in the Study of Linguistic Structure written by Taufiq Rahman, nouns added with suffixes become verbs. That is, the word “cause” is included in the verb, not a conjunction.

    The word “cause” is included in the noun. However, there is also the word “cause” which is included in the type of conjunction. In order to better understand the use of the word cause as a conjunction, look at the example sentences that use the conjunction of casualness below.

    Examples of Sentences Using the Conjunction of Casualty

    The following is an example of a causality conjunction sentence that states the cause and effect of an event or phenomenon.

    1. Causal Conjunctions

    This conjunction is used to connect causes in general and can replace the position of the conjunction because . The conjunction is rarely found at the beginning of a sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunction cause :

    • Imam had an accident because he violated traffic signs.
    • Anggit was imprisoned for eight years for beating Fery to death.
    • Wawan came late because his bicycle tire was flat.
    • The pain is getting worse because he thinks he has a lot of debt.
    • The location is not suitable for business because many people who have tried it have always failed.
    • The staff did not allow me to ride the sled because I was less than 150 cm tall.
    • They reprimanded Wahyu because he did not join in helping to complete the task.
    • Mara went to the party alone because no one could accompany her.

    2. Conjunction Because

    This conjunction can be placed at the beginning or middle of the sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunctions because :

    • Hanan didn’t go to school because he was sick.
    • Because he never studied, Gogon could not do the test questions.

    3. Indirect Conjunctions

    This conjunction is used to connect causes in general. The conjunction is more often used informally and can be found at the beginning or middle of a sentence. Examples of sentences that use causality conjunctions because :

    • Due to studying hard, Toni got the highest grade.
    • Pak Dino was unable to teach because he was ill.

    4. Conjunction Until and Then

    These two conjunctions function to form a consequent relationship between two or more clauses. Examples of sentences that use the causality conjunction until and then :

    • Dimas hit the ball very hard, so that the ball bounced very far.
    • The child ran so fast, that it was difficult to catch up.
    • Earthquakes are very strong and spread in all directions, so they can destroy buildings and cause casualties.
    • The building of the house is large and magnificent, so the cost of maintenance is quite a lot.
    • The robbers tried to escape, until the police fired a warning shot.
    • Jalan Sudirman is often congested, so many policemen organize it every day.
    • He woke up early, so he was late for school.
    • Garbage left to pile up in the river destroys the river’s biota.
    • Flash floods hit some villages, so the villagers were evacuated.

    5. Conjunction Until

    This conjunction is used in the second clause which is a subordinate clause of a compound sentence. Examples of sentences that use the conjunction until :

    • Security guards are on guard until sunrise.
    • I was able to complete 30 questions before the bell rang.
    • I will keep waiting for him until he really comes back to this house.
    • He continued to work late into the night until the debt was paid off.

    Recommended Books & Related Articles

  • Meaning, Types, and Examples of Manipulative Movements

    Definition of Manipulative Movement – Humans must move so that the cells and joints in the body are not stiff and continue to function properly. The movements that humans do, no matter how simple, are still important to maintain the health of the body. In performing movements, some movements are indeed planned, but some other movements occur spontaneously.

    Basic human movements are classified into three, namely locomotor movements, non-locomotor movements, and manipulative movements. Locomotor movement is one of the most important movements for human transportation. These skills are known as skills that move individuals in a space or from one place to another.

    Meanwhile, nonlocomotor movement is also called stability skills. Nonlocomotor movement is movement performed by minimizing or without moving from its place or track. As for manipulative movement, it is the ability to move by someone using objects or tools.

    In this article it will be shown more about the manipulative movements that have been summarized from various times on the internet. Here is a more detailed explanation of manipulative movements.

    Understanding Manipulative Movements

    Manipulative has a basic word in the form of “manipulation”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), manipulation is defined as the act of doing something with hands or mechanical tools skillfully; group or individual efforts to influence the behavior, attitude, and opinion of others without that person realizing it; embezzlement; deviation.

    Manipulative movement is a person’s ability to move by using objects or tools. Manipulative movement is one of the complex movement skills that children do when they are in development. Manipulative movements are related to things outside of humans that must be manipulated in such a way that a skill is formed.

    Launching from the Bola page, com, some experts express the meaning of manipulative motion as follows.

    • According to Sujiono, manipulative movement is an activity performed by the body with the help of tools.
    • According to Pramono, et al. stated that manipulative motion is the motion of playing a certain object or tool, such as a ball, racket, or bat.
    • According to Hidayat, manipulative movements are movements that are developed when the child is mastering various objects.
    • According to Suyantini, manipulative movement skills are movements that require coordination with the surrounding space and objects or activities performed by the body with the help of tools.
    • According to Syarifuddin and Muhadi, manipulative basic movement is one of the domains of fundamental basic movement, in addition to locomotor and non-locomotor basic movement.

    Manipulative movements play a significant role in learning physical education. Especially in sports that require a more skillful form of movement from the body parts. For example, football, volleyball, basketball, kasti, and so on.

    Manipulative movement skills are classified into three groups as follows.

    • Throwing objects away: throwing, hitting, kicking.
    • Increase abilities: catch, collect, take.
    • Move together: carry, reflect ( dribbling ).

    Launched from the Id.berita.com website, the results of learning manipulative movements can be seen in various ways as follows.

    • Directly observe the child’s appearance when doing the skill and the network.
    • A child’s progress in movement can only be seen through continuous observation.
    • Assessment of the child’s psychomotor ability is done with an appearance test or model.
    • Includes observation of the initial movement, main movement, and final movement of the assessed skills.

     

    Types of Manipulative Movements

    Manipulative movements have a variety of movements. Here are the types of manipulative movements reported on the Sportstars.id website.

    1. Hitting

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), hitting has the meaning of applying something hard or heavy with force (to knock, hammer, punch, knock, forge, and so on); attack; traverse; defeat; take (earn) too much profit; eat or kill (in a game of chess).

    The hitting motion can be done with one or two hands. In fact, this movement can also be done with tools.

    2. Throwing

    Melar comes from the root word “lempar”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), throw means to throw away; throw (with). This movement can be practiced by throwing an object with one or two hands.

    3. Herding

    Menggiring is formed from the root word “giring”. Herding in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) means to drive animals to a place; deliver (bring) criminals and so on to a place; carry the ball with the feet.

    Herding motion requires high concentration. This is due to its function, which is to move things either from the feet or the hands.

    4. Kicking

    Kicking comes from the root word “tendang”. In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), kicking is defined as kicking; kicking (with the foot); drive out; fired; remove (from office, company, organization, etc.); urge (push) strongly.

    When performing a kicking motion, good coordination between the eyes and feet is needed. If the coordination goes well then it will influence the point of aim or the direction of the shot.

    5. Capture

    Seizing in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as emegang (something that moves fast, loose, etc.); hold (animals, thieves, criminals, etc.) with hands or tools; pounce; menadah (receive, cover) thrown items; found (people doing bad things, mistakes, secrets, etc.); receive (voice, radio broadcast, etc.); be able to understand (know and so on); observe; receive (with the senses); eat or touch (about fishing and so on).

    Catching is one type of manipulative movement. This movement is usually done using one or two hands. Its function is quite simple, namely capturing an object.

    Examples of Manipulative Movements

    Posted by Kompas.com, here are some examples of manipulative movements in various sports.

    1. Examples of Manipulative Movements in the Sports Branch of Football

    Soccer is a sport that uses a ball made of leather or rubber that is played by two teams with each team consisting of 11 core players and several substitute players. Some experts also think that soccer is a game played by kicking the ball with the aim of putting the ball into the opponent’s goal.

    According to Agus Salim, soccer is a branch of sports that plays the ball with the feet with the aim of putting the ball as much as possible into the opponent’s goal in accordance with the provisions that have existed before, either by the soccer association or other authorized parties.

    Meanwhile, according to Soekatamsi, soccer is a competitive doubles game where each team consists of 11 players including the goalkeeper. The basic techniques of the soccer game are kicking the ball, stopping the ball, dribbling the ball, heading the ball, passing the ball, grabbing the ball, and catching the ball.

    Meanwhile, the basic rule of football that Reader needs to know is the number of football players as many as 11 players who are placed in different positions. 1 as a goalkeeper, 4 as a defender, 2-5 as a midfielder, and 1-3 as a forward. Meanwhile, the duration of football matches is 2 x 45 minutes for two halves.

    Not only the number of players and the duration of the game are regulated. The field also has rules, based on the Maxmanroe.com website, following the football field standards.

    • Length 100 – 110 meters.
    • Width 64 – 75 meters.
    • The width of the goal is 7.32 meters.
    • Goal height 2.44 meters.
    • Radius of the central circle: 9.15 meters.
    • Penalty area: 40,39 x 16,5 meters.
    • Goal area: 18,35 x 5,5 meters.
    • Ball diameter: 21 – 22.5 centimeters.
    • Circumference of the ball circle: 68 – 71 centimeters.
    • Ball weight: 410 – 450 grams.

    In the sport of soccer there are several manipulative movements that are performed including kicking the ball, stopping or controlling the ball, dribbling the ball, dribbling the ball, and catching the ball.

     

    2. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Volleyball

    According to the Indonesian Volleyball Association (PBVSI), volleyball is a sport played by two teams separated by a net. The game of volleyball is played by two teams or teams against each other with a total of six people.

    Both teams must pass the ball over the net to fall into the opponent’s area. During the game, both teams are given the opportunity to bounce the ball three times to return the ball.

    In the athletic branch of volleyball there are several manipulative movements including throwing the ball, passing the ball , and hitting or smashing the ball.

    3. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Basketball Athletics

    basketball is defined as a group ball sport consisting of two teams with five members each. The two compete to score points by putting the ball into the opponent’s basket.

    This game can be played in an open or closed field. Meanwhile, the standard international rules of the basketball game are four rounds with each round being 10 minutes (4 x 10 minutes). Each break in the game is given for 10 minutes.

    Launched from the bola.com page, the following are the rules of the basketball game. 

    1. This player can throw the ball from any direction, using one between or both hands.
    2. The non-ball player runs while holding the ball. The ball must be thrown at the point of the player receiving the ball.
    3. The ball should be held, either in or between the palms.
    4. Players are not allowed to tackle opposing players in any way. The act of tackling an opponent can be sanctioned for severe violations.
    5. If one of the players makes a mistake three times in a row, then the mistake will be counted as points for the opponent.
    6. This point will be earned if the ball thrown into the basket.
    7. If the ball will be thrown out of the competition arena, then the right to play it first is the first player to touch it.
    8. The competition time is four quarters, each of which lasts 10 minutes.
    9. The team that manages to put the ball into the ring with the most points is declared the winner.

    Meanwhile, the size of the basketball court is as follows.

    • Length: 28 meters
    • Width: 15 meters
    • Diameter of the central circle: 3.6 meters
    • Distance from the three-point line to the ring: 6.75 meters
    • The distance of the arc line of the basketball ring: 1.25 meters

    Meanwhile, the size of the ring and post from the basketball game is as follows.

    • Ring height: 3.05 meters
    • Ring diameter: 45cm
    • Distance between ring post and endline : 1 meter
    • Reflector board length: 1.8×1.05 meters
    • Size of the middle box of the reflective board: 59x45cm
    • Reflector board distance to the endline : 1.2 meters

    In the sport of basketball, there are several manipulative movements including passing the ball, catching the ball, shooting the ball , and dribbling the ball.

    4. Examples of Manipulative Movements in Badminton Athletics

    Badminton is one of the sports that can be done outside or inside the field. The field for playing badminton is divided into two parts and separated by a net. It is played by using a racket as a batting tool and a shuttlecock.

    In the sport of badminton there are several manipulative movements including hitting the shuttlecock with the racket, swinging the racket, and resisting the opponent’s attack with the racket.

     

  • Meaning, Types, and How to Calculate Scales

    In maps, we recognize the existence of scale. This scale is a comparison between the actual distance and the distance on the map. Scale becomes important to draw the map correctly or compare it to the original distance.

    Then, how to calculate the scale correctly? Reader can listen to the following explanation.

    Meaning and Conditions of Maps According to Members

    A map is not just a picture of the terrain. But, it also concerns distance, estimated travel time, mapping about something, ease of navigation, and so on. To know more about the map, Reader can listen to the explanation below.

    The International Cartographic Association (CA) defines a map as an object in the picture of all elements of the earth’s surface drawn on a small scale. According to Bakosurtal, the map is a place to store and present data with environmental conditions so that it becomes an important source of information to be used in planning and decision-making in development.

    According to Erwin Raisz, a map is a conventional representation of all appearances of the earth’s surface reduced to scale and drawn on a flat surface. In accordance with Erwin Raisz, Aryono Prihandito formulated a map as a picture of the earth’s surface by using certain scales presented in the form of a flat plane with a system of applied projections.

    Soetarjo Soerjosumarmo defines a map as a form of drawing of the earth’s surface that is depicted with a scale form through the comparison of certain measurements from the real form. Meanwhile, HR Wilkinson and FJ Moukhous think that a map is an assembly of four types of information (points, names, regions, and lines) that are written or drawn in the form of terms.

    As for the Indonesian Language Dictionary (KBBI), a map is a picture or drawing on paper and so on that shows the location of land, sea, river, mountain, and so on; representation through pictures of an area that expresses the nature, such as the boundaries of the area, the nature of the surface; plan.

    Launched from the indonesiastudents.com website, the conditions for creating a map are as follows.

    • Give a true picture;
    • Easy to understand;
    • Not confusing for the readers;
    • Carefully and according to the purpose of the actual situation;
    • Clean and tidy.

    To see a map of Indonesia or the world, Reader can buy an atlas. The book can be obtained through the Sinaumedia bookstore or online by clicking on the book cover or the icon below.

     

    Functions and purposes of Map Making

    Everything on earth is not created without a purpose. The same goes for maps. Launching from the detik.com site, the following is the purpose of making the map.

    • Helps analyze spatial data, for example calculating water discharge, volume, etc.
    • As a media to store and communicate information that is spatial or spatial in nature.
    • Assist in the creation of a regional design such as residential planning, business complexes, and green belts.
    • Helping with a job such as making irrigation canals, navigation, and making roads.

    The map making function is as follows.

    • Shows measurements, distances on the earth’s surface, and area.
    • Present data on the potential of a region.
    • Shows information about the position or location of a province on the face of the earth.
    • As an aid in field research, regional planning, military operations, etc.
    • Provide an overview of the physical and non-physical conditions of an area such as the number of people, distribution, density, etc.

    Types of Maps Based on Scale

    Maps can be grouped based on scale. Here are the details.

    1. A cadastral map is a type of large-scale map with a ratio of 1 : 100-1 : 5,000. For example, the National Land Agency map, development or project planning map, etc.
    2. A large scale map is a map that has a scale of 1:5,000 to 1:250,000. For example village map, village map, etc.
    3. A secondary scale map is a secondary map with a scale of 1:250,000 to 1:500,000. For example district map and province map.
    4. A small scale map is a map that has a scale of 1:250,000 to 1:500,000. For example a country map.
    5. A geographic map is a map with a scale of more than 1:1,000,000. Such as continental regional maps and world maps.

    Definition of Scale According to Members

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), a scale is defined as a row of lines or dots and so on with the same distance between them, used to measure, like a thermometer, a glass measuring liquid; a column used to determine the level or amount of something (such as on salary regulations and on interest registers); comparison of the size of the picture and so on with the actual situation.

    Based on katadata.co.id, the scale is a comparison of the distance on the picture with the original distance. Scale can be calculated using the scale formula to draw a map or plan so that it can represent the real situation of an area.

    Reader certainly knows maps or globes. Both are made by applying a comparison or ratio between the distance on the map and the actual distance on the earth’s surface with the same unit.

    Types of Scales

    Based on katadata.co.id, scales are grouped into three types, namely numerical scales, line scales, and verbal scales. Here are the three explanations.

    1. Numerical Scale

    The numerical scale shows the comparison between the distance on the map and the actual distance. For example 1 : 300,000, the way to read it, ie 1 cm on the map represents 300,000 cm of actual distance.

    2. Line Scale or Graphic Scale

    Line scale is made by drawing a line or stick as a distance comparison on the map. Usually divided into several segments. Each segment shows the same unit of length. Reader can listen to an example of the line scale below.

    0_2_4_6_8_10 km

    0_1_2_3_4_5 cm

    The scale above is read every 1 cm on the map representing 2 km in the field. The last denominator in kilometers is divided by the last centimeter denominator. In the example above 10 : 5 = 2 km (the unit used is kilometer).

    3. Verbal Scale

    Verbal scale is a scale expressed verbally or in a sentence. The scale that often appears on maps does not use metric units of measurement. For example, maps in England. It uses units of mils, 1 inch = 5 mils. This type of scale is more widely used in Europe.

    Scale related to geography subjects. For a deeper understanding of scale and geography, Reader can read the book below.

     

    How to Calculate Scale

    The scale on the map is calculated based on the following formula.

    Scale = distance on the map : actual distance

    Example:

    Scale = 10 cm : 50 km = 10 : 5,000,000 = 1 : 500,000

    To better understand how to calculate the scale, Reader can listen to some of the questions below which are reported from the katadata.co.id site.

    1. The distance between city S and city M is 150 km, while the distance on the map is 25 cm. So, what is the scale of the map?

    Solution:

    Scale = distance on map/ actual distance

    = 25 cm/ 150 km

    To determine the scale, first equate the two units.

    Distance on the map = 25 cm

    Actual distance = 150 km = 15,000,000 cm

    So obtained, scale = distance on the map/ actual distance

    = 25 cm/ 150 km

    = 25 cm/ 15,000,000 cm

    = 1/600,000

    So, the scale of the map is 1 : 600,000. That is, each distance of 1 cm on the map represents 600,000 cm = 6 km in real conditions.

    2. The plan of Bayu’s house is drawn with a scale of 1:150. The length of the land on the plan is 9 cm and the width is 5.5 cm. Calculate the actual length and width of the bayu house.

    Solution:

    Length of land on the plan = 9 cm

    The actual length of the land is 9 cm x 150 = 1,350 cm = 13.5 m

    Width on the plan = 5.5 cm

    Actual land width = 5.5 cm x 150 = 825 cm = 8.25 m

    Actual area = actual length x actual width

    = 13.5 x 8.25

    = 111,375

    So, the area of ​​the bayu house is actually 111,375 cm 2

    3. When a map with a scale of 1 : 2,000,000 is reduced twice, then the scale will change to?

    Solution:

    Reduced scale = scale x reduced amount

    = 2,000,000 x 2

    = 4,000,000

    So, the scale of the map changes to 1 : 4,000,000. However, the resulting map will be smaller and less detailed.

    Scale and Purpose of Measurement

    Scale is not only used in maps or plans. Scales are also used in measurements. According to Muhammad, the measurement scale is formulated as the determination or determination of the scale on a variable based on its nature inherent in the research variable.

    Sugiyono defines the measurement scale as an agreement that is applied as a template to determine the short length of the interval on the measuring instrument so that it will produce quantitative data.

    The purpose of the measurement scale that was reported from the resikanilmiah.com page is as follows.

    1. Able to Solve Statistical Tests

    Knowing the level of measurement is important in the process of determining the statistical analysis techniques that will be applied. The main consideration is the appropriateness of the set values.

    2. Able to Interpret Research Variables

    Knowing the correct measurement scale is important because it helps in determining the decision. It also helps in interpreting data from a variable. The research variable itself is a quantity whose value changes throughout the population and can be measured. Like a sample of employed individuals.

    Variables for the population group such as location, industry, gender, skills, age, type of job, etc. Each employee has a different variable value in the sample.

    Scale is not only used to calculate maps. There is another meaning of the diction “scale”, it can be interpreted as a comparison in a measurement. As is the case in the field of psychology.

     

    Various Measurement Scales

    Sugiyono grouped measurement scales into several groups as follows.

    1. Likert scale

    The likert scale is used to measure the opinion, attitude, and perception of a person or group of people about social phenomena. In research, social phenomena are usually defined specifically by the researcher. The social phenomenon is called a research variable.

    2. Guttman scale

    The guttman scale is a measurement scale that will get a firm answer, namely “yes or no”; “true or false”; “positive or negative”; “ever or never”; and so on. The data obtained is in the form of interval data or dichotomous ratio.

    3. Differential Scale

    This scale is used to measure attitudes. The format is not in the form of a handa choice or a checklist, but arranged in a continuous line where the “very positive” answer is located on the right side of the line and the “very negative” answer is on the left side of the line or vice versa. The data obtained is in the form of interval data and is usually used to measure certain attitudes or characteristics of a person.

    4. Rating Scale

    The three data above are in the form of qualitative data that will be quantified. Meanwhile, the rating scale is a scale whose raw data is numerical or quantitative, then interpreted in qualitative explanations.

    Unlike Sugiyono, Sekaram and Roger grouped the measurement scale into four groups as follows.

    1. Nominal Scale

    The nominal scale is the lowest scale or level of measurement from the other three ways of characterizing data. Nominal data has the meaning “only in name”. Nominal information or data refers to data related to labels, categories, and names. The data obtained are measured with a qualitative approach.

    A nominal scale is a measurement that allows researchers to group according to categories or groups. This measurement scale is allowed to use words, letters, and other alphanumeric symbols. In a nominal scale, numbers are only used to group variables and there is no implied order whatsoever.

    For example, the variable of gender, respondents are grouped into two, namely men and women. These two groups are given codes A and B.

    2. Ordinal Scale

    The ordinal scale groups the variables at the same time making a sequence according to the agreed categories. An ordinal scale presents more information than a nominal scale. In the ordinal scale, there is a strong relationship between research variables.

    The ordinal scale provides space for Reader to sort items using ordinal numbers to indicate position or rank in sequence. For example, order from best to worst, with numbering 1, 2, 3, and other forms of order.

    3. Interval scale

    An interval scale presents more information than an ordinal scale because there is a guarantee that the difference between values ​​is the same. The interval data scale is an ordinal scale with equivalent scale values ​​from low to high intervals.

    Interval scales can be used when dealing with data that can be ordered, but do not have a starting point. By applying the measurement interval scale, quantitative data will be obtained.

    The interval scale has three characteristics among which the values ​​have a meaningful order, there is no real zero or natural zero, and the distance between levels can be measured.

    Interval scale is a scale with grouping based on sequence while providing information from several different variables. For example, a person’s addiction to a device is given an interval scale of 1-2-3-4-5 where the value is 1: very dissatisfied; 2: not satisfied; 3: normal; 4: satisfied; 5: very satisfied.

    4. Ratio Scale

    A ratio scale is a scale that can give the meaning of comparison or multiplication. The ratio scale provides a level by ensuring that there is an equal difference between the scale values ​​and having a true zero point. Therefore, the ratio scale is the most informative scale because it combines nominal, ordinal, and interval scales.

    The division between the points on the ratio scale measurement has an equivalent distance between them. Therefore, on the ratio measurement scale, not only the sum and difference can be calculated, but also the ratio. A measurement can be divided by a non-zero measurement and a meaningful number will be produced.

  • Understanding Internet Networks: History, Functions, Benefits, and Impact

    Definition of internet network – Lately, technology is growing rapidly and the world community already has a very close relationship with something called the internet network.

    It can also be said that society at this time cannot escape from the use of the internet. The reason is that the internet can make it easier for us to carry out communication activities with other people to find information and other things.

    The word internet or internet network is already familiar. So, what exactly is the meaning of the internet network?

    The internet is something that is needed to access sites, websites, or social media. Usually, this internet network is in the form of a connection between networks located in all parts of the world, which consists of Personal Area Network (PAN), Local Area Network (LAN), Metropolitan Area Network (MAN), Campus Area Network (CAN), to Wide Area Network (WAN). If there is no internet network, then we will not be able to access various social media sites on the internet, such as Twitter, Email, Facebook, and so on.

    This internet network has a very important role in human social life. Because, this internet network has great benefits in order to facilitate problem solving in the field of communication. In fact, today almost all aspects and fields of work use the internet as one of the ways to speed up their work.

    Our daily lives have really relied on the internet network in many ways. It has become a public secret if we can even find various answers to solutions on the internet.

    For example, you want to make a dish, then right now you can find the recipe on the internet and immediately put it into practice. It’s amazing, isn’t it? On this internet you can find food recipes, search for the latest news, until there is the latest feature that allows you to order certain food or products via the internet.

    To find out more complete information about the meaning of the internet network, see the summary of information below about the meaning of the internet network, according to experts, history, functions, benefits, and impact. Check this out !

     

    Definition of Internet Network

     

    The Internet is a global computer communication network that connects computer devices with computer networks spread around the world. The word internet comes from Latin, namely from the words ” inter ” and ” net “. The word ” inter ” means “between”, while ” net ” is a network which is an abbreviation of the word network .

    The word internet can also be an abbreviation of the word ” Interconnected Network ” which makes it very possible for you to communicate and share information with anyone, from anyone, and anywhere. In addition, there are those who define the internet as an International Network .

    This means that all types and types of computers around the world can be connected by using a type of communication network, such as satellite, telephone connection, and so on.

    For this reason, we can say that the internet is a concept of a very wide information or communication network that can be used by the international community around the world. Not only that, the internet can also be used and involves various types of network topologies and computers that differ between generations and between company brands.

    To integrate and manage the internet network we can use a technology called Transmission Control Protocol or Internet Protocol Suite commonly abbreviated or known as TCP/IP. This Transmission Control Protocol is a Switching Communication Protocol or a packet exchange protocol that is usually used for more than billions of internet users around the world.

    Meanwhile, the term internet working or internet network means a way or process that connects the internet network and the things that regulate it.

    As we already know, the internet network that exists today can be said to be a very large and global computer network. This is because the internet network can connect one computer user using another computer.

    In fact, the internet network can also connect computer users from one country with computer users in other countries. In the internet there are also various sources of information from static, dynamic, to interactive.

     

    Definition of Internet Network According to Experts

     

    To better understand the meaning of the internet network, then we can see the opinions of experts about the meaning of the internet network itself. Let’s take a look at this explanation.

    • Berners Lee

    Berners Lee said that the internet is a network that consists of several other networks and are also interconnected with each other. This definitely explains the concept where a particular computer network can be connected to another network. This is what is meant by the internet.

    • Suswono

    According to Suswono, the internet is a group of networks that has a wide scale to the global or world stage. Where, no one has to be responsible for running the internet.

    • Lani Siddhartha

    While according to Lani Sidharta, the internet is a form of communication of a computer network, where the internet can provide various forms of very complete information services. In fact, more fully, Lani explained that the internet is a virtual or virtual record that can be used in business media, entertainment or even the political scene.

    • Sibero

    Sibero says that the meaning of the internet is a computer network that can connect other computers globally. Sibero also explained that the internet can be called a natural network, that is, a network with a very wide reach.

    • O’brien

    O’brien defines the internet as a computer network that has rapid development and is useful for various types of interests, ranging from the interests of education, business, to government that can be interconnected with each other.

     

    • Ned Snell

    Ned Shell defines the internet as a corridor or container for various types of resources that exist in it. Then, all those resources can be accessed through different devices or certain tools.

     

    History of the Development of the Presence of the Internet

     

    We have already discussed the meaning of the internet network. So we also need to know about the history of the development of the internet briefly.

    In the beginning, the internet first appeared around 1969 in a computer network created by the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA). ARPA created an internet network for the first time which was later named ARPANET. Unexpectedly, it was ARPANET that would later become the forerunner of the formation of the worldwide internet network at this time.

    In the 1980s, the internet began to be used by some limited groups in order to carry out its function as a link between various universities or popular campuses in the United States. Around 1982, the standard protocol from TCP/IP began to be published and used.

    Two years later, in 1984 to be exact, domain names started appearing and being used. Then, in 1986 the National Sciences Foundation Network or NSFNET began to be established and developed. It was NSFNET that later replaced the role of ARPANET as a container for internet research in the United States.

    After that, several international networks in various countries began to be connected and developed through the NSFNET.

    ARPANET has indeed been replaced, however, the first internet as a result of its development is still being developed and used until now. At the beginning of its development, the information that could be accessed through the internet was only text-based information. But, starting in the 1990s, the service developed into a graphic display-based service known as the World Wide Web (WWW) which is the result of development from CERN.

    After that, InterNIC was established in 1993 to serve domain name registration from the public. In 1994, the internet entered Indonesia for the first time. At that time, the internet network in Indonesia was still known as Paguyuban Network.

     

    Functions of the Internet Network

     

    The internet network has various important functions that are very useful and needed by humans. Especially by the urban community at the moment. Some of the functions of the internet are as follows:

    • For Communication Media

    One of the functions and benefits resulting from the existence of the internet network is as a medium for communication. The use of the internet as a communication medium began with the emergence of various messaging applications, social media sites, and so on that can be used by humans to facilitate communication activities with other humans.

    • To Access Information

    With the advent of the internet, it can be said that a new era of openness has begun. That is, the internet can make it easier for everyone to access various information that may be needed for their daily lives. Because, the internet can present all the information we want to find and can be obtained easily.

     

    In the old days, if we wanted to find information, we had to open a book first. However, the presence of the internet can make it easier for us to get the information we need.

    • To Exchange Resources

    The presence of the internet allows us to be able to exchange resources or data with other people who are even in different parts of the world. This can be done quickly with the help of the internet.

    As for some resources or data that are often shared for free or for free on the internet, such as journals, papers, photos, videos, writings, designs, music, and so on.

    • To Access News

    Currently, various events or incidents in various parts of the world can be seen, known, and accessed through various online media or online news sites on the internet. This makes us not miss important information from all over the world. This of course cannot be done if there is no internet network.

    • For Entertainment

    Nowadays, the internet also functions as a media that presents various entertainment vehicles from sites or social media that are in it. Entertainment on the internet has become one of the favorites of the urban community, especially the millennial generation.

     

    The entertainment available on the internet consists of various types of media, such as text, photos, songs, games, and videos uploaded by other people. Meanwhile, sites or platforms that are widely used by the world community are Instagram, Facebook, YouTube, Twitter, Tiktok, and others.

     

    Benefits of the Internet

     

    The internet does have a variety of functions for human life. Not only that, the internet network also provides many benefits for a wide audience because of its presence. As for some of the benefits of the presence of this internet network are:

    1. Everyone who has access to the internet network can exchange information with all other individuals who are also connected to the internet located in all corners of the world.
    2. Internet users can communicate remotely without having to meet or face to face.
    3. Internet users can make purchase or sale transactions through online sites such as e-commerce and make payments through m-banking .
    4. We can access various types of literature or learning modules from educational sites and websites on the internet.
    5. Can help to find information on a site or website about something that cannot be found in a book.
    6. Able to create various types of creative innovation in various fields by making the most of the internet network.
    7. Help us in doing work from a distance or remote.
    8. Can help entrepreneurs to run their business without having to have a stall or shop, because they can create a shop online.
    9. Able to maximize communication between agencies and communities, such as the government and the people, especially in areas that are difficult to reach by transportation.

     

    Impact of Internet Network Use

     

    In the previous explanation, we have learned the meaning of the internet network, the meaning according to the experts, the history, to the functions and benefits of the internet network itself. However, the presence of the internet does not always provide a good impact for its users. Because it turns out, there are some negative impacts that can be caused by the existence of this internet network.

    The impact of this poor use of the internet can be felt from the emergence of some of the following phenomena, namely:

    1. Availability of access facilities for pornographic content.
    2. The emergence of potential cyber crime or online crime that can affect every internet network user if they do not use the internet well and wisely.
    3. There is a danger of stealing personal data from the internet or known as phishing .
    4. Having access to be able to enter a computer network from another country for the purpose of crime, such as spying or data theft.
    5. There is the potential to falsify inappropriate or untrue data. This is known as data forgery.
    6. The appearance of crime in the form of violation of Intellectual Property Rights (IPR) in the form of piracy of other people’s works. This is also called an offense against intellectual property.
    7. There is a potential crime to obtain confidential information or personal information illegally. This is also known as infringements of privacy .

     

    Conclusion

    The definition of an internet network is a global computer communication network that connects every computer device with an internet network of computers spread around the world. In addition, the internet network is also defined as a concept of an information or communication network that is very broad and can be used by the international community around the world.

    In the beginning, the internet was first discovered in 1969 by the Advanced Research Projects Agency (ARPA) in the form of a computer network. Later, ARPA developed the internet network for the first time and named it ARPANET. After that, the internet continued to be developed until it spread all over the world until now.

    The internet does have many functions and benefits for its users. But it turns out, there are also bad things that will be caused by the presence of the internet network. Everything has been thoroughly explained in the explanation above.

    That is a summary of information about the meaning of the internet network, meaning according to experts, history, function, benefits and impact. 

  • Definition of Distance and Formula in Physics and Example Questions

    Definition of Distance – Distance is a numerical measure that shows how far the position of an object is from another object. In the field of physics or in the everyday sense, distance can refer to the length (physically) between two positions, or an estimate based on certain criteria (for example the distance traveled between Jakarta-Bandung).

    Overview and Definitions

    1. Physical Distance

    A non-general definition of distance can be useful for modeling certain physical situations, but is also used in pure mathematics:

    In the picture above, the Euclidean distance between the two points is indicated in the green line. The red, blue, and yellow lines represent Manhattan’s distance between the same two points

    • “Manhattan distance” is a squared distance, defined as the number of blocks (north, south, east, or west) that a taxi must travel to reach its destination, on several New York City streets.
    • The “chessboard distance”, formally called the Chebyshev distance, is the minimum number of moves the king must make on the chessboard, to get to another square.

    The measure of distance in cosmology is more complicated because it is influenced by the expansion factor of the universe, and by the effects explained by the theory of relativity (such as the contraction of the length of moving objects).

    2. Theoretical Distance

    The definition of “distance” is also used as an analogy to measure two non-physical objects in a certain way. In the field of computer science, there is a notation “editing distance” between two lists ( string ). For example, the words “makan” and “mamakam” which only differ by one letter, are closer than the words “makan” and “malam” which have a difference of two letters. This concept is used in code theory and in spell checkers. Mathematically, distance can be defined in several ways:

    • Levenshtein distance.
    • Hamming distance.
    • Lee distance.
    • Jaro-Winkler distance.

    In mathematics, a metric space is a collection in which the distance between the members of the collection is defined. In this way, many types of “distance” can be calculated, such as graph traversal, comparison of distributions and curves, and non-general definitions of “space” (for example folds and reflections).

    Distance notation in graph theory is used to describe social networks, for example the Erdős number or the Bacon number—a number that indicates how distant a person’s collaborative relationship is with mathematician Paul Erdős and with actor Kevin Bacon.

    In psychology, human geography, and social science, distance is often interpreted not as an objective measure, but as a subjective experience.

    Distance vs Directed Distance and Displacement

    Both distance and displacement both measure the movement of an object. Distance is a scalar quantity while displacement is a vector quantity with magnitude and direction. The distance between the two points cannot be negative. On the other hand, directional caraks do not measure movement; it measures the position of a point from a reference point, and is expressed in vector form.

    The distance traveled by a vehicle (for example as recorded by an odometer), person, animal, or object along a curved path from point A to point B should be distinguished from the straight line distance from A to B, because in general the straight line distance is not equal to distance traveled, except for travel in a straight line.

    1. Directed Distance

    The directed distance along a curved path is not a vector and is represented by a segment of the curved line determined by the end points A and B, with some specific information that indicates the sense (or direction) of ideal or real motion from one end point of the path to another. For example, just giving A and B as two point labels can show meaning, if the sequence (A, B) implies that A is the starting point.

    2. Transfer

    Displacement is a special case of directed distance defined in mechanics. Directed distance is called displacement if the crossing between point A and B is a straight line (the shortest distance between A and B).

    Distance Formula in Physics with Examples

    The fact is that in physics, distance is the length of the path traveled by an object in a certain period of time. For example, the distance from point A to point B. The same goes for the distance between point A, point B, point C and point D.

    An object that starts from point A will go to point D then passes through point B and point C. So the length of the passage from point A to D is the distance traveled by the object. The distance traveled by the object is AB+BC+CD.

    In physics, distance has a symbol (s). The symbol is widely used in Indonesia. Different from foreign countries, distance is often with the symbol (d) or distance.

    While the unit of distance according to the International System of Units or SI is meters (m). Because distance is a quantity of length, then distance enters the category as a basic quantity. Similarly, this distance includes a scalar quantity and is expressed with a value or number without having a direction.

    Distance in physics is also related to the amount of speed, either regular straight motion without acceleration or regular linear motion with speed. The distance formula related to quantity can produce the formula s= vt (distance formula on GLB) or s: v0 . t ± 1/2 a . t2 is the distance formula on GLBB.

    For s is the distance (m), t is the time (s), v0 is the initial speed (m/s), v is the velocity and a is the acceleration (m/s²). To calculate time, distance is divided by speed, while calculating speed is distance divided by time.

    Examples of Speed ​​Distance and Time Questions

    After knowing the formulas for speed, distance and time above, here are sample questions for better understanding.

    1. A car drives at a constant speed. In 3 hours, the car traveled a distance of 210 km. How fast is the car?
    A. 80 km/h
    B. 70 km/
    h C. 72 km/h
    D. 82 km/h
    E. 76 km/h
    Answer: B

    Discussion with the speed formula
    Distance (S)= 210 km
    Time (t)= 3 hours
    So, it can be calculated with the formula v= S/t, that is v= 210 km/3 hours v= 70 km/hour

    From the calculation using the formula above, the car’s speed is 70 km/h

    2. A vehicle travels a distance of 600 meters for 5 minutes, then for the next 10 minutes it travels a distance of 900 meters. After that, the last 750 meters travel time is 15 minutes. The average speed of the vehicle is…
    A. 70 meters/minute
    B. 750 meters/minute
    C. 75 meters/minute
    D. 75 km/minute
    E. 7.5 meters/minute
    Answer: C

    Discussion:
    S total = 600+900+750= 2250 meters
    t total= 5+10+15=30 minutes
    So it can be calculated with the formula
    v = ∆x / ∆t, namely v= 2250 meters/30 minutes
    v= 75 meters/ minute

    From the calculation using the formula above, the average speed of the car is 75 meters/minute

    3. A car drives at a constant speed. Based on the speedometer, the speed of the car is 90 km/h, for 12 minutes. So, what is the distance traveled during the time interval?
    A. 12 km
    B. 15 km
    C. 14 km
    D. 18 km
    E. 16 km
    Answer: D

    Discussion:
    v= 90 km/hour = 25 m/second
    t= 12 minutes = 720 seconds
    So it can be calculated with the formula S = vxt, namely
    S= 25 m/second x 720 seconds
    S= 18,000 meters = 18 km

    From the calculation using the formula above, the result of the distance traveled by the car is 18 km.

    4. A truck drives at a speed of 70 km/hour. The truck will travel a distance of 140 km. So, how long does it take the truck to reach its destination?
    A. 1 hour 15 minutes
    B. 1 hour 30 minutes
    C. 2 hours
    D. 2 hours 25 minutes
    E. 3 hours
    Answer: C

    Discussion with the speed formula
    S= 140 km
    v= 70 km/h
    So it can be calculated with the formula t = S/v, that is
    t= 140 km/70 km/h
    t= 2

    From the calculation with the formula above, the result of the time required for the truck is 2 hours.

    5. Alia drives the car from home to the office, which is about 30 km away and takes 2 hours on the way. So what is the speed of the doni car?

    Known:
    s = 30 km
    t = 2 hours
    Asked: v
    Answered:
    V = s/t
    V = 30 km/2 hours
    V = 15 km/hour
    So, the speed of Alia’s car is 15 km/hour.

    6. Surya walks at an average speed of 2 meters per second. So, how far did Surya travel after walking for 2 hours?

    Known:
    v = 2 meters/second
    t = 2 hours = 2 x 60 x 60 = 7200 seconds.
    Asked: s
    Answered:
    s = vxt
    s = 2 meters/second x 7200 seconds
    s = 14,400 meters = 14.4 km
    So, the distance traveled by Surya after walking for 2 hours is 14.4 km.

    7. An airplane flies at a speed of 500 km/hour. How long does it take for him to fly from city A to city B when the distance between the two cities is 1,500 kilometers?

    Known:
    s = 1,500 km
    v = 500 km/h
    Asked: t from city A to city B
    Answered:
    t = s/v
    t = 1500 km/500 km/h
    t = 3 hours
    So, the time it takes the plane to fly city ​​A to city B is 3 hours.

    8. Wildan drove a car from city A to city B which is about 20 km away for 2 hours and continued the journey 40 km to city C for 3 hours. What is the average speed of Wildan’s car?

    Known:
    s2-s1 = 40 km – 20 km = 20 km
    t2 – t1 = 3 hours – 2 hours = 1 hour
    Asked: average speed
    Answered:
    v = (s2 – s1) / (t2 – t1) = 20 km /hour
    So, the average speed traveled by Wildan’s car is 20 km/hour.

    9. The distance between Yogyakarta and Magelang is 195 km. If traveled by car at a speed of 65 km/hour. How much time does it take to travel that distance?

    Answer: Known: s = 195 km; v = 65 km/h.
    Asked: Time or t. t = s ÷ vt = 195 ÷ 65 t = 3
    So, the time required to travel the distance from Yogyakarta-Magelang is 3 hours.

    10. A fast runner moves in a straight line in 5 seconds. It can travel a distance of 40 meters. The average speed of the runner is…

    Answer:
    Known: Δs = 40 m, Δt = 5 s. v = Δs/Δt v = 40/5 = 8 m/s So, the average speed of the runner is 8 m/s.

    11. An athletic runner is able to cover a distance of 200 meters in a span of 25 seconds. What is the average speed of the runner?

    Answer:
    Distance traveled = 200 m
    Travel time = 25 seconds
    Average speed = 200/25 = 8 m/second.

    12. A vespa motor covers a distance of 110 kilometers in a period of 2 hours. what is the average speed of the vespa motor.

    Answer:
    Distance traveled = 110 km
    Travel time = 2 hours
    Average speed = 110/2 = 55 km/hour.

    13. Doni drives his car from home to the office which is about 25 km away and takes 2 hours on the way. So what is the total average speed of the car?

    Answer:
    Known:
    S = 25 km
    t = 2 hours

    Asked:
    average speed (v) ….. ?

    Answered:
    V = S / t
    V = 25 km / 2 hours
    V = 12.5 km/hour
    So, the speed of the car is 12.5 km/hour.

    14. At the time Dono ran it was estimated at an average speed of 1.5 meters per second. So, calculate the total distance traveled by Doni after 2 hours of travel?

    Answer :
    Known:
    v = 1.5 meters/second
    t = 2 hours = 2 x 60 x 60 = 7200 seconds.

    Asked:
    So how much distance can Doni cover after 2 hours of walking (s)?

    Answered:
    s = vxt
    s = 1.5 meters/second x 7200 seconds
    s = 10800 meters = 10.8 km
    So, the distance traveled by Doni after 2 hours of walking is 10.8 km.

    15. There is a plane that is estimated at a speed of 500 km/hour. So, how much time does the plane need to fly from Bandar Lampung to Bandung when the distance between the two cities is 1400 kilometers?

    Answer:
    Known:
    S = 1400 km
    v = 500 km/h

    Asked:
    Do you know the time it takes to fly from Bandar Lampung to Bandung (t)?

    Answered:
    t = s / t
    t = 1400 km / 500 km/h
    So, the time it takes an Indonesian Garuda plane to fly from Bandar Lampung to Bandung is 2 hours 48 minutes.

    16. Vishal pedals a bicycle with a speed of 2 m/s. So how long does Vishal need to travel 100 meters?

    Answer:
    Known:
    v = 2 m/s
    s = 120 m

    Asked t ….?

    Solution:
    t = s / v
    t = 100 / 2
    t = 50 seconds
    So, time taken by vishal is 50 seconds

    17. It is known that Ilham rides a motorcycle by traveling a distance of 100 meters in 25 seconds. So what is the speed of Ilham’s motors?

    Answer:
    Known:
    s = 100 m
    t = 25 s

    Asked v ….?
    Solution:
    v = s / t
    v = 100 / 25
    v = 4 m/s
    So, the speed of Vishal’s motor is 4 m/s

    18. When it is known that the distance X – Y is 33 km. Then a younger brother leaves from X at 09.00 with a speed of 6 km per hour. And his sister is estimated to depart from B at 09.00 at a speed of 5 km per hour. What time will the sister and brother meet?

    Discussion:
    Use the formula to calculate the distance:
    s = v . t
    Sister Distance + Sister Distance = 33 km
    6 km . t + 5 km. t = 33 km
    11 t = 33
    t = 3 hours
    The time they will meet = 09.00 + 3 hours = 12.00
    So, Brother and Sister will meet at 12.00

    19. Distance Bekasi–Jakarta 60 km. Angga left for Jakarta by bicycle at 07.30. The average speed figure is 40 km/hour.

    Calculate:
    a. How much travel time does Angga need to get to Jakarta?
    b. What time does Angga arrive in Jakarta?

    Answer:
    a. we use the Formula to calculate travel time is t=s/v or
    = Distance : speed
    = 60 km : 40 km/hour
    = 1.5 hours

    So how much time is needed to travel the distance Bekasi-Jakarta is
    1.5 hours = 1 hour 30 minutes.

    b. Angga’s arrival in Jakarta = Departure time + travel time
    = 07.30 + 01.30
    = 09.00
    So, Angga arrived in Jakarta at 09.00

    20. Karno drives a car with an average speed of 60 km/hour. From Jakarta to the city of Bandung he left at 04:00. When Karno arrived in the city of Bandung at 07.00. How many kilometers has Karno traveled?

    Answer:
    Explanation of the mileage formula s=vxt
    Travel time and = later arrival time – departure time
    = 07.00 – 04.00
    = 3 hours

    Distance traveled = speed X time
    = 60 km/hour X 3 hours
    = 180 km
    So Karno has traveled a distance of 180 km

    21. The distance between Jakarta and Bogor is 60 km. Rossa left for Bogor by motorbike at 07.30. Rossa’s average speed is 40 km/h.

    Questions:
    a. How long does it take Rossa to get to Bogor?
    b. What time did Ross arrive in Bogor?

    Answer:
    a. The formula for calculating travel time is t=s/v or
    = Distance : speed
    = 60 km : 40 km/hour
    = 1.5 hours
    So Rossi needs time to travel the distance from Jakarta to Bogor that is.
    1.5 hours = 1 hour 30 minutes.

    b. Arriving in Bogor = Departure time + then travel time
    = 07.30 + 01.30
    = 09.00
    So Rossa arrived in Bogor at

  • Meaning of Ittiba: Legal Basis, Purpose, Type, and Position in Islamic Sharia

    Ittiba Adalah – For Muslims, learning jurisprudence is obligatory even though many are aware of it. Ushul fiqh is one of the branches of science that discusses arguments based on the original law of fiqh. Of course, these arguments will be sourced from the holy book Al-Quran, Hadith of the Prophet, Ijma’, and Qiyas.

    In this Ushul Fiqh, one of the things included in its scope is Ittiba which should be studied as best as possible by Muslims. While the other two are taqlid and talfiq. Remembering that knowledge will make us servants of Allah SWT who follow His teachings correctly. So really, what is ittiba’? What are the types of ittiba’? What is its position in Islamic law? Well, for Reader to understand that, let’s read the following comments!

    Meaning of Ittiba’

    The word ‘ittiba ‘ has been absorbed into Indonesian, you know … Yes, based on KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary), ittiba’ has been absorbed into itibak which acts as a verb and means to follow (example). If translated linguistically, the word ittiba ‘ can also be interpreted as iqtifa ‘ or following a trail, qudwah or setting an example, and uswah or being an example. On that basis, the term ittiba’ means ‘ accepting the words or speech of others by knowing the source or reason of the words, both from the arguments of the Quran and the hadith of the Prophet .’

    In short, ittiba’ is the effort of Muslims to follow or obey everything that has been ordered, prohibited, and allowed by the Prophet SAW . In other words, ittiba’ is the same as implementing the teachings of Islam according to what the Prophet Muhammad SAW also did.

    Definition of Ittiba’ According to the Scholars

    This definition of ittiba’ has been expressed by many religious experts. Well, here is a description of those definitions.

    Ibn Kathir

    According to Ibnu Katsir, ittiba’ is following the Shari’a and religion (Al-Sunnah) in every word and deed, as well as in various situations that he experiences.

    Muhammad Al-Amin Al-syinqithi

    In relation to this ittiba, he once said that ” Imam Ahmad said: Al-Ittiba’ means a person follows the teachings that come from the Messenger of Allah and his companions or that comes from the tabi’in, but ittiba’ in the latter is not an absolute obligation, only optional. 

    While Ibn Al-‘Abd Al-Barr said: Al-Ittiba’ means following the Qath’i argument or argument, that is, following the opinion of the authoritative party which is obligatory for us to follow. In this regard, the Prophet is the most authoritative party who has the legality to follow his orders. “

    Abd Ar-Rahman Ibn Nashir Al-Sa’di

    Ittiba’ is following the Sharia revealed by God to His Messenger because he is the messenger (Messenger) of God’s revelation through which mankind is able to reach the path of guidance, and the Sharia or revelation is a source of guidance and mercy in all aspects of knowledge, actions, personal character, and in the call of his da’wah, both in belief, speech and deed, then following him is to implement his commands and die his prohibitions.

    That’s Jabir Al-Alwani

    Ittiba’ is implementing the commands of Allah and His Messenger as well as investigating his actions and circumstances to then actualize them by following his footsteps (iqtidha’).

    Al-Badani

    Ittiba’ or Al-Ittiba’ is implementing the commands and prohibitions that he taught as befits the Al-Qur’an, because it is still categorized as God’s revelation and by actualizing the holy Al-Sunnah.

    Well, from some opinions of religious experts regarding the definition of ittiba’ it can be concluded that ittiba’ is the effort of Muslims to follow and apply the teachings that have been taught by the Prophet Muhammad SAW, both in word and deed to achieve the goal of the revelation of Allah SWT.

    Basic Law of Ittiba’

    The existence of ittiba’ is not just the opinion of scholars without any religious reason, but there is a legal basis that comes from the holy book Al-Quran. Well, the following are some of the legal bases for the implementation of ittiba’ for Muslims which is indeed a command from Allah SWT.

    QS Al-A’raf verse 3

    Follow what has been sent down to you from your Lord, and do not follow what has been written down.

    Meaning:

    “Follow what is revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow leaders other than Him. Very few of you take lessons (from him)”

    QS Ali’ Imran verse 31

    Say: If you love Allah, then follow me. Allah loves you and forgives you your sins. And Allah is Forgiving, Merciful.

    Meaning:

    Say : “If you (really) love Allah, follow me, Allah will love you and forgive your sins”. God is Forgiving and Merciful.”

    QS An-Nahl verse 43

    And We did not send before you but men to whom We revealed, so ask the people of hate, if you know.

    Meaning:

    ” And We did not send before you, except men to whom We revealed; then ask someone who has knowledge if you do not know”

    QS An-Nisa verse 27

    And Allah wants to repent to you

    Meaning:

    “And God wants to accept your repentance, while those who follow their lust want you to turn as far away (from the truth).”

    QS At-Taubah verse 42

    لَوْ كَانَ عَرَضًا قَرِيبًا وَسَفَرًا قَاصِدًا لَّٱتَّبَعُوكَ وَلَٰكِنۢ بَعُدَتْ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلشُّقَّةُ ۚ وَسَيَحْلِفُونَ بِٱللَّهِ لَوِ ٱسْتَطَعْنَا لَخَرَجْنَا مَعَكُمْ يُهْلِكُونَ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَٱللَّهُ يَعْلَمُ إِنَّهُمْ لَكَٰذِبُونَ

    Meaning:

    ” If what you call to them is an easy gain and a journey that is not that far, they will certainly follow you, but the destination is very far away for them. They will swear by (the name of) Allah: “If we were willing, we would certainly go with you”. They destroy themselves and God knows that they are indeed liars.”

    In some verses of the Quran, it is clearly commanded for us Muslims to follow the commands of Allah SWT. The obligation to follow Him is something that is obligatory and there is no argument that changes it. Actually, there are still many verses of the Qur’an that discuss the obligation of ittiba’, let’s say it is in Surah Yunus which is expressed six times, especially in verse 15, then there is also Surah Hud which is expressed five times, especially in verse 97, and still much more.

    Ittiba’s purpose

    The existence of ittiba’, which is one of the obligatory things to be carried out for Muslims, of course has a reason. With the existence of this ittiba’, it is hoped that every Muslim, even those who are still laymen, can practice the teachings of Islam with full confidence without being shrouded in any doubt. Not only that, an act of worship or charity if done with full confidence will cause sincerity and humility in the Muslim. After all, sincerity and sincerity are indeed a valid condition for the performance of worship or charity.

    In short, ittiba’ has the following objectives:

    1. Get guidance.
    2. Get luck from Allah SWT.
    3. Firm on the truth.
    4. Get protection and help from Allah SWT.
    5. Join the ranks of the prophets.
    6. Found a family that followed the path ittiba’.
    7. Avoid sadness and fear.
    8. Obtain the door of repentance and forgiveness from Allah SWT.

    Types of Ittiba’

    1. Ittiba’ To Allah SWT and His Messenger

    As His servants, we must of course obey Allah SWT. How to do it? That is, by following His commands and avoiding all His prohibitions. In this regard, it has also been said by Allah SWT in surah Al-Imran verse 174, which reads:

    فَٱنقَلَبُواِ بِنِّْمَةٍ مِنَ اللَّهِ وَفَضْلٍ did not touch them and they followed the pleasure of Allahَّ

    Meaning:

    “So they returned with blessings and (great) blessings from God, they did not befall a disaster and they followed God’s pleasure. and God has a great gift”

    Actually, the verse talks about the Badar Sughra Event (Little Badr) which happened a year after the Battle of Uhud. At that time, Abu Sufyan who was a leader from the Quraish challenged the Prophet and his companions that he was ready to meet again with the Muslims the following year in Badr. But at that time there was a famine season, Abu Sufyan was afraid and did not continue his journey to Badr. Then, he told his friends to go to Medina and scare the Muslims by spreading false news.

    Although at that time Abu Sufyan did not go to Badr, Prophet Muhammad and his companions still went to Badr and still the war did not take place. Coincidentally, in Badar, it was the middle of the market season, so the Muslims did trade and earned a large profit which was then brought back to Medina. Well, based on the verse, it is explained that the returning Muslims actually brought favors and blessings from Allah SWT through the results of their trade because there was no war.

    2. Ittiba’ To Other than Allah SWT and His Messenger

    Since we are still living in the world, of course ittiba’ will be related to things other than Allah SWT and His Messenger. Ittiba’ follows something that is not based on the Quran and Sunnah.

    a) Ittiba’ To Eve Lust

    It should be known , Reader, that there are diseases that can damage a person’s deeds, one of which is ittiba’ to lust. Therefore, for those who have been “affected” by this disease, immediately clean and purify yourself. Lust can actually shape human behavior. Therefore, Allah SWT always associates important problems in life with lust.

    Lust can invite people to do evil. But for those who are able to withstand it, then they will be safe from all the tricks of the devil. As Allah SWT has said in Surah Al-Qashash, which reads:

    “So if they do not answer (your challenge), then know that they are only following their lust and who is more astray than the one who follows his lust without receiving the slightest guidance from God. Verily, God does not guide the unjust.”

    b) Ittiba’ To Satan

    Reader must already know that devils or devils are creatures of God who live in the supernatural world and are even difficult to reach by human eyes. Satan is included in the group of jinns who are very outrageous, who have deviated from the rules of Allah SWT as their creator. Satan will also continue to try to incite people to keep walking on his wayward path.

    Therefore, Allah SWT always encourages His people not to follow Satan’s incitement. As has been explained in surah An-Nur verse 21 which reads:

    O you who believe! do not follow the steps of the devil. Whoever follows the steps of the devil, then verily he (the devil) orders to do abominable and evil deeds. If it were not for the grace of God and His mercy to you, none of you would be clean (from those vile and evil deeds) forever, but God cleans whom He wills. and Allah is All-Hearing and All-Knowing.

    c) Ittiba’ To Estimate

    In the holy book Al-Quran, Allah SWT firmly condemns those who are involved in the problem of belief and creed. That act is often done by infidels since ancient times, especially by worshiping idols according to their prejudices. As explained in surah An-Najm verse 23 which reads:

    “…those are nothing but names that you and your ancestors invented; Allah has not sent down any evidence for (worshiping) him. They were just following guesses, and what his desires wanted. Indeed, guidance has come to them from their Lord”.

    d) Ittiba’ To Infidels

    In reality, infidels are those who do not believe in Allah SWT and continue to deny or do not believe in the apostleship of Prophet Muhammad SAW. Allah SWT of course strongly forbids His people to follow unbelievers. As has been explained in surah Al-Ankabut verse 12, which reads:

    “And the disbelievers say to the believers: “Follow Our path, and later We will bear your sins”, although they are not (able to) bear their sins in the slightest. Indeed, they are truly liars.”

    e) Ittiba’ To Ancestors

    The existence of traditions or ancestors which are still attached to their children and grandchildren can of course lead to good and bad things. If the traditions of the ancestors lead to wrong things, of course we cannot follow them. As has been explained in surah Al-Baqarah verse 170 which reads:

    “And when it was said to them: “Follow what God has revealed,” they replied: “(No!). We are only following what We have found our forefathers (doing)”. In fact, their ancestors did not know anything, and were not guided?”

    The Position of Ittiba’ in Islamic Sharia

    The existence of ittiba’, especially to Rasulullah SAW, has a high position in the Islamic religion, and can even be a person’s door in the acceptance of deeds in the presence of Allah SWT. Therefore, ittiba’ has a position in Islamic law, which is as follows:

    • As a condition of acceptance of charity.
    • As one of the principles in Islam, as in surah Al-Kahfi verse 110.
    • As a reason to enter heaven.
    • As proof of love for Prophet Muhammad SAW, as in surah Al-Imran verse 31.
    • As a way to get true love for the Prophet.
    • As a way of implementing the command to obey the Messenger and avoid related threats. As in Surah An-Nisa verse 59.
    • As the nature of believers, as in surah An-Nur verses 51-52.
    • As a sign of piety, as in surah Al-Hajj verse 32.

    Well, that’s the commentary on what ittiba’ is and its types, the most important is ittiba’ to Allah SWT and Prophet Muhammad SAW. Has Reader implemented ittiba’ in accordance with the teachings of Islamic Sharia?

    •  

  • Understanding Irrigation: Network, Types, Purpose, and Benefits

    Meaning of Irrigation – Hello Friends Reader, Do You Know? Irrigation is an important thing in agriculture. Plants cannot grow optimally without proper irrigation.

    This will also greatly affect the harvest to come. Understanding the importance of irrigation makes irrigation development a priority. According to the data in the data frame, the government through the Office of Public Works and People’s Housing (PUPR), is targeting a 90 percent increase in irrigation in 2019. Let’s have a look at the discussion of the meaning, network, type, purpose and benefits of irrigation.

    Definition of Irrigation

    Irrigation is an effort to prepare and manage water to support agriculture. Irrigation is the artificial discharge of water from an available water source to a land with the aim of draining it regularly in accordance with the needs of plants when the supply of soil infiltration is insufficient to support plant growth, so that plants can grow normally.

    According to Government Regulation Number 25 of 2001, irrigation or irrigation management is all efforts to utilize irrigation water, including the operation and maintenance, security, restoration, and improvement of the irrigation network.

    As with the surface water network, to meet the needs of the agricultural area in Molek, water flows by gravity from the Blobo watershed using primary, secondary and tertiary channels. The flow of water can be successful if the condition of the channel is very good, so the effort made for the physical maintenance of the irrigation channel needs to be paid more attention.

    With law No.7 of 2004 article 41 paragraph 1 related to water resources, irrigation is the preparation, arrangement, and production of water to support agriculture, including surface irrigation, swamp irrigation, groundwater irrigation, irrigation with pumps and irrigation embankment According to Law Number 7 of 2004, irrigation includes the preparation, regulation, and disposal of water to support agriculture.

    Definition of Irrigation in UU No. 7 of 2004 is not more than just an effort to provide water for agricultural purposes only, but a wider scope including:

    1. Irrigation, efforts to prepare and manage water to support agricultural activities from surface water and ground water.
    2. The development of swamp areas, that is the maturity of land in swamp areas, among others for agriculture.
    3. Flood management and regulation of rivers, reservoirs, and much more

    To achieve the highest possible irrigation efficiency, the loss of water that occurs during the distribution of irrigation water must be limited.

    It is not only farmers or governments that need to understand irrigation. The knowledge of this irrigation system also needs to be known by many people. The purpose is to involve everyone in maintaining this irrigation system. For example, don’t dirty your irrigation system. Before discussing the agricultural irrigation system further, it is good to understand the definition of irrigation system.

    As explained in the book “Irrigation Hydrology” , irrigation is the systematic distribution of water to cultivated land for plant growth. While in the sense of Government Regulation Number 20 of 2006, irrigation is the preparation, arrangement, and disposal of irrigation water to support agriculture, and its types include surface irrigation, swamp irrigation, groundwater irrigation, pump irrigation, and pond irrigation.

    In the Scientific Journal Mustek Anim Ha Vol 1 edition 3 it is also explained that irrigation is an activity related to the collection of water for rice fields, fields, plantations and other agricultural endeavors.

    The Meaning of Irrigation According to the Experts

    Number in accordance with government regulations. Number 23 of 1998, Irrigation is defined as the provision and arrangement of water with the aim of supporting agriculture.

    Number in accordance with government regulations Year 1998 Article 22 Irrigation is also included in the concept of drainage, that is the arrangement of water in the plant growth media so as not to interfere with the growth or production of plants, while according to Small and Svendsen irrigation is the act of human intervention to change the flow of water from the source out, without interfering with agricultural production.

    The term irrigation is an activity related to taking water from gardens or agribusiness to increase the production of agricultural products. Another term for irrigation is the preparation, intake, distribution, and preparation of water for agricultural land.

    According to Abdullah Agoeda in The History of Irrigation in Indonesia , cited in a Dutch government report, irrigation is defined as “technically directing water through diversion channels to agricultural land and once taken, the maximum yield will flow continuously.”

    According to Gandakoesuma (1981: 9) , irrigation is an effort to introduce water by building buildings and channels to drain water for agricultural purposes, distribute river or field water regularly, and process water that is no longer used, after all the water finished.

    Must take action to limit the intake of water from water sources below to places that need water or must be distributed to plants that need it.

    Mawardi Erman (2007:5) states that irrigation is a business to obtain water that uses buildings and prosthetic channels for the needs of supporting agricultural production.

    According to Government Regulation No. 25 of 2001 (CHAPTER I article 1) on irrigation states that what is meant by using irrigation is the business of preparing and arranging water to support agriculture, which types include surface water irrigation, groundwater irrigation, pump irrigation, and pond irrigation.

    According to Wirosoedarmo, irrigation is an activity related to obtaining water for rice fields, fields, plantations, fisheries or ponds, etc., which are essentially for agricultural purposes.

    According to Sosrodarsono and Takeda , irrigation directs the water needed for plant growth to agricultural land and distributes it systematically.

    According to Hansen et al. , irrigation is the use of water in the soil for the purpose of providing the water needed for plant growth.

    According to Kartasapoetra , irrigation is the preparation and arrangement of water to meet the benefits of agriculture by using water from surface water and groundwater.

    History of Indonesian Irrigation

    Since ancient Egypt, irrigation has been known by the Nile River. In Indonesia, traditional irrigation has existed since the time of our ancestors. This can also be seen cultivated in governments in Indonesia.

    By damming between rivers to direct water to rice fields. Another way is to find water in the mountains and run on bamboo continuously. Some also carry buckets made of betel leaves or pull them from the river and throw them in the field along with buckets filled with areca leaves.

    Jatiluhur Reservoir located in Jatiluhur District, Purwakarta Regency, built in 1957 with an area of ​​8,300 hectares and a water storage potential of 12.9 billion m3/year is the first multi-purpose reservoir in Indonesia.

    Irrigation Network

    The irrigation network is a unit of channels and structures required to manage irrigation water from preparation, collection, distribution, administration and use.

    According to Government Regulation No. 25 of 2001 on irrigation, the definition of an irrigation network is channels, buildings and additional structures forming a unit that is necessary to organize irrigation water starting from preparation, collection, distribution, management, use and disposal. There are two types of irrigation networks, namely:

    1. The main irrigation network is the irrigation network where the irrigation system is located, starting from the main building, main/main channel, annex building, picture and additional building.
    1. The level 3 irrigation network is a functional irrigation network of the water supply infrastructure in the 3rd level plot which consists of a service provider canal called a tertiary channel, a division channel called a quaternary channel and an evacuation channel and additional channels, including a network of irrigation pumps with a wide service area assimilated to the tertiary area .

    Based on maintenance, the irrigation network can be divided into 4 (four) types of maintenance, namely:

    1. Routine maintenance: light maintenance on buildings and irrigation channels can be done temporarily during continuity operations, which maintenance is only partial

    the building/canal is just above the surface.

    1. Periodic Maintenance: Maintenance is done on building components and canals under water, when to make this work, the drains are first flushed.
    1. Preventive Maintenance: Preventive maintenance is an effort to prevent damage to the irrigation system as a result of irresponsible human intervention or disturbed animals.
    1. Emergency Maintenance: work carried out to repair due to unexpected damage, for example due to floods or earthquakes.

    Types of Irrigation 

    1. Surface Irrigation

    According to Moch Absor, upper irrigation is an irrigation system that intercepts water exclusively in the river through a weir building and also through a free intake building, then the irrigation water is flowed by gravity through channels to the agricultural land.

    Here are known primary, secondary & tertiary channels. This water arrangement is done using a sluice gate. The process is gravity, high ground will receive water first.

    2. Water Pump Irrigation

    Water pump irrigation is irrigation where water is taken from a well and raised through a water pump, then flowed using many methods, for example using pipes or channels. During the fever of the dry issue, this irrigation can continue to flow to the rice fields.

    3. Gravity Irrigation

    Gravity irrigation is irrigation that utilizes the force of gravity to flow water based on the origin to the location that needs it, usually this irrigation is used in Indonesia. There are three types of gravity irrigation including:

    • Wild pond irrigation.
    • Canal based pond irrigation.
    • Furrow & wave irrigation.
    • Sprinkler Irrigation

    Irrigation is a gift of water using the method of spraying or using to imitate rain (sprinkling), the water that is sprayed will be, for example, fog, as a result of which the plant receives water based on the top, the leaves will get wet first, and then drip to the roots.

    4. Dry Land Irrigation or Drip Irrigation (Trickle Irrigation)

    This irrigation has the same principle as using sprinkler irrigation but the tertiary pipe is formed through tree strips & the pressure is smaller because it only drips. The advantage of this system is that there is no top genre.

    Based on the method of water discharge measurement and the degree of installation equipment, the irrigation network is divided into three categories, namely:

    A. Moderate Irrigation

    Simple irrigation networks are often managed independently by a group of farmers who use water, so their equipment and ability to measure and regulate is very limited.

    The available water is generally abundant and has a moderate to steep slope, facilitating drainage and water distribution. Irrigation networks are easy to organize because they involve water users from the same social background.

    However, this network still has some weaknesses, among them the waste of water occurs due to the amount of wasted water, the wasted water does not always reach the more fertile land below it, the work of the basin is temporary so it does not last long.

    B. Semi Technical Irrigation

    The semi-technical irrigation network has a permanent or semi-permanent basin structure. The photo booth is usually equipped with a catch and measure structure. The channel network already has several permanent buildings, but the distribution system is not yet fully able to organize and measure.

    Because they do not have the ability to organize and measure well, organizational systems are often more complex. A water distribution system is similar to a simple network, where the water source is used to irrigate a wider area than just the area served by the network.

    C. Technical Irrigation

    The irrigation technical network has a fixed exploitation structure. Click on buildings and structures to adjust and scale. In addition, there is a separation between the draining and the giving channels.

    Alignment and measurement is done starting from the seepage building to the tertiary site. Plot Level 3 plays a central role in the network of irrigation techniques. In order to streamline the irrigation service system for agricultural land, a map organization has been formed that covers primary parcels, secondary parcels, tertiary parcels, valuable parcels and paddy fields as small units.

    5. Micro Irrigation

    Irrigation systems only run water around the roots. Some types of this system are drip, micro spray and mini sprinkler. This irrigation system offers several advantages such as water saving, lower flow rate, can be done with fertilization and can be applied to different soil topographies.

    6. Status of the Irrigation Network

    1. Government Irrigation : an irrigation network created and managed by the central or regional government. These sprinklers are usually large in size.
    2. Village Irrigation : The irrigation system is built and managed by the village community. The scale of this irrigation system is from 100 to 500 hectares with a simpler network.
    3. Private Irrigation : an irrigation network built and managed by an individual or individuals for their own needs. For example, when someone opens an agricultural business, to manage a garden, he builds an irrigation system.

    Purpose and Benefits of Irrigation

    According to the irrigation planning standard KP-01, irrigation is a system of providing water on agricultural land to meet the needs of plants so that the plants can grow well. The purpose of irrigation is:

    1. Wetting the plants . Moistening the soil using irrigation water overcomes water shortages in agricultural areas with little or no rainfall. This is important because the lack of water needed for growth can affect crop yields.
    2. Nourishing . Fertilizing is to provide a lot of water, the purpose of which, in addition to wetting, also provides useful substances for the plant itself.
    3. Adjust the temperature . Plants can grow well at temperatures that are neither too high nor too low, depending on the type of plant.
    4. Clean the soil or get rid of pests . The purpose of irrigation is also to kill insects that nest in the soil and damage plants, so that in the dry season it is necessary to add water to the rice fields so that the rice loses its salinity.
    5. Clogging . Clogging or what can be called Kolmatase Diairi with the purpose of improving/lifting the soil surface.
    6. Increase groundwater supplies . The purpose is to increase the supply of ground water for daily needs. This is usually done by storing water at one point, so that the water can seep into the ground and finally be used by those who need it. Irrigation is needed for agriculture, plantations and others.

    In order to meet the needs of irrigation water, it is necessary to be inclusive and even, especially where water resources are limited. In the dry season, for example, many agricultural areas are not planted because there is not enough water needed.

    In order to meet the needs of irrigation water, it is necessary to apply the right management measures supported by good technology and legislation. The use of hydraulic energy resources is adjusted to meet the needs of the plant.

    Good management means that buildings and irrigation systems and their installations must be managed in an orderly and orderly manner under the supervision and responsibility of the body or organization. Water Farmers Association (P3A) (Regulations) (Government, 2001).

    The benefits of irrigation are:

    • Add water to the soil to provide the liquid needed for plant growth.
    • Guaranteed harvest during the short dry season.
    • Cools the soil and atmosphere, creating a favorable environment for plants to grow.
    • To wash and reduce salt in the soil.
    • To reduce the risk of soil erosion.
    • To soften the plow and clods of soil.===========

  • The meaning of IQ, EQ, and TQ along with their history

    What is IQ, EQ, and TQ – Reader, you must have experienced some of these things. You are prayed for, expected, even forced, even scolded by your parents just to be smart. This is because having a smart and intelligent child is the dream of every parent.

    Therefore, not a few parents like to take their children for IQ, EQ, and TQ intelligence tests. Even so, of course everyone has different intelligence and cannot be compared to each other.

    However, as time progresses, IQ test results are no longer the only determinant of a person’s intelligence. There are many factors in each individual that determine their intelligence and success.

    However, have Reader found out what IQ, EQ, and TQ really are? What is the history and what is the difference?

    Before we proceed to a deeper discussion. Let’s first know briefly about the three. IQ is intellectual intelligence, while EQ is emotional intelligence. Well, if TQ, that is transcendental intelligence.

    From the name, all three are similar. However, IQ, EQ, and TQ have significant differences. The only similarity between the three, which is used as a measure of a person’s intelligence. Then, what is the difference between IQ, EQ, and TQ? Let’s read more in this article.

    Meaning of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

    Intelligence Quotient t or what we usually call IQ is an indicator to measure a person’s intelligence. The intelligence in question is the intelligence that is formed on the learning process and life experience.

    IQ describes a person’s ability to think, remember, understand, evaluate, process, master the environment, and act in a directed manner. Usually, IQ has a close relationship with intellect, logic, analytical ability, mathematical problem solving, and strategic.

    In addition, IQ is also related to the ability to communicate, respond or respond to things around them, as well as the ability to learn number materials, such as mathematics.

    Through school, this intelligence is honed by thinking rationally. For example, when we learn about mathematics, we are trained to understand, analyze, and solve problems from that question.

    History of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

    Well, where did the concept of intellectual intelligence test come from? The concept of IQ tests has been around since the end of the 19th century, precisely the 1890s.

    This concept was created and first thought by Francis Galton (cousin of Charles Darwin the Father of Evolution). Galton took the basis from Darwin’s theory about the concept of individual survival in a species. Simply put, it is a theory about how each person survives, because of the superiority of certain traits that they possess and are descendants of their parents.

    Galton also put together a test that measures human intelligence from the aspect of agility and muscle reflexes. It was only at the beginning of the 20th century that Alfred Binet, a psychologist from France, developed a tool to measure human intelligence that is now used by many people.

    In 1983, research on the concept of human intelligence tests was continued by Harvard psychologist Howard Gardner . He mentioned that human intelligence is not a single or general concept.

    According to him, the intelligence is several sets of specific abilities that amount to more than one. All of that is a function of separate parts of the brain, and is the result of human evolution over millions of years.

    As time progressed, people began to realize the importance of intelligence and its testing. Many psychologists began to examine and make various hypotheses about intelligence. Differences of opinion arise with each piece of evidence that is considered strong by each party.

    Some believe that intelligence is a single concept called Factor G (General Intelligence). There are also those who consider that intelligence is essentially divided into two sets of abilities, namely fluid (Gf) and crystallized (Gc). For this reason, throughout the 20th century, many types of intelligence testing were ultimately based on those views.

    Another factor that also contributes and has a big role in shaping a person’s intelligence is the genetic factor. This is the theory meant by Galton. So, in general, a person’s IQ level is not much different from when they were a child until adulthood.

    However, it does not exclude the possibility of other things that affect a person’s level of intellectual intelligence. For example, such as the environment and knowledge gained during the academic process.

    Types of Intelligent Quotient (IQ)

    Quoting Very Well Mind, according to Howard Gardner there are initially eight types of human intelligence. The eight types of IQ are, among others, as follows.

    • Linguistic intelligence ( verbal-linguistic )
    • Mathematical or logical intelligence ( logical-mathematical )
    • Spatial intelligence ( visual-spatial )
    • Kinetic and bodily intelligence ( bodily-kinesthetic )
    • Musical intelligence ( music-rhythmic and harmonic )
    • Interpersonal intelligence ( interpersonal )
    • Intrapersonal intelligence ( intrapersonal )
    • Naturalistic intelligence _

    Well, as time went on, Gardner finally added another aspect of the ninth intelligence, namely existential . Intelligence that includes the spiritual and transcendental side. Although eventually this type of intelligence became popular, but this existential theory received a lot of criticism due to the lack of empirical evidence.

    Therefore, until now experts have not agreed on defining what intelligence is, measured using what tools, and what the meaning of a person’s intelligence score is. In some developed countries, many do not use the term IQ test anymore. Instead, they call it specific tests, such as academic ability tests, verbal intelligence tests, and so on.

    Meaning of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

    Emotional Quotient or EQ is emotional intelligence related to character. This intelligence is related to one’s ability to control one’s feelings, recognize the feelings of others, adapt, discipline, responsibility, cooperation, and also commitment. EQ is also related to a person’s ability to accept, evaluate, manage, and control his own emotions as well as the emotions of those around him.

    A person who does not have a good EQ, will not be able to control anger, is less open, difficult to work with others, easily suspicious, difficult to forgive, even unable to empathize, and so on.

    Many things in life are developed by emotional intelligence rather than intellectual intelligence. The researchers also said that EQ has a more important position than IQ.

    Because, IQ is not the same as EQ. It could be someone who has a low IQ, but he has a very high EQ. In addition, EQ is neither derivative nor innate from birth. EQ can be honed, strengthened, and taught at any time through character education, understanding other people’s feelings, and so on

    The same is true in the world of work. EQ becomes a very important thing. Because, of course, you will not work alone. You will relate and communicate with many parties, such as co-workers, superiors, and clients. Therefore, good emotional intelligence is needed so that you can establish good cooperation.

    History of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

    The concept of Emotional Quotient was first created by Keith Beasley in his writings in a Mensa article in 1987. However, the term EQ created by him became global (and changed to EI) after Daniel Goleman published his book in 1995 entitled “Emotional Intelligence – Why it can matter more than IQ” . Although Goleman’s book is not considered an academic book, the concept of EI compiled by him makes psychologists again compete to do research on this matter.

    Goleman’s reason for changing the term EQ to EI is because it is more appropriate to use it to explain the concept of emotional intelligence in question. From there, finally the experts also prefer the term Emotional Intelligence (EI).

    However, even though this concept of EI has been accepted by the general public. There are still many psychological scientists and practitioners who remain skeptical of the concept of emotional intelligence. They often criticize the way it is tested.

    The reason is that scientists must work based on evidence. If a scientist in any field makes a hypothesis, it must be supported by accurate measurements.

    Types of Emotional Quotient (EQ)

    Goleman also divided these emotional abilities into five types. The five types of EQ are, among others, as follows.

    • self awareness,
    • self control,
    • social skills,
    • Empathy,
    • Motivation.

    According to Goleman, people who have a high IQ without these five abilities, will be hindered in their academic activities and work.

    Meaning of Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

    Transcendental Quotient or TQ is a transcendental intelligence related to a person’s ability to interpret life and his life through a religious perspective. TQ can also be called spiritual/divine intelligence, which is the development of spiritual intelligence (SQ). This transcendental intelligence has a visionary concept that is far ahead.

    TQ is related to a person’s ability to understand and implement the transcendental rules themselves. For Muslims, the transcendental rules are the Quran and the Sunnah of the Prophet Muhammad SAW.

    While for other peoples, the transcendental rules are the rules found in their respective religious books. Even so, this concept of transcendental intelligence is more intended for Muslims.

    Transcendental intelligence should basically be reflected in human behavior. Philosophical understanding of transcendental intelligence and its consequent and consistent application, gives a lot to human behavior in various conditions. In addition to behavior in performing worship, the behavior of a person with high transcendental intelligence is also reflected in their noble morals.

    History of the Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

    This concept of intelligence is the most recent concept that has begun to be accepted by many people. Even more surprising, this concept of transcendental intelligence was created by Indonesians, Reader .

    TQ was pioneered by Toto Tasmara’s thoughts published in a book titled Kecerdasan Ruhaniah (Transcendental Intelligence) in 2001. Then it was further researched by Syahmuharnis and Harry Sidharta in 2006 by publishing the book Transcendental Quotient: Kecerdasan Diri Terbaik.

    In the introductory part, Toto said that the use of the word spiritual intelligence or Transcendental Intelligence is intended so that people can more easily understand the comparison of his artificial concept with the concept of spiritual intelligence in Western countries. The concept he offers refers to the Al-Quran and the hadith, which are believed to be universal sources of thought and also a way of life .

    In presenting the concept of transcendental intelligence, Toto relates it a lot to the teachings of love and morality. According to him, spiritual intelligence is intelligence that is centered on the heart that is filled with love ( mahabbah ) for Allah SWT. Toto also uses piety as an indicator of measurement.

    Through Toto’s thinking, Syahmuharnis and Harry Sidharta tried further research to explain various scientific views about spiritualism and the concept of life according to transcendental rules. According to both of them, the concept of intelligence needs to be understood in order to seep into the human mind, so that it underpins all of their daily behavior.

    The TQ concept in their book is the same as the TI concept created by Toto. It’s just that TQ, which is an extension of the TI created by Toto, is more clear, especially in the explanation of the measurement method and the connection of TQ with other concepts of intelligence that have been around for decades, such as IQ, EQ, SQ, and others.

    Types of Transcendental Quotient (TQ)

    According to Syahmuharnis and Harry, indicators of human behavior with high transcendental intelligence (TQ) can be observed from two types of behavior, namely in worship and everyday life. Here is a list of human behaviors that are included in the two types of TQ.

    Behavior in worship includes two things, namely:

    1. Only worship Allah SWT.
    2. Carrying out religious obligations.

    In daily behavior includes 22 things, among others:

    1. Love both parents.
    2. Have high integrity.
    3. Responsible.
    4. Being fair.
    5. Disciplined and earnest.
    6. Smart and knowledgeable.
    7. Resist temptation.
    8. Always be thankful for favors.
    9. Trusted (trust).
    10. Not arrogant.
    11. Productive, innovative, and creative.
    12. Always think positive and motivated.
    13. Always do good and prevent evil.
    14. Maintain personal hygiene.
    15. Be confident and try to be consistent.
    16. Not grumpy and forgiving.
    17. Not wasteful and miserly.
    18. Unite and maintain friendship.
    19. Caring and appreciative.
    20. Always keep your word.
    21. Always strive for better.
    22. Having a high tolerance without sacrificing faith.

    For the creators of this concept of transcendental intelligence, people who have a high TQ automatically have EQ, SQ, and other Quotients at a high level. However, the human does not necessarily have a high IQ, but is included as an intelligent person.

    People who have high TQ have understood and practiced the transcendental rules seriously. A set of rules for humans to live, that is to obtain success and happiness in this world and the hereafter.

    The rules cover all aspects of human life, both in worship and in daily life. They lead their lives by always exercising their intellect, maintaining self-awareness, emphasizing ethics and morality, based on faith and piety, referring to transcendental rules, and always accompanying their life’s struggle with prayer and worship. All of the above behaviors are components of transcendental intelligence (TQ).

    Conclusion

    From the explanation above, of course Reader can draw conclusions from the differences in IQ, EQ, and TQ. The three have very far differences. IQ is used to measure intellectual intelligence, EQ measures a person’s emotional intelligence, while TQ is a measure of intelligence from a religious point of view.

    All three have their own aspects or types. Reader can also develop those aspects to improve your three types of intelligence. Reader can find many books on how to improve IQ, EQ, and TQ at your favorite Sinaumedia or through Sinaumedia.com.

    Well, that’s the short and simple explanation of IQ, EQ, and TQ. Now Reader is more understanding, isn’t it?

    1.  

  • Understanding IP Address: Functions, How It Works, and Versions of IP Address

    Meaning of IP Address – In modern times like today, we don’t need to go anywhere to find various information and knowledge that we want. We can access any information in just a matter of seconds through the web. We can feel this facility with an internet connection and a device that can be connected to it.

    But, do we already know, the convenience of the internet can happen thanks to various important components that are well connected to each other. One of them is the Internet Protocol (IP) address that allows our devices, whether it’s a Personal Computer (PC), laptop, or mobile phone, to connect to the internet.

    If Reader doesn’t know what the IP address is? What is the function of IP Address? How does IP Address work? What is the IP Address version? Is there a difference between Public IP and Private IP? What is the difference between Dynamic IP and Static IP? What are Shared IP and Dedicated IP? How are security threats related to IP Addresses? In this article, Reader can find the answer!

    Definition of IP Address

    IP Address is a series of numbers that become the identity of the device and connected to the internet or other network infrastructure. What is its function? Its function can be likened to a house number on an address, which ensures that data is sent to the right device. For the length of the number range starting from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255.

    Internet Protocol, in Indonesian, is a kind of tool to identify all devices connected to the network, both the internet network in general and the local network.

    We need to know together, when we use devices such as: laptops, PCs, mobile phones, or even printers. Actually, all those devices have their own IP addresses, you know .

    The rapid development of technology has given rise to various innovations that make human life easier. Currently most or even almost everyone has turned to social media as a medium to communicate efficiently and effectively. Despite that, at least everyone still has and uses a phone number to be able to connect with each other and to be able to connect to other applications.

    Let’s analogize together if the above explanation is still not clear. Let’s just imagine ourselves and other people are computer devices and IP addresses are each other’s phone numbers. In short, an IP address is a line of numbers owned by every device such as: computer, mobile device, smartphone , etc. that are connected via the internet. The numbers on each device and used to contact each other are of course different.

    Then, how can someone access sites on the internet with those different numbers? All sites that are accessed are a group of files and data that are run on a hosting server that is stored, in this case it is a computer device.

    Therefore, each website has its own IP address, for example Google uses the number 74.125.224.72 as the IP Address. However, there is a possibility that the IP address of a person’s site will be the same as that of another webmaster .

    What is the Function of IP Address?

    Having an IP address works so that every device that uses an internet connection can contact each other. However, that’s not all. A series of numbers in the IP Address also has other functions, you know. In addition to being likened to a phone number, IP address can also be likened to a person’s name and home address. Why is it like this?

    IP address is an identity for a computer in an internet network. Therefore, the owner of a website can find out all the IP addresses that access his own site. Furthermore, the IP address serves as the address for sending data to the device we use. When we access a site, there is actually a process of downloading data sent from the site. That process is made possible thanks to the existence of an IP address.

    When we visit a website, the device we use needs to find the location of the website’s data to then retrieve the data and present it to us or anyone who accesses it. When we buy goods in the marketplace, do we write down our complete home address along with our own phone number to receive the package from the marketplace so that the package arrives correctly? Well! That’s about the function of having an IP Address. It may not be realized, but its role is very important.

    If we compare it, IP address is a number that works to ensure that packets (data) are sent to the right home (device). In other words, the function of IP address is as a communication medium for a device so that requests for it are directed to the right destination through the network.

    How Does IP Address Work?

    For Reader who do not know how IP Address works, here is the explanation:

    A computer connected to a network router is usually provided by an internet service provider (ISP). Then, the router will communicate with the server where the website is stored to access the files that need to be sent back to the computer.

    Devices such as computers and routers have IP addresses that can recognize each other. With this IP address, each device can communicate, receive data, and send it.

    What is the IP Address version?

    Now there are billions of websites available on the internet. Not to mention, the number of devices connected to the internet is definitely more than that. Therefore, currently there are two versions of IP addresses that are commonly used, the two are IPv4 and IPv6.

    First, IPv4

    This is the version of the IP address that has been used since the internet began to be used commercially. This version of IPv$ is also the most widely used version. It could be, right now we are wearing it.

    IPv4 has a number length of 32 bits and consists of four groups of numbers separated by periods. These groups of numbers are each a decimal representation of the eight digits (bits) of a binary number.

    A line consisting of eight binary digits is also called an octet. Each octet has a maximum value of 255. Therefore, this IPv4 address has a range from 0.0.0.0 to 255.255.255.255. With that range, IPv4 can accommodate almost 4.3 billion IP addresses.

    So that we can illustrate the explanation above, below are some examples of IPv4 addresses:

    • 16.254.1
    • 146.80.100
    • 168.1.3
    • 16.254.1

    Second, IPv6

    Currently, the IPv6 address version is not widely used, but IPv6 was created due to the dwindling capacity of IPv4. IPv6 has a length of 128 bits and consists of eight groups of numbers and letters separated by colons. Each group of numbers and letters is a decimal representation of 16 binary digits.

    Due to the many possible combinations of numbers and letters available, IPv6 can accommodate 340,282,366,920,938,463,463,374,607,431,768,211,456 addresses. With such a large amount, the internet world will not lack IP addresses for a long time. One example of an IPv6 address is 2001:cdba::3257:9652.

    What is the difference between Public IP and Private IP?

    IP addresses have two types based on their coverage, namely Public IP and Private IP. What is the difference?

    1. Public IP

    As the name suggests, public IP addresses can be accessed via the internet. Public IP addresses are owned by all devices intended for the general public. Website servers, email servers, and Wi-Fi routers are some examples of devices that use Public IP addresses.

    Public IP addresses and private IP addresses have their own number range and the allocation for the number range of this type of public IP address is regulated by the Internet Assigned Numbers Authority or (IANA). If there is an organization (for example an internet service provider) that wants to obtain a public IP, then it must first request permission from the relevant authoritative body.

    2. Private

    A private IP address is used for communication for the local network. Examples of devices that have a private IP address are laptops, PCs, and mobile phones. Each device can communicate with each other not through an internet connection, but on other local networks such as Local Access Network (LAN).

    How can a computer access a website if the IP address is private? This could be because the device does it through the public IP address of the internet router as an intermediary.

    What is the difference between Dynamic IP and Static IP?

    Internet service providers actually provide two types of IP addresses, namely dynamic and static. Here is an explanation of both.

    1. Dynamic

    Dynamic IP address is the type that is usually owned by the general public, including us. This IP address is provided by the internet service provider for free, but is not permanent.

    Why not immortal? From the comments above it has been explained that currently the number of IP addresses that can be used is getting thinner. Therefore, IP addresses are used interchangeably. Internet service providers will also be responsible for this. A dynamic IP address can change once every week, month, or even year. However, restarting the device or internet router can also cause this change.

    2. Static

    Meanwhile, a static IP Address is exactly the opposite of a dynamic IP Address. The static IP address has been “booked” by the party using it.

    Users who make reservations on one or more IP addresses include web hosting service providers, virtual private network (VPN), and file transfer protocol (FTP) servers. The service provider needs an IP address that does not change because the service will depend on it. We have to pay a certain amount of fees given by the internet service provider to get this static IP address.

    What are Shared IP and Dedicated IP?

    If we run one or more than one website, there are two types of IP addresses used by web hosting servers, namely Shared IP and Dedicated IP. How to explain both?

    1. Shared IP

    From the previous explanation about public IP, you already know that each of the website servers has an IP address. Shared IP is usually available on a shared hosting server, where all users share all the server’s resources, including its IP address. Not only that, all domains owned by a user also use the same IP address.

    2. Dedicated IP

    If shared IP is used together for all users on a server, this dedicated IP is only used by one domain only. Although this type of IP address is usually offered on dedicated hosting servers and cloud VPS hosting, some affordable/cheap web hosting service providers allow their customers to use dedicated IP on shared hosting servers.

    How are Security Threats related to IP Addresses?

    One thing we should remember together is that we should always protect the IP address and not share it with anyone. If the IP address becomes known to hackers or criminals in the internet world, we will be in a dangerous situation.

    Even if it does not display sensitive information, the IP address is still at risk of being used by hackers or criminals on the internet to:

    1. Tracking Your Location and Activity
      IP address can show geolocation and internet activity that we do. Our city or even our address and electronic transaction activity can also be tracked with this address. What are the consequences? we can be followed, hired, or even at risk of being a victim of crime.
    2. Vulnerable to Hacking Devices
      Our devices are connected to the internet through IP addresses and ports. If we know our IP address, hackers can force us to take over the computer we use. And even worse, they can install malware, then steal sensitive information and privacy to commit criminal acts and harm us.
    3. Using Resources or Doing Framing
      When our IP address falls into the hands of criminals, they can misuse it to trap. For example, they can download or upload malicious content via your IP address, which may violate the ISP’s terms and conditions. This will be fatal.

    Well, after knowing some explanations from this article about IP Address, here is the summary. An IP address is a series of numbers used by all devices to communicate over the internet.

    There are two types of IP addresses, namely IPv4 which has been used since the early days of the internet and IPv6 which was recently created to cover the shortage of IP address quotas which are getting thinner. In addition, IP addresses are also differentiated into several types and classes. IP addresses are useful for making remote connections with other devices and servers.

    Let’s now start being more vigilant when browsing the internet and always protect our IP address, for the sake of security when doing activities on the internet.

    Recommended Books about IP Address

    Here are the reading books that Reader can read to learn more about IP Address, among them:

    1. Computer Networking with TCP/IP Revised Edition (2015) by Winarno Sugeng

    This book discusses starting from the basic concepts of computer networks, standards, processes and history, basic concepts of protocols, IP addressing, and so on related to IP Address. A suitable book to read for Reader who want to know more about IP Address.

    2. Easy Steps to Build a Computer Network (2021) by Zaenal Arifin

    This book explains the easy way to build a computer network. Packed with an easy-to-understand presentation, this book is very suitable for beginners who want to start working in the world of informatics and computer networks.

    3. IpV6 to Support Network Operations and Domain Name System (DNS) (2019) by Onno W. Purbo

    This book written by Onno W. Purbo discusses the practical knowledge that anyone who wants to operate IPv6 in networks, servers, routers, and others needs to have. Readers only capitalize on equipment with a LInux laptop only.

    The material in this book is presented and suitable for learning by students in schools, colleges, and the general public who are struggling in the field of networking. This book is expected to be useful in helping to develop the IPv6 network in Indonesia.

     

  • Understanding Investments: Types, Benefits, and Risks

    Definition of Investment – Investment is a form of investment of assets or funds of companies or individuals for a certain period of time to achieve a higher return in the future. There are many things related to this activity, some of which are the means and purpose of the investment itself. The term “capital investment” is not a foreign language for those who have been involved in the world of capital investment both domestically and abroad.

    However, beginners need a basic understanding and a short and clear explanation of what investing is and how to do it. This is a short description for those who are interested in investment activities and are new to it. There are still many people who doubt whether the investment is profitable or even disadvantageous. It is not surprising if many people think so, because there are many people who often go bankrupt because of their investments.

    But behind that, there are many people who are successful and rich through investment. Take for example, Warren Buffett, who has been investing since he was 11 years old. So it is not surprising if his total wealth is $ 72.5 billion, which if translated into rupiah is around 1061 trillion. To recognize it, here is an explanation of investment and tips on how to do it easily:

    Definition of Investment

    Investing is a way to increase Reader wealth with little effort. The important thing is that when Reader invests, all Reader has to do is invest and wait for Reader money to grow. So don’t be surprised if investors say they are making money even if they are asleep. That is one of the most striking features of the investment.

    For example, spend 1 million rupiah per month in the fund sector with fixed income. During this period, Reader will get 40% profit. This means that when making a withdrawal, your money will increase by Rp 4 million from the profit obtained. From the case example, investment also has various types, as follows:

    Types of Investments

    1. Types of Investments Based on Time

    a. Short term

    As the name suggests, this type of investment is relatively short-lived with visible results after 3-12 months. Another term for short-term investment is a temporary investment to secure assets while waiting for other investment opportunities that provide more optimal returns.

    This short-term installation has two forms, namely the installation must be of high quality and the investment product must be liquid and easy to resell. Reader may think that short-term investments are perfect, but there are losses from short-term investments. One of them is that the return on this investment is much lower than long-term investments. The most popular investment method is the investment trust.

    b. Long-term

    Unlike short-term investments, long-term investments are included in the category of investments that take years to show results and returns. For example, it takes up to 10 years for many investors to sell it and make a profit. Many long-term investments have just been bought without being resold.

    Of course, every time we start investing, we need to know the risk we are going to take. For the type of long-term investment that takes a relatively long time to produce a return, this investment generally has a much better return, but the risk is higher.

    Therefore, to maximize this long-term investment, investors must also have enough capital. Reader also needs to acknowledge and accept that long-term investments can still lose in the first few years. Therefore, before deciding on this type of investment, it is necessary to analyze it thoroughly. One of the most popular long-term investment tools is investing in stocks.

    2. Popular Types of Investment Instruments Used

    a. Investment Trust

    Based on Capital Market Law No. 8 of 1995, the investment trust is a forum used by investment managers to gather funds from the general public with the capital they invest in their stock exchange portfolio. As an investor, Reader only needs to prepare capital to be invested in the stock exchange portfolio. This will be managed by the investment manager.

    The securities portfolio consists of money market products, bonds and stocks. Reader does not need funds or capital of millions of rupiah to invest in this product. This is because Reader can only choose investment funds with a minimum fund of 100,000 rupiah.

    Some people who own or use investment trusts as an investment tool knowing that trust investments are considered long-term investments that tend to be safer than stocks. In addition, the funds that Reader issues are already managed by the investment manager, so that Reader does not need to monitor them at all times.

    b. Shares

    This investment tool is best known among Indonesian people. Maybe Reader is one of the people who choose shares as an investment tool. That is, when Reader buys shares in a registered company, Reader becomes a shareholder of that company and is entitled to dividends equal to the percentage of shares that Reader owns in that company.

    In addition to the right to pay dividends, Reader will also get a profit from the difference in the sale price of the shares. Another benefit of investing in stocks is that they are liquid and easy to trade. Therefore, if the share price rises, Reader can transfer the shares to other people.

    From the explanation above, we can conclude that the profit that can be achieved may be higher than other types of investment. However, this very profitable and very profitable form of investment is risky due to price volatility and is strongly influenced by economic, political and certain conditions, such as: B. It depends on holidays.

    c. Gold and Precious Metals

    In addition to stocks, gold and precious metals are one of the investment tools known to Indonesian people from the past until now. This investment is also suitable for Reader who want a long-term investment and tend to be safe, along with the increase in the price of gold and precious metals. Fortunately, this increase is due to the response to certain situations that lead to the value of the investment in the market.

    Stocks and bonds have declined. The tendency of prices to rise and stabilize is also the reason why many people invest in gold and precious metals. Investing in gold and precious metals can be an option for those who are just starting to invest, especially for young people such as college students.

    d. Obligations

    Obligations are certificates of medium to long-term debt that can be transferred. Obligations include a commitment that the issuer pays interest in the form of interest for a certain period of time and at a certain time pays the principal to the bond holder. The bondholder’s interest income is the coupon.

    The term of this investment vehicle is 1 to 10 years. The existence of this obligation is motivated by efforts to collect funds from the community to be used as a source of funding. There are three types of Indonesian bonds, namely corporate bonds, Indonesian individual bonds (ORI), and government bonds.

    e. Fixed Deposit

    Another investment method is a term deposit that can be done at the bank. These time deposits have higher interest compared to regular savings. In addition, term deposits have a definite deadline, usually 3-12 months. If Reader withdraws funds before the specified time limit, it will be fined by the relevant bank. The higher the nominal amount that Reader enters as a deposit, the higher Reader’ profit.

    f. Property

    Usually people will be very interested in this type of investment if they already have enough capital. As Reader knows, land and buildings are very promising long-term investments. The property value that continues to increase from year to year reaching 15 to 20% is certainly very attractive. Especially if the location is strategic.

    Why is it so attractive to invest in this property? One of the main reasons is that real estate has become one of the basic needs and the risk from this investment is definitely minimized. However, to start this investment facility, Reader needs enough capital to buy and maintain Reader own real estate.

    g. Insurance

    When Reader hears term life insurance, Reader probably thinks about protection. Not only protect yourself, but also protect your family and assets that Reader owns, such as houses, vehicles, etc. If insurance in general makes sense as protection, insurance can also be one of Reader’ options when it comes to investing Reader money.

    This investment-based insurance is a combination of two products, namely insurance and investment trust and other investment funds. Generally, the premium that Reader pays is converted into units. Association can be divided into two types: premium payment and investment.

    Life insurance is often used as a long-term investment. Before taking insurance, it is necessary to explain how this insurance investment will be done. In addition to fees, Reader must pay insurance every month. If Reader chooses investment-based insurance, the premium that Reader must pay tends to be higher than normal insurance.

    • Recommendations of the Best Books About Business
    • Review of the Book “Smart Trader Rich Investor, A Successful Stock Investment Guide for Beginners”
    • Gold Investment Profits and Losses

    Investment Benefits

    1. Fight Inflation

    Inflation occurs every year and the value of the currency decreases. Without investment, the value of Reader money will erode every year. Therefore, it is important to find investments that have a higher return than inflation.

    2. Adding Input Sources

    Investments indirectly provide an additional source of income. Therefore, it is recommended to set aside a portion of Reader salary for Reader monthly investment so that Reader monthly salary works.

    3. Achieve Financial Goals Faster

    If Reader can save only 1 million rupiah per month, it will take more than 8 years. However, if Reader invests with an average annual return of 12%, Reader can achieve that goal within 6 years.

    4. Increase Wealth Or Set

    This can be applied to real estate investments, land, apartments and house purchases, which will increase prices in the future. However, value acquisition cannot be achieved in a short time and requires a lot of time and patience.

    5. Meet Future Needs

    With the many unexpected needs in the future, it is very suitable for investment to meet the needs that support the future. Investing in the present aims to support and maintain future life as the value increases.

    6. Modest or frugal lifestyle

    With an investment, a person tries to live a simple life to stay invested and in the end avoid buying something less important and more economical.

    7. Avoid Debt

    With a simple lifestyle, people avoid debt. Those who must invest prefer to avoid debt and live a simple life to improve their economic situation.

    Tips on how to invest in order to make a profit

    1. Have a Clear Purpose

    Why is purpose so important in investing? This is because it is difficult to determine the next step that should be taken without a clear goal. The target determines what type of investment Reader should make, ranging from the time frame to the type of investment and purpose.

    2. Be able to assess how much capital can be prepared

    This level explains the money or assets that Reader currently has. Currently, Reader can invest with capital less than Rp100,000. Capital also affects the type of investment such as gold, stocks and real estate.

    3. Understanding the Risks on Yourself as an Investor and the Type of Investment Taken

    Everything related to the circulation of money cannot be separated from the profit and loss factor. Risk for yourself means financial performance. Of course, if Reader decides to invest, prepare some money in advance, both at the beginning and in the process. In this case, Reader must first pay off the debt with a stable income period and additional funds.

    4. Pay Attention to the Legality Aspect (Making sure that it is in line with the field of business)

    After knowing the type and investment product needed, when buying an investment product it is necessary to determine whether the seller’s agent or provider has obtained a business permit that is suitable for business activities.

    5. Understand Who the Regulator is

    Make sure Reader knows who the supervisory authority is that oversees companies that sell and provide investment products. This is needed if something happens in the future.

    6. Read the Terms Related to the Product Carefully

    Product instructions should be read carefully. This is to ensure that consumers fully understand the rights and obligations, benefits, costs, and risks associated with the product.

    Investment Risk

    People usually associate term deposits as “low risk, low return” as one of the last options in the spectrum. Because, funds developed in deposits are usually guaranteed by the Lembaga Penjaman Simpanan (LPS). However, term deposits have a weakness which is that they have a relatively low yield compared to other products.

    On the other hand, stocks or shares are usually classified as having great potential for growth, but the risk is relatively high when compared to commodities such as deposits and bonds. Another example is investing in cryptocurrency investment, which is currently growing rapidly due to its very high profit potential, also known as “high risk, high return”. The risk is that the value of crypto assets can decrease quickly and drastically.

  • The Understanding of Inheritance Law and Important Elements in It

    Inheritance becomes one of the things that is often discussed and debated when one of the family members dies. This is related to the distribution of property from the person who has died to the descendants or those who are entitled to it.

    Inheritance can be arranged or divided by referring to the applicable inheritance law. However, until now, the inheritance law experts in Indonesia have not agreed on the same meaning so the term “inheritance law” still has a variety of meanings.

    Wirjono Prodjodikoro, uses the term “inheritance law.” Hazairin, uses the term “inheritance law” and Soepomo calls it the term “inheritance law. Soepomo is of the opinion that the rules governing the process of continuing and passing on property and intangibles from a generation of people to their descendants.

    To understand more about the law of inheritance, the following will be explained in more detail about the law of inheritance that has been compiled from various sites on the internet.

    Definition of Inheritance Law

    To understand the meaning of inheritance law, Reader can listen to some expert opinions on inheritance law that have been summarized from various sites on the internet as follows.

    1. Gregor Van der Burght

    Inheritance law in the view of Gregor Van der Burght is a set of rules that regulate the legal consequences of property upon death, the transfer of property left by the deceased and the legal consequences caused by the transfer for the recipients both in relation and balance in between them one with another or with a third party.

    2. Assumption

    In Soepomo’s view, the law of inheritance contains rules that govern the process of passing on and passing on property and intangibles (immateriele goederen ) from a generation of people (generatie ) to their descendants.

    This process has started when the parents are still alive. The process does not become “acute” because the parents died. The death of the father or mother is an important event for the process, but does not radically affect the process of continuation and transfer of material and non-material property.

    3. R. Wirjono Prodjodikiro

    Wirjono put forward the opinion that inheritance disputes arise when someone dies, then there is property left behind, and then there are people who are entitled to receive the property left behind, and then there is no agreement on the division of the inherited property.

    Inheritance law is a matter of whether and how the various rights and obligations of a person’s wealth at the time of his death will pass to the living.

    Wirjono shows that there are three main elements in inheritance law as follows.

    • A bequeather ( erflater ), who at his death leaves wealth.
    • One or several heirs ( erfenaam ), who are entitled to receive the wealth left behind.
    • Inherited property ( nalatenschap ), which is the form of wealth that is left behind and once transferred to the heirs

    4. Ali Afandi

    In Ali Afandi’s view, the law of inheritance is the law that governs the wealth left by a deceased person and the consequences for his heirs.

    5. Santoso Pudjosubroto

    Inheritance law in the view of Santoso Pudjosubroto is a law that regulates whether and how the rights and obligations of a person’s property at the time of his death will pass to other people who are still alive.

    6. Ter Haar Bzn

    Ter Haar Bzn put forward an opinion on the law of inheritance as legal rules regarding how from century to century the continuation and transition of tangible and intangible wealth from generation to generation.

     

    Elements of Inheritance Law

    In inheritance law, several terms are known as follows.

    1. Heirs

    Heir refers to the person who is entitled to receive the inheritance (legacy) of the person who has died.

    2. Inheritance

    Heritage is inheritance, inheritance, and will. Inheritance is not only in the form of property, but can be in the form of debt that must be paid by the person who is still alive and becomes his heir or heir.

    3. Heirs

    An heir is a person who gives an inheritance, that is, a person who dies and leaves a number of assets, inheritance, or a will. Generally, heirs give property, obligations, or debts to other people or heirs.

    4. Heirs

    Heirs refer to all the people who become heirs, meaning those who are entitled to receive the property left by the heir. This heir has the legal right to receive all property, obligations, and even debts left by the heir.

    5. Inherit

    Inheriting refers to the meaning of inheriting property, usually all the heirs inherit the property left by the heir.

    6. Inheritance Process

    The term inheritance process has two meanings as follows.

    • Continuation or designation of heirs while the heir is still alive.
    • Distribution of inheritance after the death of the heir.

    Law of Inheritance in Indonesia

    Indonesia is a country with diverse cultural heritage and a multicultural country. The various rules that exist cannot box the existing culture. Indonesia itself does not yet have a nationally applicable law of inheritance.

    Therefore, inheritance law in Indonesia refers to customary inheritance law, Islamic inheritance law, and civil inheritance law. The following is an explanation of various inheritance laws that have been summarized from the Cermati.com site.

    1. Customary Inheritance Law

    Indonesia consists of various ethnic groups, religions, and customs that are different from each other and have their own special characteristics. This has an effect on the law that applies in each group of society known as customary law.

    Customary inheritance law can be interpreted as legal rules that govern the continuation and transition from one generation to the next, whether in the form of tangible or intangible wealth.

    Customary law itself is unwritten, only in the form of norms and customs that must be obeyed by certain communities in a region. The law is binding and only applies in the area with specific sanctions for violators.

     

    Due to the fact that customary inheritance law is often influenced by social or kinship structures. In Indonesia itself there are several types of inheritance systems as follows.

    • Descent System

    This system is divided into three types, namely the patrilineal system which is based on the father’s bloodline, the matrilineal system based on the mother’s bloodline, and the bilateral system which is the system based on the bloodline of both parents.

    • Individual System

    Each heir obtains or owns the inheritance according to their respective share. In general, this system is applied to societies that adhere to bilateral social systems such as Javanese and Batak.

    • Collective System

    Heirs receive the inherited property as a unit that is not divided in its control or ownership and each heir only has the right to use or get results from the property. An example is heirlooms in a certain community.

    • Majority System

    Inherited property is transferred as an indivisible unit with the right of control transferred to a specific child. For example, to the eldest child who serves as the head of the family replacing the position of the father or mother as the head of the family, such as in Balinese and Lampung communities inheritance is passed on to the eldest son and in South Sumatra to the eldest daughter.

    2. Law of Civil Heirs

    The law of civil inheritance or what is better known as the law of western inheritance is applied by the non-Muslim community including the color of the country of Indonesian descent, whether Chinese or European whose provisions are regulated in the Civil Code (KUHP).

    In the legal system, civil heirs adhere to the individual system in which each heir owns the inheritance according to their respective share. The following are the legal rules for civil heirs.

    • Inheriting based on the law or inheriting without a will is called Ab-instentato, while the heir is called Ab-instaat. There are 4 groups of heirs based on the law, among them the following.
    1. Group I consists of husband and wife and children and their descendants.
    2. Group II consists of parents and relatives and their descendants.
    3. Group III consists of grandfathers, grandmothers and so on.
    4. Group IV consists of families in a more distant collateral line, including relatives of heirs of group III and their descendants.
    • Inheriting based on a will, which is in the form of a person’s statement about what he wants after he dies, which can be changed or revoked by the maker as long as he is alive in accordance with the Civil Code Article 992. The way to cancel it must be with a new will or done with a Notary .

    3. Islamic Inheritance Law

    Islamic inheritance law is used by Indonesian people who embrace Islam. The inheritance law is regulated in Article 171-214 of the Compilation of Indonesian Law, which is the material of Islamic law written in 229 articles.

    Islamic inheritance law adheres to the principle of bilateral individual inheritance, not collective or majority. Therefore, the heir can come from the father’s or mother’s side. In Islamic inheritance law, there are three conditions for inheritance to be declared to exist so that the right becomes valid and handed over to a person or heir who receives the inheritance as follows.

    • The bequeather (heir) has died and it can be legally proven that he has died. If there is a division or gift of property in the family while the heir is still alive, it is not included in the category of heir but is called hibah.
    • The person who inherits (the heir) is still alive when the person who inherits dies.
    • The person who inherits and inherits has a relationship of descent or kinship, both a straight upward line relationship such as father or grandfather and a straight downward relationship such as children, grandchildren, and uncles.

     

  • Understanding Introverts: Characteristics, and How to Interact With Them

    Meaning of Introvert – Every person is different, not only in physical matters, but also in personality. Let alone you and your friend, people who are twins also sometimes have very different personalities from each other. Discussing this personality, we usually group people into two types, namely, the group of people who have an extroverted personality and the other one is, those who have an introverted personality.

    People who have an extroverted personality are known as active figures in their daily lives. They have many activities, and are almost always surrounded by many people and feel comfortable with the situation. Well, because they are active and do a lot of things, it is not surprising if an extrovert has many friends wherever he is. Then what about the meaning of introvert?

    Many people often consider the concept of introvert to be a shy, closed figure, even often branded as a figure who is ansos alias anti-social. Introverts do have a personality that is the opposite of extroverts. But that difference does not necessarily make them anti-social or anti-social. Well, so that you don’t misunderstand the introvert personality, here is the definition of introvert, the characteristics, and how to interact with introvert friends!

    Definition of Introvert

    As discussed earlier, many people often misunderstand introverts. The majority of them are often associated as shy, anti-social figures, even considered cold by the people around them. Whereas the definition of introvert is a personality type that focuses more on thoughts or feelings, and prefers a calm atmosphere.

    The extroverts feel something different. In contrast to introverts, extroverts are very enthusiastic when interacting with many people such as coming to parties, or similar events involving many people.

    Introvert Types

    At first glance, introverts look the same. But not many people know that this one personality is also divided into several types. Here are the types of introverts you need to know:

    1. Social introverts

    They are called social introverts not because they cannot socialize well, but because they prefer a small circle of friends. This type of introvert only has a few close friends who have been with them for years. They are very close to his friends, even considering him as his own brother.

    2. Introverted thinker

    This type one introvert is a great thinker and loves to imagine. The majority of introverted thinkers are intelligent, serious, and very careful in doing anything. And because they like to imagine, this one introvert is usually inhabited by people who have unlimited creativity. They are able to do things that are considered impossible, and make anyone feel in awe of their achievements.

    3. Anxious introverts

    Among other types of introverts, this introvert is the most shy. They don’t always like crowds, and prefer to spend time at home with people who make them feel comfortable. It’s not anti-social or anything, this one introvert doesn’t like being around a lot of people because they feel awkward, and don’t know what to do. They are not clever at talking or looking for topics of conversation.

    4. Restrained introvert

    You must have had a friend who was the first to meet you, the silence begged for forgiveness. Don’t talk a lot, just ask the question and give a short answer. But his cold nature will change when he gets to know you longer. When these introverts feel comfortable with you, they will be more open and talkative. Most people often misunderstand this type of introvert. But just because they are quiet at the first meeting, doesn’t mean they aren’t interested in making friends, right?

    Signs of Introverts

    Although on paper, extroverts and introverts are easy to distinguish, considering that the two have very different differences. But in the real world, we face so many people that it will be difficult to distinguish which is the extrovert and which is the introvert. Even so, an introvert will show certain signs that make it easy for you to guess. What are the signs?

    1. They feel tired when they have to deal with many people

    Many people think that an introvert is shy and cannot socialize. In fact, the reality is that not all introverts are like that. They can easily mingle and interact if required, even attending events that make them meet many people.

    But just because someone comes to a party, doesn’t mean they like it right? An introvert doesn’t mind meeting and interacting with many people, but that doesn’t mean he likes it.

    One of the unique things about an introvert is that they easily feel tired when dealing with many people, so they can never last long in a big event.

    Even though an introvert looks fine from the outside, they are actually tired of meeting everyone, chatting, and pretending to be interested in the topic of conversation that comes up.

    When everyone is busy talking, an introvert will be busy looking for a way to get out of the event and return to his comfortable home where he can stop pretending and be himself.

    2. Introverts prefer to spend time alone

    Introverts do not mind spending time with many people, but if given a choice, they prefer to spend time alone. For many people, spending time alone is sad, not a few people even feel lonely.

    But that never happens to introverts. On the other hand, when they are alone, it is the most pleasant moment for them. They can be themselves and do what they want, without having to care about others.

    3. Having few friends

    Compared to extroverts who have a wide circle of friends, an introvert prefers a small but quality circle of friends. They are really selective in choosing friends, and sometimes only choose people with a personality similar to them.

    Don’t get me wrong, an introvert is friendly to everyone, and doesn’t mind meeting new people. But not everyone he knows will be considered a friend. An introvert doesn’t care if he doesn’t have many friends. For him, quality is much more important than quantity.

    4. They like to talk to themselves

    Another unique habit of an introvert is, they like self talking or talking to themselves. Don’t worry, they’re not crazy at all! For those who are not used to it, self talking looks strange. But for an introvert, self talking is their way of expressing their thoughts and feelings.

    And believe it or not, this self-talking method makes an introvert feel much calmer than before because he has removed all the chatter that bothers him.

    5. They always think before acting

    Not only choosing friends, an introvert is also always careful when making decisions. Being cautious, introverts sometimes take a long time to decide something.

    Before making a decision, an introvert will first weigh the various options he has, see the pluses and minuses, and then choose which one is best for him. In his life, there are hardly any original terms, because they always think before doing something. That’s why it’s no wonder that introverts almost never make wrong decisions.

    6. More productive when working alone

    The majority of people prefer to work in a team. One of the reasons is because a heavy workload will be lighter if done together. But the story is different if the person is an introvert. As already said before, introverts prefer to spend time alone.

    This actually also happens when he works. Compared to working in a group, introverts prefer to work alone. When alone, introverts feel freer. They can think better, work more focused, and make much smarter decisions.

    7. They prefer to express their thoughts in writing

    Although not all, but the majority of introverts do not like to talk too much. They are not the type of people who speak bluntly and express their thoughts without being screened first. Instead of speaking, introverts prefer to express what they think in written form.

    One of the reasons is because when writing, they have time to think first about what they will write. They are careful in their opinion, because they don’t want their writing to hurt others or worse, become a boomerang for themselves.

    8. Likes to imagine

    In addition to self-talking , an introvert also sometimes allows himself to wander everywhere. When they are alone, they like to imagine many things that they find interesting. For many people, daydreaming may just be a waste of time. But for introverts, daydreaming can reduce stress and it’s not uncommon for them to get good ideas while imagining.

    How to Interact with Introverts

    Unlike extroverts who are open and easy to make friends with anyone, an introvert cannot be like that. They will stay away and feel uncomfortable if our attitude is too friendly, but it will be difficult to get along with introverts if we are also passive like him. Well, because dealing with introverts is difficult and easy, you need a special way. Here’s how to deal with introverts.

    1. Spend more time with them

    Introverts, especially restrained introverts, are not easy to approach. They don’t trust others easily, and for that you should spend more time with them. In the beginning, everything was not easy. You may be more heartbroken because of their quiet, even cold attitude. But after meeting two or three times, the introvert will be more open, and not the cold annoying figure you met before.

    2. Be careful in choosing questions

    One of the hardest things when talking to an introvert is that we can never guess what’s on his mind. Their faces tend to be flat, making it difficult to guess. Because of its closed nature, it is good if you are careful when asking questions. Make sure the questions you ask are not offensive, and make him move away from you.

    3. Discuss his favorite topic

    No matter how quiet an introvert is, they will always be more enthusiastic when discussing topics they like. If you want to be friends or have a relationship with an introvert, make sure you first find out what they like. Discussing his favorite topic will make an introvert much more open, it will be even better if you also understand the topic and have the same interests so that your conversation connects.

    4. Don’t be lazy

    Who the hell likes to be friends with people who like to mess with other people’s affairs? Introverts especially hate people who ask too many questions. Remember, the majority of introverts are closed people, and their attitude will be very closed to people they meet for the first time.

    They do not like to be asked questions, especially if the question concerns personal matters. So instead of you making him uncomfortable, and eventually moving away, it would be better if you waited for him to tell the story. If he feels comfortable, he himself will talk about himself.

    5. Be a good listener

    It’s hard to make an introvert talk a lot, especially if you’ve just met him. So if you’ve managed to find an interesting topic, and start a conversation with him, don’t spoil it by making the introvert the listener.

    Instead, give him a chance to talk. Once an introvert talks to you a lot, it means that he is already comfortable around you, and forcing him to be a listener will only damage your efforts to be close to him.

    6. Don’t talk about other people let alone reveal people’s secrets

    Introverts are not gossipers by nature, and dislike gossipers. So when you talk to an introvert, make sure you don’t talk bad about other people in front of them. Well, they can be trusted and can keep secrets well.

    But talking about other people in front of introverts will make you look bad in their eyes. An introvert will consider you as someone who cannot be trusted, and such a person will never be a friend to an introvert.

    7. There is always a moment of need

    If you want to be friends with an introvert, then you must first prove that you deserve to be called his friend. In addition to being reliable, there are always times when it is needed, which is also a quality that introverts like very much. Don’t worry, when you are sad or difficult, introverts will do the same for you.

    8. Don’t force it

    At the beginning of the acquaintance, introverts seem difficult to approach. They don’t talk much, and are closed. There are many reasons why they behave like that to new people. Starting from embarrassment, shyness, or fear of miscommunication But that doesn’t mean you can force him to open up. That will only make an introvert further away. Instead of forcing him to open up, it would be better for you to wait for him to feel comfortable with you.

    That was the meaning of introversion, its characteristics, and how to deal with it. Starting a friendship with an introvert is not always as easy as flipping the palm. But if you are patient, and willing to give them time to adapt, introverts will be very good friends for you.

    They are not the type of friends who talk too much, but their quiet attitude doesn’t mean they don’t care about you. Introverts care deeply about their friends, and are very loyal. They are good secret keepers, and can be relied upon. In difficult situations, introverts do not hesitate to lend a hand and help you solve all existing problems without complaint.

    1.  

  • Understanding Five-Tone Intervals: Sequences, and Their Names

    Definition of Five-Note Interval – In the art of music, a note interval is the distance between one note and the next note, whether it’s the distance of a note up or the distance of a note down. You should know that each tone interval has its own distance and special name.

    A musician must master pitch intervals before learning other things. Because the tone interval will help you in doing various other things. For example, to understand the scale until making harmony on the guitar solo.

    A. Meaning of Tone Interval

    Quoted from the School of Music Theory 1, Faculty of Languages ​​and Arts, Yogyakarta State University, states that the tone interval is the “distance” between one tone and another. Each interval is given a name that contains the meaning of quantity and quality. In a scale there are 7 (seven) tones each of which has the name of the interval quantity, as follows:

    c – c : prime
    c – d : secondo
    c – e : third
    c – f
    : quart
    c – g : quint c – a : sext
    c – b : seprime
    c – c’ : octave

    Meanwhile, the interval quality names are divided into 2 (two) basic groups, including:

    1. Interval Perfect (pure)

    a. Interval Prime ( 1 )

    b. Quarter Interval ( 4 )

    c. Quintet Interval ( 5 )

    d. Octave Interval ( 8 )

    2. Major Interval (big)

    a. Second Interval ( 2 )

    b. Interval of Thirds ( 3 )

    c. Sext Interval ( 6 )

    d. Septim Interval ( 7 )

    Each of the above basic intervals can be changed, that is by widening the distance or narrowing the distance. In order to widen the distance, the upper tone is raised by 1 semitone, or the lower tone is lowered by 1 semitone, while in order to narrow the distance, the upper tone is lowered by 1 semitone, or the lower tone is raised by 1 semitone.

    All Major intervals, if widened by 1 semitone will become Augmented intervals. However, if it is narrowed by 1 semitone, it will be a minor interval and when it is narrowed again by 1 semitone, it will be a diminished interval. Likewise on the Perfect interval, when widened by 1 semitone it will become an Augmented interval. However, if it is narrowed by 1 semitone it will be a diminished interval.

    B. Sequence of Tone Intervals

    Harmony or harmony is a combination of two or more tones that differ in pitch. The definition of a tone interval is the distance between two tones with a sequence of intervals, among others:

    1) Prime (1st) like C to C
    2) Skunde (2nd) like C to D
    3) Ters (3rd) like C to E
    4) Kwart (4th) like C to F
    5) Kwint (5th) like C to G
    6) Sect (6th) like C to A
    7) Septim (7th) like C to B
    8) None (9th) like C to D’
    9) Decim (10th) like C to E’
    10) Undecim (11th) like C to F’
    11) Duodecim (12th) like C to G’
    12) Tredecim (13th) like C to A’

    C. Names of Tone Intervals

    A tone interval has a value of 1 and there is also a value of half. Meanwhile, for the major scale has 1-1-1/2-1-1-1-½. But you need to note that, the interval applies if you use the tone do or C. With the tone sequence that is CDEFGABC.

    There is also a minor scale with an interval of 1-½-1-1-1/1-1-1. As quoted from the book Mandiri Belajar Tematik SD/MI Class 6 Semester 2 by Desi Damayanti, et al., states that tone intervals have several names, namely prime, second, third, quart, quin, sect, septim, and octave.

    1. Prime Tone

    Prime tone is an interval of one tone or do to the same tone, which is do. Prime tone intervals are often referred to as Prim or Unison or First tones.

    Prime tone is also a tone interval or distance between tones with a similar pitch. An example of a prime tone interval is the distance between C and C again. Prim has a compact and plain effect, as well as the same sound when played using two different musical instruments.

    2. Second tone

    Second tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the second tone above or re or below it. A second is also a tone interval between one tone and another tone with a pitch one level above it. A second tone is also referred to as the interval from tone one to tone two. For example from tone C to tone D. The interval of the second tone has the effect of sounding like stepping.

    3. Tone Terts

    The third tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the third tone or mi or high tone. Examples of intervals of thirds are the tone C to the tone E or major thirds which gives a melodic jump with a bright effect and the tone C to the tone Eb or minor thirds which gives a melodic jump with a narrow, dark and sad effect.

    4. Quart tones

    A quarter note is a note interval from the first note or do to the fourth note above it or fa. Quart jug is the distance between the first note and the fourth note. An example of a quart interval is the tone C to the tone F which gives the impression of a harmonious sound.

    5. Quin tone

    Quin tone is a tone interval from the first tone, which is do, to the fifth tone, which is sol. The quin tone interval is also the distance between the first tone and the fifth tone. The quin interval can be composed of two tert intervals. An example of a quin interval is the tone C to the tone G with a harmonious effect.

    6. Tone Sect

    The sect tone is a tone interval from the first tone, i.e. do, to the sixth tone, i.e. la. The interval of this section is the distance between the first note and the sixth note. An example of the sext interval is the distance between the C tone and the A tone with a strong and convincing harmonic effect. A large sext interval increases the feeling of happiness, while a small sext interval increases the feeling of sadness.

    7. Septim tone

    Septim tone is a tone interval from the first tone or do to the seventh tone or si. The seventh tone interval is also the distance between the first tone and the seventh tone. For example the distance between tone C to tone B by giving the impression of tension and exaggeration, thus making it a less pleasant interval when sung.

    8. Octave Tone

    The octave tone is the tone interval from the first tone or do to the eighth tone which is do’. In the diatonic scale, the octave can identify the repetition of the same tone. Only at a higher level. An example is CDEFGAB-C’.

    The example can be said to be an octave because it has an interval of eight, which starts from C and ends at C’, giving the effect of harmony, convincing, majestic, and great.

     

  • The Meaning of Interpretation According to the Experts and Its Various Purposes!

    Definition of Interpretation – For some people, maybe the term interpretation is familiar to the ears or even maybe Reader has often practiced what is called the interpretation.

    If you don’t understand yet, one of the jobs that often do interpretation is the profession of translator. When translating a work, the translators will interpret the work to be translated, before translating it into a specific language.

    The translation process needs to be done, so that the foreign language in the work can be conveyed well into other languages. The purpose is so that the meaning of the original sentence does not change.

    It should be known that the interpretation process is not only applied to the world of translation, but also in various other fields. So, what exactly is meant by that interpretation? So as not to be confused, let’s see the explanation in the following article!

    Meaning of Interpretation

    In general, the meaning of interpretation is the process of giving opinions, impressions, ideas, and theoretical views on a certain object that comes from a deep idea and is influenced by the background of the person who created the object.

    In general, the concept of interpretation is used to translate certain information from the initial form into another form. For example when a researcher is examining an ancient record on stone media that was carved using a sharp tool.

    The ancient record contains various symbols that need to be interpreted by researchers, so that the meaning and purpose of people today can be understood.

    Researchers need to interpret the meaning that the stone carver wants to convey. Information that can be interpreted by researchers, can be in the form of writing, oral, or pictures, and can contain one or more languages ​​in one media.

    According to the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), interpretation means the interpretation of giving, impressions, opinions, and theoretical views about an object.

    However, in general, interpretation or what is also known as hermeneutics is a philosophy or theory that explains the meaning of a meaning.

    The word hermeneutics itself is a verb that comes from the Greek language yaki hermeneuein which means to interpret or translate. Interpretation is included in the structure of the explanatory text.

    The structure of the explanatory text consists of several general statements about the topic that explain the sequence of the event process. Interpretation contains conclusions and topics explained.

    Generally, the interpretation text is at the end of the paragraph and the text explains the gist, view, and also the conclusion of the topic in the explanation text.

    Definition Interpretation From Members

    In order to better understand interpretation, here are definitions of interpretation from various experts.

    1. Freeman Tilden

    Tilden expressed his opinion that the understanding of interpretation is an activity that has an educational nature and has the purpose of expressing meaning and relationships through intermediaries based on original objects and experiences.

    2. Walin

    Walin defines interpretation as a way of service that aims to help so that a certain group can be aroused and have a sense of sensitivity to feel the beauty of the environment along with its variations and relationships with the environment.

    3. Kaelan

    Kaelan believes that interpretation is an art that provides an overview of indirect communication.

    4. Ricoeur

    According to Ricoeur, interpretation is a process of orderly thinking that is done to find the hidden meaning from the meaning that has appeared in a level fold. The level fold is in a literal sense. Symbols and meanings according to Ricoeur have mutually correlated properties and also have many meanings.

    5. Sumaryono

    Interpretation is an effort to reveal the meaning that is still veiled or an effort to unfold the level of meaning that is in the literature.

    6. MacKinnon

    According to MacKinnon, interpretation is a branch of science that studies art in providing explanations about an area such as fauna, flora, geological processes, history, and culture in the community.

    From the opinion of experts, it can be concluded that interpretation does not always have a relationship with writing. Interpretation can be a way for someone to describe a condition, view, and everything that can only be seen and cannot be touched.

    Types of Interpretation

    As stated earlier about the meaning of interpretation, Reader certainly understood that interpretation can be done in many fields and has various types. Here is an explanation of the general type of interpretation.

    1. Interpretation of Short Stories

    Interpretation of short stories is a process to interpret and describe various meanings from short stories or short stories. Short story interpretation can also be interpreted as an activity to search for meaning and make the short story be able to be adapted and explained to conditions that are suitable in real life.

    For example, interpreting the meaning of the adoption of a figure with a poor background, by using a poor figure can explain the habits and character of the figure in accordance with the situation and conditions experienced by the people from the lower economy.

    2. Image Interpretation

    The second type is image interpretation, which is the activity of analyzing photos and images produced through certain tools and the purpose of taking photos or images is to identify the object and its role.

    In practice, image interpretation is done by remote sensing using a special tool. So, the interpreter through the results of observation with the specific image tool will get a number of shapes, colors, and so on.

    3. Interpretation of History

    Historical interpretation can be defined as an interpretation activity on a historical data, so that it can bring about the existence of subjectivity. In general, when analyzing historical relics, various shapes, symbols, and images will be found as material or data to be interpreted.

    For example, when an archaeologist inside a cave found several symbols and pictures on the wall of the cave. The picture was certainly made with a specific purpose and purpose, for example to explain the customs of the community at that time.

    Sometimes, there are some symbols and pictures whose meaning is unknown. So that interpretation is needed to interpret the symbols and pictures.

    After performing the interpretation, the archaeologist can convey the meaning of the symbols and images through writing and verbally using language that is easily understood by the community at that time.

    The result of the interpretation is to be able to get complete historical evidence along with information as a result of the historical evidence.

    Interpretation of history, in general, can bring up a subjectivity. Therefore, there are several things that must be observed before interpreting, such as the background and also the point of view of the interpreter.

    According to Gilbert J. Garraghan, historical interpretation can be divided into five types, among which are verbal interpretation, psychological interpretation, logical interpretation, factual interpretation, and technical interpretation.

    4. Interpretation of Nature

    The fourth type of interpretation is natural interpretation. Natural interpretation is an activity of interpretation and description of a condition or natural scenery around. For example, when a person sees the sky, then that person can interpret what he sees at that time.

    For example, by determining various cloud shapes that can be interpreted to resemble certain shapes that are quite familiar.

    Then, when the color of the sky becomes blackish blue, then one can interpret that maybe at that moment it is cloudy which means it will rain soon.

    5. Data Interpretation

    Fifth, data interpretation is one form of activity in which the merging of an analysis result with various types of questions based on criteria that are appropriate to the standards that have been determined.

    So, in certain activities, one can get a certain amount of data. For example, when a person conducts research that raises the topic of the factors that cause poverty in a certain area, then that person will conduct research related to any factors that cause poverty.

    If the data has been successfully collected, then the researcher can do interpretation, to find out the factors that cause poverty in the area.

    6. Music Interpretation

    Interpretation can also be done on music. Music interpretation is a process used by a person to discover any meaning and desire of a composer. With the aim that music lovers can know the feelings that the writer wants to convey or feel when creating the music.

    7. Map Interpretation

    Map interpretation can be defined as a process of reading a map and giving meaning and interpreting the contents of the map by using the symbols written in it.

    So, when someone looks at a map such as Google Maps, then that person will see various symbols. The symbols on the map mean several things such as the airport, petrol station and so on.

    Purpose of Interpretation

    Interpretation is done to achieve various specific purposes. Here is an explanation of the purpose of interpretation.

    1. Increase Understanding

    The main purpose of interpretation is to improve the understanding of an object. The word interpretation can be interpreted as an activity to explain the meaning of an object that is still unclear.

    From the meaning alone, the purpose of this interpretation is clearly stated. Interpretation activities can help a person to minimize the occurrence of inconsistencies in the meaning and meaning of certain objects, for example such as historical interpretation.

    With historical interpretation, an archaeologist can know the meaning, purpose, and meaning of a symbol and minimize the misinterpretation of the symbol.

    2. Use of Data

    Interpretation is done for the management of existing data. When interpreting, analysis is done to provide an explanation.

    Analysis can only be done, when the data has been found and used appropriately. By doing interpretation, it can lead to a logical explanation based on the existing database.

    3. Minimize Misinterpretation

    Interpretation is done not only to explain an object, but also to help minimize the occurrence of misinterpretation of a particular object. This purpose is in line with the meaning of interpretation, which is the art of explaining, illustrating, and explaining something.

    Principles in Interpretation

    Based on the meaning and purpose of interpretation, here are five principles when interpreting that Reader need to understand before interpreting.

    1. There is no need to include explanations that have nothing to do with what is shown and explained, because it will be a useless explanation.
    2. Write information that matches all the elements contained in the explanation.
    3. Interpretation can also be referred to as an art that combines various types of art to reach a certain limit.
    4. When doing interpretation mediation, it does not need to be done sequentially, but it needs to be done according to needs and persuasion.
    5. When interpreting for children, there is no need to simplify the language of adults.

    In addition to applying the five principles of interpretation, an interpreter must also apply an interpretation program. The purpose is so that the interpretation process or the result of the interpretation is in accordance with the wishes and there is no interpretation error.

    The interpretation program covers seven plans, among which are:

    1. Can be used
    2. Efficient
    3. Able to express beauty
    4. Minimize damage or loss to natural and cultural communities
    5. Flexible and selective
    6. Public participation
    7. Optimum use of natural resources.

    There is also a special interpretation program that must be known and covers five programs among them namely

    1. Trial and error
    2. Data analysis
    3. Unity
    4. Determine the theme and purpose of the program
    5. Doing an inventory of the resources available in a site.

    From the explanation of interpretation in this article, Reader of course already understands what is meant by interpretation, right?

  • Meaning of Interpretation: Types, Purposes, Principles and Examples

    Meaning of Interpretation – For some people, the term interpretation may not be foreign to Reader’ ears or even maybe Reader has often practiced what is called interpretation itself.

    If you don’t understand, one of the jobs that usually do interpretation is a translator. When they want to translate a work, they will interpret the work, then translate it in a specific language.

    The translation process is done, so that a foreign language can be displayed well into another language. The purpose is so that the meaning of the original sentence does not change.

    It should be known that the interpretation process is not only applied to the world of writing, but also in other fields. Well, what exactly is meant by the interpretation itself? In order not to be confused, read the following explanation.

    Meaning of Interpretation

    In general, interpretation is known as a process of giving opinions or impressions, ideas or theoretical views on a certain object that comes from a deep idea and is influenced by the background of the person who does it.

    Interpretation is usually used to translate certain information from a form other than writing into or is used as verbal information. For example when a researcher found an ancient record on stone media that was carved using a sharp object.

    The ancient records usually have symbols that need to be interpreted by the researcher, so that the meaning and purpose can be understood by people today.

    Researchers need to interpret what the stone carver wants to convey by scratching some symbols or a number of shapes on the stone. Information that can be interpreted by the researcher, can be in the form of oral, written or pictures that contain several languages ​​at once.

    According to Kamus Besar Bahasa Indonesia (KBBI), interpretation is defined as giving an interpretation, opinion, effect or theoretical view about something.

    But in general, interpretation or can be understood as hermeneutics is a theory or philosophy that explains the interpretation of meaning.

    The word hermeneutics itself comes from the Greek verb hermeneuein which means interpret, interpret or translate. Interpretation enters into the structure of the explanatory text.

    The structure of the explanatory text itself, consists of several general statements on the topic that explain the sequence of the process of events, interpretation containing the conclusion and the topic explained.

    Usually, the interpretation text is at the end of the paragraph and the text explains the gist, view and conclusion of the topic of the explanatory sentence.

    In order to better understand the meaning of interpretation, here are the definitions of interpretation from several experts.

    1. Freeman Tilden

    Tilden expressed his opinion that interpretation is an activity that has an educational nature and has the purpose of expressing meaning and relationships through intermediaries from original objects and experiences.

    2. Walin

    In contrast to Tilden, Walin defines interpretation as a way of service that helps a certain group to be aroused and have a sense of sensitivity to feel the beauty in the environment, variations and relationships with the environment.

    3. Kaelan

    Kaelan believes that interpretation is an art that provides an overview of indirect communication.

    4. Ricoeur

    According to Ricoeur, interpretation is an organized thinking process to find the hidden meaning in the meaning that appears in a level fold. The level fold is in a literal sense. According to Ricoeur, symbols and meanings are interrelated and have many meanings.

    5. Sumaryono

    Interpretation is an effort to uncover the meaning that is still veiled or an effort to open the folds from the level of meaning that is in the literature.

    6. Grace

    According to Gracia there are three main ways of interpretation. First is the interpretation which is basically the same as the understanding of the meaning of the text. The two interpretations, according to Gracia can show a process where a person develops his understanding of the text. The three interpretations, according to Gracia, can be used to refer to the study of the text.

    7. MacKinnon

    According to MacKinnon, interpretation is a branch of science that studies the art of providing explanations about an area such as fauna, flora, geological processes as well as about the history and culture of the community.

    From the opinion of experts, it can be concluded that interpretation does not always have a relationship with writing. Interpretation can be a way for someone to describe a condition, scene or everything that can only be seen and cannot be touched.

    Types of Interpretation

    As stated earlier about the meaning of interpretation, Reader certainly understood that interpretation can be done in many fields and has various types. Here is an explanation of the general type of interpretation.

    1. Interpretation of Short Stories

    Short story interpretation is a process to interpret or describe some meaning from a short story or short story. Interpreting short stories can also be interpreted as interpreting by making a short story, the short story must be able to explain the conditions in real life.

    For example, by raising a poor figure, by raising a poor figure, it can explain the habits and character of the figure in accordance with the conditions of the society from the lower economy.

    2. Image Interpretation

    The second type is image interpretation, which is the activity of analyzing images and photos produced by certain tools with the purpose of taking them in order to identify the object and its role.

    In practice, image interpretation is done by remote sensing with special tools. So, the interpreter will get a number of shapes, colors and so on through the results of observation with the special image tool.

    3. Interpretation of History

    Historical interpretation can be defined as an interpretation activity that includes historical data, so that it will give rise to subjectivity. In general, when analyzing historical relics, a number of shapes, images, symbols and so on will be obtained from several media.

    For example, when an archaeologist found a cave, several pictures and symbols were found on the cave wall area. The picture was certainly made with a specific purpose or purpose, for example to explain a custom that people had in that era.

    Sometimes, there are some symbols and pictures whose meaning is unknown. So that interpretation is needed to interpret the symbols and pictures.

    After doing the interpretation, then archeology can convey its meaning through written and spoken language using language that is easily understood by the general public.

    The result of the interpretation is to be able to find complete historical evidence along with the information possessed by the historical evidence.

    Interpretation of history, in general, will bring up a subjectivity. Therefore, there are several things that need to be considered when interpreting, such as the background and the point of view of the interpreter.

    According to Gilbert J. Garraghan, historical interpretation is divided into five types, among which are psychological interpretation, verbal interpretation, logical interpretation, technical interpretation and factual interpretation.

    4. Interpretation of Nature

    The fourth type of interpretation is the interpretation of nature, which is an activity of interpretation and depiction of a condition or natural scene that is in front of the eyes. When a person looks at the sky for example, then that person can interpret what he sees in the sky.

    For example by determining cloud shapes that can be interpreted as resembling certain shapes that are quite familiar.

    Then, when the color of the sky is blackish blue, then one can interpret that it is cloudy and it means that it will rain soon.

    5. Data Interpretation

    Fifth, data interpretation is one of the forms of activity that includes combining the results of an analysis with various types of questions with criteria that are appropriate to the standards that have been determined.

    So, on certain activities or activities, someone will get a certain amount of data. For example, when someone conducts research that raises the topic of the factors that cause poverty in a certain area, then that person will conduct research related to whatever the cause is.

    Once the data has been obtained, the researcher can interpret it in order to find out the factors that cause poverty in the area under study.

    6. Music Interpretation

    Interpretation can also be done on music. Music interpretation is a process used by a person to find whatever the composer wants. With the aim that music lovers can know the feelings that the music creator wants to convey or feel when creating the music.

    7. Map Interpretation

    Map interpretation is the last type of interpretation. Map interpretation can be defined as a process of reading a map by giving meaning or interpreting the contents of the map by using the symbols written in it.

    So, when someone looks at a map for example like Google Maps, then that person will see some symbols. The symbols on the map mean several things such as self-service, petrol stations and so on.

    Purpose of Interpretation

    Interpretation is done to achieve certain goals. Here is an explanation of the purpose of interpretation.

    1. Increase Understanding

    The first purpose of interpreting is to improve understanding. The word interpretation can be interpreted as an activity to explain about an object that is still unclear.

    From the meaning alone, the purpose of this interpretation has been clearly stated. Interpretive activities can help a person to minimize the incompatibility of meaning and meaning to certain objects, for example such as historical interpretation.

    With historical interpretation, an archaeologist can find out the meaning, purpose or meaning of a symbol and minimize the misinterpretation of the symbol.

    2. Use of Data

    Interpretation is done to encourage the use of a data. When interpreting, analysis is done to provide an explanation.

    Analysis can only be done, when the data can be found and used correctly. By doing interpretation, it can lead to a logical explanation because of the database.

    3. Minimize Misinterpretation

    Interpretation is done not only to explain an object, but also to help minimize the occurrence of misinterpretation of a certain object. This purpose is in line with the meaning of interpretation, which is the art of explaining, describing and explaining something.

    In addition to the three purposes of interpreting, there are several other purposes when someone interprets.

    Interpretation is done to encourage visitors to use meaningful resources, so that they can improve ideas and require specific behavior. Another purpose is to increase public understanding of the purpose of an institution.

    Principles in Interpretation

    Based on the meaning and purpose of interpretation, here are five principles when doing interpretation that Reader need to do when doing interpretation.

    There is no need to include an explanation that has no relationship with what is shown and explained, because it is a useless explanation.
    Write information that matches the elements contained in the explanation.
    Interpretation can also be referred to as an art that combines various types of art to reach certain limits.

    When doing interpretation mediation, it does not need to be done sequentially, but it needs to be done according to needs or persuasion.
    When interpreting or interpreting for children, there is no need to simplify the language of adults.

    In addition to applying the five principles of interpretation, an interpreter needs to apply an interpretation program. The purpose is that the interpretation process or the result of the interpretation is in accordance with the wishes and no interpretation errors occur.

    The intended interpretation program includes seven plans, among which are usable, efficient, capable of expressing beauty, minimizing damage or loss to natural and cultural communities, flexible and selective, public participation, and optimal use of natural resources.

    There is also a specific interpretation program that should be known and includes five programs, among which are trial and error, data analysis, unity, determining the theme and purpose of program creation and inventorying the resources available in a site.

    Example Interpretation

    Interpretation is usually in the explanatory text sentence at the end of the paragraph or closing. The interpretation text contains conclusions about a phenomenon as well as the cause and effect relationship that has been explained in the previous sentence.

    Interpretation needs to be done, so that the reader can understand the sentence written by the writer. In the explanatory text, the writer can give his opinion or give a statement related to the phenomenon that happened.

    In order to better understand the interpretation, here are some examples of interpretation of a sentence in the explanatory text.

    1. An example of interpretation in the explanatory text about street musicians

    To respond to street performers, one has to look from two sides. This solution pattern should be done by the community at all levels.

    The government can also play a role in educating and guiding street performers to become better people in the future.

    While the community must be able to be wise. As the saying goes, ” don’t judge a book by its cover.” “It’s time for us as a community to put that saying into practice when responding to street performers.

    The text above is an explanatory text. The interpretation contains the conclusion from the topic raised by the writer and explained in the last paragraph.

    2. Examples of interpretations in explanatory texts about natural disasters

    Earthquakes can happen at any time regardless of season. Even so, the level of concentration of earthquakes tends to occur in certain places only, for example on the border of the Pacific plate.

    This place is known as the circle of fire. Of course, it was given that nickname not without reason, but because the place is surrounded by many volcanoes that can erupt or cause earthquakes at any time.

    3. An example of interpretation of a painting

    Every painter who is able to express his feelings through pictures does not always detail what he wants to write. There are some painters who prefer to draw abstract, where the meaning contained is less understandable by the general public.

    Therefore, a painting can be used as an object of interpretation so that the public can understand the meaning and purpose of the creator of the painting.

    From the explanation about interpretation above, Reader must have understood what is meant by interpretation, right? If not, Reader can study the information in more depth by reading books available on Sinaumedia.com. 

  • Meaning of Internship: Purpose, Benefits and Rules

    Internship is one of the valuable experiences to be had. Before jumping into the real world of work, a person can train his mind, knowledge and abilities in the implementation of an internship . Therefore, internship is something important for students.

    However, what is an internship ? This article will discuss internships . Starting from the understanding of internship , the purpose of internship , the benefits of internship , and the rules of internship implementation .

    Meaning of Internship

    Through the program, various job guidance will be provided later. That will make the person acquire a skillset or networking in the world of work. Then, it can be used as a career supporter in the future for that person.

    The government has also made regulations regarding internships . Things about internships are listed in Law No. 13 of 2003, on Employment.

    In general, internship programs are more identical to students. Especially for students who are already in the final level. Like in the fulfillment of courses, or simply looking for experience before work.

    Before diving directly into the real world of work or community, this internship activity is indeed one of the activities that can be used as experience. This internship activity generally takes place in a certain period of time,

    It can start from one month, three months, even twelve months. An intern or trainee can get pocket money. However, there are also institutions that do not provide pocket money for their internship participants.

    Things like that are usually already a rule from the institution or company. In addition, this internship activity will also depend on the agreement between the two parties, namely the company or institution and the trainee or intern .

    The main purpose of holding this internship program is to help someone. So that the person can master a skill, or something he is learning through the job position where he is doing an internship.

    In addition, this internship program also aims so that the interns can later prepare for the real world of work, because they already have experience. For students, this internship program is one of the places that can be used to implement the knowledge that has been acquired during lectures.

    Purpose of Internship

    The purpose of implementing this internship program is actually broad. In its implementation, the participants can see what the world of work is like. They can assess whether the world of work is the same as imagined.

    It can also be said that internships also aim to start pioneering a career. For example, if following an internship program at a startup , then an internship participant can determine whether he likes the atmosphere in the company or not. As it is known that startup companies are classified as companies that are fast and have busy activities.

    Following internship activities will increase experience and knowledge. That will make a person have greater self-confidence. In addition, the achievements that have been obtained will make potential employers interested in the future.

    Not only that, after completing the internship , he can improve his skills. As in communication, organization, even in teamwork. All these things will be useful for various careers in the future.

    Through the implementation of an internship , then someone will be helped in making connections. For example, such as a mentor who can provide useful information. And can help guide during the implementation.

    The possibility of getting a reference for future jobs is also higher. That is because the mentor will know how the performance and competence of the interns .

    Internship benefits

    There are many benefits from doing an internship . Some of the benefits of an internship are as follows:

    1. Feel the work experience

    One of the great benefits that can be felt during the implementation of the internship is to gain work experience. This experience is a warm-up before a student really plunges directly into the real world of work.

    During the internship program , there will be many things to learn. Such as the work system in a company, ethics in work, how the work in the company is, as well as directly practicing the scientists who have been obtained in the world of lectures.

    To avoid choosing the wrong company, it is best to conduct a survey first on the company. Find out what field the company operates in, whether it is similar to the topic you want to explore.

    If a student succeeds in entering the company he is looking for, then the internship implementation process will go according to plan. There will be a lot of knowledge that can be gained. Therefore, when he plunged directly into the world of work, he already had the resources to be able to adapt quickly.

    2. Get out of the comfort zone

    It is very clear that the world of work and the world of campus are two different things. When entering the world of work, all abilities possessed must be released. It will be beneficial for the company.

    Internships are moments from not knowing many things before, turning into knowing new knowledge. Although during the implementation of the internship you have to work really hard, but the benefits will also be felt later in the day.

    This will also make students know who they really are. Will also know how or to what extent he is capable. It can also be used as a yardstick to improve one’s ability again.

    3. Improve communication skills

    When undergoing an internship at a company, you will certainly face several or even many people. From peers, seniors, co-workers, clients to superiors. The ways of communicating with them are of course different from the way of communicating everyday.

    Unknowingly it will make an intern trained in communication. The ability to communicate will increase. It will certainly be profitable, and can even affect his future career.

    The ability to communicate is one of the most important supplies for an employee in the world of work. Because, the situation and the environment are different from the environment that has been faced so far. That will make an intern have to adapt. It will certainly be profitable, and can even give influence in the career life in the future.

    4. Adding relationships

    During the implementation of the internship , you will certainly meet new people. That is the profit that can be obtained from an intern . When getting a relationship, try to maintain a good relationship.

    Working relationships in the professional world are one of the most important things. Relationships will play a role in boosting someone’s career. When becoming an intern , one of the relationships that have been obtained is a mentor or supervisor from the intern . An intern mentor is an intern’s first career partner.

    5. Networking can develop

    In the implementation of the internship , the networking that is formed is not arbitrary. That happens because an intern will get valuable or meaningful networking . For example with people who have professional skills in various fields. This can be used as a stepping stone in achieving his dream target.

    6. Being able to practice the knowledge gained

    A student must have gained knowledge in the world of lectures. Either in formal or informal form. Internship is a container and opportunity for people who are going through it. The opportunity to really apply and prove the knowledge that has been acquired.

    Moreover, if the field of work is the same as the major or expertise of the internship participant. That will make the potential possessed by the intern participants to apply the knowledge they possess become more and more open.

    However, other things with companies or internship institutions are not suitable for the field he studies. Then it will be difficult to apply the knowledge that has been obtained. Basically, the interns have the opportunity to learn.

    It doesn’t matter if they do something wrong. In fact, the mistakes made will be a learning material to become even better.

    7. Adding work experience to the CV

    It cannot be denied that when recruiting new employees, HRD will prioritize the experience written on the CV. HRD will see if the applicant’s experience is interesting or not.

    Because, not everyone has the opportunity to follow an internship program. It will be beneficial for someone who already has work experience in the form of an internship . Especially if he has a certain performance or achievement in the company where he did his previous internship . So when applying for a job, the opportunity to get it becomes higher.

    8. Having the opportunity to become a permanent officer

    The last benefit of the implementation of the internship is being able to have the opportunity to become a permanent officer in the company or institution where the intern is. Companies or institutions where internships are implemented generally always evaluate intern participants .

    Such as the evaluation of the performance of the trainees. Therefore, internship participants who have a good and satisfactory performance certainly have a high potential to be recruited by the institution or company.

    Internship Hiring Rules

    In Indonesia, there are two laws governing internships. First, Law No. 13 of 2003, on Employment. Second, Regulation of the Minister of Manpower Number 36 of 2016, regarding the Maintenance of Apprenticeships within the state.

    Related to the rights that will be obtained by internship participants , the rules are found in Article 22 paragraph (2), regarding the Employment Law, which is as follows:

    •       Get guidance from an internship supervisor or instructor.
    •       Obtaining the fulfillment of rights in accordance with the apprenticeship agreement.
    •       Get occupational health and safety facilities during the internship.
    •       Earn pocket money.
    •       Be included in the social security program.
    •       Obtain an apprenticeship certificate or certificate of having followed an apprenticeship.

    It is clear that the interns are entitled to pocket money or wages. Although the amount is determined based on the regulations of the institution or company. However, they also have the right to seek guidance to develop their potential.

    Then, the company or institution is also obliged to provide a written agreement for its intern participants . The agreement at least contains some important matters. More fully, the regulations regarding the content of this written agreement based on Article 10 paragraph (2), Permenaker 6/2020, the written agreement contains the following matters:

    •   Rights and obligations of intern participants.
    •   The rights and obligations of the internship provider.
    •   Internship program.
    •   Internship period.
    •    Amount of salary or pocket money.

    Regarding the period of time or duration of the ongoing internship process, it is based on Article 5 paragraph (5) of Permenaker 6/2020. The duration of the internship is a maximum of one year. In general, internship programs that run in an institution or company are different. Starting from 3 months to 6 months.

    That is the explanation of the internship . To build a career, supporting experiences are needed. Internship is one of the ways to gain experience.

    •  

  • Understanding the Internet: Its History, Benefits, and Negative Impacts

    Understanding the Internet – In this modern age, the internet has almost become a primary need for everyone. Not only teenagers, but parents and even children use the internet a lot.

    Be it for communicating, shopping, social media, playing games, or for other purposes. The existence of the internet does provide convenience for every individual to carry out daily activities. So it is not surprising if the need continues to increase. But do you know what the internet actually means? If not, then check out the following review to learn more about the internet.

    The meaning of the Internet

    If you don’t know, the term is a form of packet exchange protocol, which has been used globally. Then, the process of connecting the internet network is called internetworking. The meaning of the internet is explained by one of the IT experts, Onno W Purbo as a media used to streamline the communication process using applications. In the meantime, here is the meaning of the internet from some other members:

    1. According to Allan (year 2005) 

    According to Allan, the internet is a group of computer networks connected to each other, which can read and apply various communication protocols or commonly known as IP and TCP. Still according to Allan, the protocol is a simple specification of how computers are interconnected with each other and interact.

    2. According to Turban, Potter, and Rainer (year 2005) 

    Furthermore, the internet according to Turban, Potter, and Rainer is a large network that can connect computers. Starting from connecting networks between school organizations, governments, businesses, and other institutions quickly.

    3. According to Harjono (2009) 

    The meaning of the internet is further conveyed by Harjono, which is interpreted as a group of several computers, even thousands of computers in the world that are interconnected and connected to each other. In connecting these computers, a medium is needed, such as cable, satellite, optical fiber, and a telephone connection. With the media, every computer can interact with each other.

    4. According to Sarwono (2012) 

    According to Sarwono, the internet is a group of networks with a global scale. In the beginning, the internet was only used in the military, but now the internet has been used by the general public. All circles have easily operated it. And according to Sarwono, no one is responsible for using the internet.

    5. According to Supriyanto (2006) 

    Fifth, the internet according to Supriyanto is a connection between several computers through a network that exists in the world and has an operating system with different applications. The relationship can occur by using a telephone or satellite that uses a standard protocol in communication.

    6. According to Sibero (2011) 

    Furthermore, according to Sibero, the internet is an Interconnected Network, which is a computer network that interconnects computers globally. The Internet is able to work because of the existence of computer networks, both local networks and networks with a wider global reach. In addition, the internet also uses the same communication protocol, namely IP or TCP.

    7. According to Berners Lee

    Then according to Berners Lee, the internet is a network that has several networks in it. The concept from Berners Lee can be interpreted as the existence of a local computer network that is connected to other networks.

    8. According to O’Brien

    The Internet according to O’Brien is a rapidly growing computer network. Where the existence and development of the internet itself can have a positive impact on various areas of life, such as business, education, government, and other areas.

    History and Development of the Internet in the World

    Later, ARPANET is the forerunner of the internet network. Then, around the 1980s, network technology was used by several campuses, although it was still very limited and only used by a few circles.

    The IP or TCP standard protocol was only published in 1982. Then in 1986, the National Science Foundation Network (NSFNET) was established. It is NSFNET that emerged as a replacement for ARPANET in housing research and research in America. After a few years, around 1990, ARPANET was taken down.

    Instead, CERN introduced a new service called the World Wide Web (WWW). Until 1993, Internic began to be developed, whose function is to register domain names from the public. Then in Indonesia, the internet started coming in around 1994. In that year, people who struggled in the IT field started to introduce the internet to the community.

    Since the discovery of the network, the internet began to grow. The development of the internet has undergone many significant changes, both in terms of coverage, speed, transmission, and its use. Coverage is more directed to the reach of the region that can use the internet.

    Until now, there are still many countries that are competing to try to meet and expand their reach using satellites. Because it is with satellite that the reach of the internet will be able to be expanded.

    Then in the data packet transmission part, from year to year also continues to experience changes. Data transmission today is of course different compared to previous years. In accordance with the concept and understanding of the internet, as well as the support of increasingly modern technology, the transmission of internet data packets has also become better.

    The same goes for the speed part. Various technology industries are now trying to continue to develop the network. From the early 2G, 3G, 4G, up to the latest at the moment, namely 5G. The bigger the internet network technology that you want to use, of course the resources you need are big enough for the country.

    The use of the internet also continues to develop. It can even be said that the development of the internet to meet the daily needs of humans continues to undergo changes. Starting from changes in information, communication, and the devices used. In the past, the internet was only used by the military. But now, with the growing use of the internet, people can use it privately.

    Almost every job today requires the internet as part of the work process. Not only in the field of work, the internet also penetrates into other fields, such as politics, economy, information, education, communication, and many other fields. The more the internet develops, the more its scope and use will spread to more areas of life.

    Benefits of the Internet for Daily Life

    1. Benefits in the field of education

    The Internet is very helpful in the activities of students in the field of education. Not only students who have studied in universities, but those who are still in elementary, junior high, high school are also greatly helped by the presence of the internet.

    The same goes for those who do not go to school and choose home schooling in their respective homes. There are many things that can be obtained through the internet as a means of learning. Every child or student can access millions of information through the internet. So that it helps them in developing their knowledge.

    In addition, through the internet everyone can also develop their own skills. Through the many features that can be accessed with the internet, they can find and continue to develop skills.

    With a good and fast network, you can discover new things. So it will be very easy for anyone to access and test their skills. The search and audio visual features will help you a lot to learn about anything in the world.

    2. Benefits in the field of health

    In the field of health, the internet also provides many benefits. You can access health information with the help of a computer network. In fact, the health information has been found so much, that you are the one who should be careful when looking for the information.

    With the internet, it is easier for people to interact with doctors. Some websites now offer online health consultations with doctors who are experts in certain health fields. Through the internet, you can access various things to take care of your health, starting from a healthy lifestyle, how to manage your health, good foods to consume or avoid, hospital recommendations, and many more.

    3. Benefits in the business field

    Then in the field of business, the internet also makes it easier for businessmen to achieve financial gains. For entrepreneurs, you can create a business website, e-commerce, creative industry, or startup business. What is important to note is that, when deciding to use the internet in business activities, the reach you have will be much wider. That way, the business will also grow more easily.

    4. Benefits in the field of information communication

    Furthermore, the benefits of the internet can also be obtained in the field of communication and information. Right now, you must have felt how easy it is to communicate with other people who are far away. Communication both through audio, visual, and audio visual is very easy to do nowadays. You can see and know the condition of other people who are far from reach. This shows the rapid development of communication with the internet.

    Likewise in the field of information, where everyone can access millions of information through search engines on the internet. Any information is available there, and you can get it with just one click.

    In fact, information from other countries that are very far away can be enjoyed in a matter of minutes. This is in accordance with the understanding of the internet where electronic media in the 21st century can provide faster network access and a wider reach.

    The development of the internet has also provided a variety of reading books through eBooks. The advantage of eBooks is that readers can read anywhere via mobile phone or tablet, save on the use of paper, downloaded books are stored in the cloud, and reading is more practical and efficient.

    https://www.Sinaumedia.com/products/full-premium-package?queryID=4e94db1f2b5b60b8db29a9d6f2475402

    Sinaumedia Digital is an app developed by Kompas Sinaumedia to increase interest in reading by presenting quality and well-known books, magazines and tabloids. Reader can read as much as you want just by subscribing from 89 thousand/month.

    5. Social and entertainment benefits

    Another important thing that is greatly benefited from the existence of the internet is that it is easy for everyone to get entertainment. There are many platforms that provide opportunities for anyone to socialize on media and get entertainment.

    The presence of social media in addition to making it easy for everyone to interact with each other also provides access to entertainment. Either by looking at funny photos or millions of videos that can be chosen by yourself. With easy access, everyone can get entertainment anytime and anywhere.

    Negative Impact of the Internet

    1. The rise of hate speech

    The Internet provides facilities for everyone to share information. This includes criticizing anyone via social media. Through the media, there are still many people who misuse it to express various expressions of hatred.

    Of course, because there is no filter on the internet related to hate speech, it makes everyone, especially public figures, very easy to accept harsh comments and criticism that tend to hurt people’s hearts.

    Therefore, when looking for information, it is highly recommended to be good at choosing and sorting. Don’t let the information you consume contain fake news and hate speech.

    2. The amount of illegal content

    The second negative impact is the emergence of a lot of illegal content. Video content is the most dangerous. Because videos that contain inappropriate things are also starting to be produced a lot. Whether it contains immoral acts, criminality, or pornographic videos that are not child-friendly. The ease of spreading various content makes every adult have to control children who use the internet.

    Because without control from adults, children will more easily access anything. Once they find inappropriate content, they will continue to get similar recommendations. Guidance from parents to children is also very important. So that children can gain positive benefits from the existence of the internet.

    3. The emergence of cyber crime

    The last negative impact is the emergence of cyber crime. The easier it is for everyone to share anything, the easier it is for others to comment and express their opinions. However, not everything that is said in the media can be accepted by everyone.

    So it is very possible for every internet user, especially those who use social media, to get negative criticism for what they upload. Not only in the realm of the media, cyber crime also extends to the many frauds committed online.

    In addition, there are still other crimes such as hacking, cracking, and spamming. Therefore, the internet, which has provided convenience and benefits, needs to be used even better. So that the facility really has a positive impact, not a negative impact.

    Well, that’s the meaning of the internet and its ins and outs. Starting from the understanding of the experts, its history, its development, benefits, and also the negative impact obtained by using the internet. Without a good filter, the internet can cause disaster for its users.

     

  • Meaning of Local Internet and How to Use it Outside the City!

    Local Internet – Hello Reader friends, are you a smartphone user ? The use of smartphones cannot be separated from the use of the internet. So, you should always be ready with the data package that should be purchased. In today’s millennial era, you will miss out on important and up-to-date information if you don’t have the internet.

    The Internet is a globally interconnected computer network system using transmission control protocol/internet protocol or internet protocol packets (TCP/IP) to connect devices around the world. This communication network transmits information accurately and quickly through certain frequencies.

    If you guys don’t understand it yet, the term is a form of packet protocol used around the world. Further, the process of connecting internet circuits is called networking. Information and Technology Expert Onno W. Purbo explains the meaning of the internet as a tool that streamlines the communication process using applications.

    We need the internet anytime and anywhere to exchange messages through WhatsApp, Instagram, YouTube, Line, and other applications or stay informed through navigation applications, email, Facebook, and others. Currently, internet can be obtained easily, even providers (internet service providers) compete with each other to offer packages with the best price and quality to meet the customer’s internet needs.

    So, what is meant by local quota? What about the concept and how to use it? Take a look at the following information that will explain to you the meaning of local internet or local quota, as well as the concept of its use.

    What is the Internet?

    The Internet (English abbreviation of interconnected network ; literal meaning: “interconnected network”) is a globally interconnected computer network system using internet protocol packets (TCP/IP) to connect devices around the world. The networks consist of private, public, academic, business, and local government networks to the global sphere, which are connected by a variety of electronic, wireless, and optical network technologies.

    The Internet brings a variety of information resources and services, such as interconnected hypertext documents and World Wide Web (WWW) applications, electronic mail, telephone, and file sharing. The Internet originated from research carried out by the United States federal government in the 1960s to develop strong and tolerant communication with computer networks. The interconnection of commercial and enterprise networks in the early 1990s marked the beginning of the modern internet transition, which resulted in continued exponential growth as generations of institutional, personal, and mobile computers connected to the network.

    One of the negative impacts that the internet has on humans is the ability to read. The facilities provided by the internet in accessing data make people tend to look for information through the internet and no longer look for information through printed books. Human reading ability has decreased because information sources can be obtained directly through the internet.

    Sources of information have also shifted from printed books to the internet. In this modern era, most writers choose to use information sources from the internet. The ease of searching for information sources and compiling information from the internet into a book makes people experience a decline in reading ability.

    Definition of Local Internet

    Currently, there are many internet service providers that offer various types of internet packages at different prices, even some of them offer quota packages with large capacity and can be offered at affordable prices. Internet service providers such as Indosat, XL, Telkomsel, Three, Axis and others also provide additional local quotas for the packages offered. So, what is meant by local internet?

    When buying a quota package, the supplier (vendor) will usually divide the quota into several categories. Local internet quota can be said to be a type of quota that can only be used in one region or one region. This quota is always in the same area as the place or region where you activate the data package.

    As is known, an internet packet has a composition consisting of several types of specific quotas or sub-packets. Some of them are as follows.

    • Chat and Social Media Application Package.
    • Night Package.
    • Video Packet.
    • Flash/National Package.
    • Special 4G Package.
    • Local Internet Package.

    As explained above, local internet is a type of internet package that you can only use in the local area when activated. For example, you activate a local package in the South Jakarta area, the package is only valid and can be used in the South Jakarta area only.

    Broadly speaking, local internet is an internet quota that can be used in a limited area, for example the customer’s area activates the area and/or the surrounding areas, but the reach of the area is not national. Local internet has different reach which is determined by several things, namely the city of the customer activating the quota and the type of internet packet that is activated.

    Local internet can generally only be enjoyed in the city where the package is activated, but details of its use can be found in the applicable package provisions. If the customer is in the border area of ​​the city, the quota used cannot be accurately determined because it depends on the serving network and other factors that cannot be controlled, such as weather, demographics, land structure, population density, etc.

    Local Internet Type

    In fact, there are many providers of the cheapest local internet packages, but as a customer you must be careful in choosing and seeing the benefits that will be obtained from these local internet packages. Don’t let you be supplied with a cheap price, but the capacity is less. Local internet quota can be called cheap if the price can be adjusted to the received quota.

    Next, we will discuss the types of local internet quotas most used by customers, namely unlimited , continuous, and regular.

    1. What is Unlimited Packet?

    As the name suggests, this package can provide convenience to customers who want to use the internet as much as possible without quota limitations. This unlimited package is also recommended for people of all ages who enjoy YouTube streaming , playing online games , following social media, surfing the web, etc.

    2. What is Internet Packet Routing?

    As interesting as the unlimited package, the channel internet package is the local internet quota that customers are most interested in. This is because the total quota offered is very large and ranges from 220 GB to 880 GB. Each quota can be used for a maximum of 365 days.

    3. What is a Regular Packet?

    The advantage of this package is that you can share the internet with your friends or family. In addition, one of the things that makes the regular package as attractive as the previous two packages is the large number of quotas that are also available, starting from 43 GB, 73 GB, and 91 GB. Each quota can be used for 24 hours without special rules. Customers also get an extra night quota for 30 days.

    Difference between Local Quota and National Quota

    As explained above, a local quota is an internet package that can only be used in certain regional areas and is different from the standard general quota. General quota or main quota is an internet package that can be used nationally.

    If you are in Indonesia, you can use this type of quota. The next difference is that the local quota is a quota bonus that you get when you buy a standard quota package. However, if there is a local quota bonus, the price of the internet package is a little cheaper.

    How to Use Local Internet

    Currently, almost all mobile operators use a system of several subpackets in one internet packet. For example, there are several GB of flash data quota and another GB for local internet packets. This is why you should always have the following questions.

    • Which quota will be exhausted or used first?
    • Can local internet packet quota be used before regular or flash packets? If possible, then how?

    Actually, the local quota will be used first in this quota utilization scheme. Once finished, just switch to the flash quota. This system of course works automatically. So, you don’t need to make special arrangements. However, it will be different if you use a data packet outside the required packet area. The package that will be used first is the flash package , not the local package.

    There are several cases that prove that the local quota cannot be used when you return from outside the region and the quota that is sucked is the flash quota . That certainly sounds very disadvantageous. If you are also facing this problem, try restarting the phone you are using. Alternatively, you can also activate airplane mode, then turn it off again. The purpose of this method is to refresh the network on the phone. Thus, the data packet will be detected by the local network.

    Local quotas generally do not stand alone, but are combined as one of the benefits along with some other types of quotas in the data package. The use of local quota does not require special arrangements, customers can directly take advantage of it after successfully activating the data package that offers local quota benefits in it.

    How to Use Local Internet Outside the City

    According to the name of the packet, the use of this internet packet is only in the place or zone where the internet packet is activated. One of the disadvantages of this package is that it cannot be used outside the city where this package is activated, although the price is quite cheap.

    If the local quota is used outside the coverage area, the consumption of internet usage will be transferred to another type of quota, such as a regular internet quota or deducting the pulse directly according to the applicable tariff if no other quota is available.

    But don’t worry, Sinaumedia has a powerful way to use the local internet when you’re out of town. How to do it? Check out the following clues!

    To use the local internet quota in other regions, we can use a third-party application called Fake GPS Location . This application can change the location of the phone you are currently using to track the local quota activation area. In other words, the location seen on your phone is still in the original area. This Fake GPS Location application is free and you can download it from the Google Play Store. The application can work on both rooted and non- rooted devices. So, don’t worry about its security.

    • First, open the settings menu of the device used.
    • Second, select the “cellular network” menu, then select the Telkomsel SIM card.
    • Third, click AP Name or APN option > then click the + sign to create a new APN and fill in the APN as follows:

    – Name: videomax.co
    – APN: SGSN
    – Proxy: – (leave empty)
    – Port: – (leave empty)
    – Other menu leave empty.

    • Next, click “save settings” and finally click “Ok”.

    Use this APN setting as the default APN on the device you use. Next, after doing the above settings, download the Fake GPS Location application on the official Google Play Store. Then, do the following.

    • Once the application is successfully downloaded and installed, open the application.
    • Next, a notification will appear about the activation of the fake location.
    • Click “open settings” and find the “copy local application” option, select “Fake GPS”. All you have to do is choose the activation location of the local internet package.
    • After finding the name of the city or region, click the green arrow button. The fake GPS app will run in the background of your phone.
    • At this point, the process is complete and you can directly access the local internet, even if you are in another region.

    What Applications Can Be Accessed Using Local Quota?

    Local quota can be used for unlimited internet access in certain applications. Customers can use the local quota to browse the internet, stream videos , play games , send messages through applications, and so on. One thing that differentiates is that customers must access the internet when they are within the reach of the local quota area.

    How To Know Our Location Zone?

    There is no sure method or way to know which region you are currently in. The only way to do this is to contact the most relevant call center, then ask them in which district the city you are visiting is located.

    Alternatively, you can also ask which city is in the same region as the current city. If you don’t want to bother calling the call center , you can ask at the local counter to buy an internet data package.

    One thing you need to know is that each cellular network operator uses a different regional division, even the division of regions can change from time to time, especially for Telkomsel operators. It is possible that if the number of active users in a city changes, increases, or decreases drastically, the area of ​​the city can change every subsequent period, ie it can be wider or it can be narrower.

    Why Local Internet Quota Can’t Be Used, Even though Buy Close to Home?

    You do buy an internet package at the nearest counter , but the counter can buy data store vouchers or starter packs from other cities in different regions. So, where to buy internet at the counter also affects quota usage. Therefore, you can try to ask again at the counter where you bought the data package for reasons of not being able to use the local quota.

    The counter will later check back so that the buyer does not feel disadvantaged. This is very important to note for the uninitiated, especially for pulse meter agents or counters that are specialized for local internet packets (physical vouchers and prime packets) that apply a division scheme based on A numbers, not B numbers.

    The point is, the area tracked by the data packet will track the area or location of the voucher or the internet packet is activated, not the packet shot. If a packet is shot and taken from city A, and activated in city B, the packet will still enter zone B as local internet.

    —

    That’s the article related to “Meaning and How to Use Local Internet Outside the City” that you can use as a reference. Some of the information above may seem less important to those of you who rarely go out of town. However, for those of you who often travel far or are pulse agents, it is mandatory to know and understand the local internet quota information as explained above.

    To get more information, Reader can also read books available on Sinaumedia.com. As #SahabatTanpaBatas we always strive to give the best. To support Reader in adding insight and knowledge, Sinaumedia always provides quality and original books so that Reader has information #MoreReading. Hopefully useful!

  • Understanding Spatial Interactions Affecting Population Distribution

    Every part of the earth has space. Space in the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI) is defined as the gap between two (rows) of pillars or between four pillars (under the house’s vault); a cavity bounded or bounded by a plane; the boundless void, the place of all that is; inner compartment (durai, petai); share; real and imaginary space in the show on stage.

    Launching from the Detik.com page, space is defined as a place on the surface of the earth, both in whole and in part that is used as a place for living beings to live. All living things and various organisms depend on their lives in the spaces on earth.

    These spaces have boundaries that influence life on the surface of the earth. Here is the basic concept of the space formulated by Yulia Siska in between.

    • Space is a place on the surface of the earth.
    • Space is not only limited to air, but also the lowest layer of the atmosphere that affects the earth’s surface.
    • Space can include a body of water on the surface of the earth, such as seas, rivers, and lakes. While under the surface of the earth there is water, and the soil reaches a certain depth.
    • Space includes various layers of soil and rock, which are the resources for life.
    • Space is a place for humans to interact.

    The spatial dimension used to view nature as a place and as a provider of various potential resources. Space can also be interpreted as a spatial dimension, which is the place where various natural events occur both in social and historical forms in the process of time.

    Understanding Spatial Interaction

    In Nursid Sumaatmadja’s view, space is defined as a place on the surface of the earth either in its entirety or only partially that is used by living beings to live. Space can also be interpreted as a container for all the activities of humans, plants, and animals on the surface of the earth.

    Launching from Kompas.com, space is not only limited to the air that is in contact with the earth’s surface. However, it is also the lowest layer of the atmosphere that gives influence to the surface of the earth. Space also includes the waters found on the surface of the earth, namely seas, lakes, rivers, or those under the surface of the earth (groundwater) up to a certain depth.

    Quoting from Education Standards, the concept of space is a concept that has a focus on the location and distribution of space, as well as the way people organize and manage the space they live in. The characteristics of an environment and a human being are influenced by the location where they live.

    Based on the Tirto.id page, the interaction between spaces is the relationship between a region and other regions. Relationships that are established mutually need each other. The forms of interaction between spaces have an influence on the occurrence of inetaxy between spaces.

    In the book “Pasti Bisa Social Science for SMP/MTS Class VII” by Ganesha Operation, it is mentioned that the interaction between spaces is used as a place to live and interact between individuals and other individuals, individuals with groups, or one group with another group.

    In that space, they interact with each other and influence each other. One of the factors that affect the interaction between spaces is the existence of regions that complement each other from the differences in the potential of natural resources between regions.

    Interaction between spaces can also be interpreted as a way of managing spaces based on their potential and problems and the connection of a space with the surrounding spaces. Interaction between spaces can take the form of the movement of people, goods, or information from the original area to the destination area or from one area to another.

     

    Conditions for the Occurrence of Anti-Space Interactions

    The occurrence of interaction between spaces or spatial interaction is influenced by several conditions that have been summarized on the Kompas.com website as follows.

    1. Complementarity _

    One space and another need each other so that they complement each other. The thing that is a magnetic link between one region and another is different commodities.

    2. Intervening Opportunity

    An opportunity between is interpreted as an alternative offer where a space offers a better option than the original space or the destination space.

    3. Ease of Transfer ( Transferability )

    This transfer facility is interpreted as a condition that can be handed over or transferred.

    Forms of Spatial Interaction

    The form of interaction between spaces is very diverse. Launching from various sites on the internet , following forms of interaction between spaces.

    1. Population Mobility

    Population mobility is a form of interaction between spaces in the form of movement and movement of people from one space to another. For example urbanization, immigration, transmigration, travel to work, travel to tourist attractions, and others.

    Urbanization is the result of forms of interaction between spaces. Not only that, other impacts such as the development of growth centers, changes in the orientation of livelihoods, and changes in land use.

    2. Communication

    In the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI), communication is defined as the sending and receiving of messages or news between two or more people so that the intended message can be understood; relationship; contact; relationship.

    Communication is a form of interaction between spaces through the transfer of ideas, ideas, information, vision, mission, ideals, and the like both directly and indirectly. For example watching news shows, watching television shows, reading books, surfing the internet, etc.

    3. Transportation

    Transportation is a form of interaction between spaces through the movement of goods from one place to another. Such as the transportation of goods, trade, and others. Each form of interaction between the spaces has an impact on each life.

    Those impacts that have a great chance will mutually influence the interaction between the space and living beings and inanimate objects in it.

    Interaction between spaces that occurs in the form of the transfer of goods or energy requires transportation. Several different means of transportation ranging from private vehicles or public transportation.

    For example online ojek , bus, taxi, train, electric rail car (KRL), mass rapid transit (MRT), light rail transit (LRT), and others. Means of transportation is a way to move within a city or across a nearby city.

    Impact of Spatial Interaction

    The existence of interaction between spaces has an impact on human life. A simple example is the impact of urbanization that makes cities more crowded and densely populated. Launching from the Zenius.net site, the following is the impact of the interaction between spaces.

    1. Development of Growth Centers

    Population mobility from villages to big cities or urbanization causes the development of growth centers. For example, the Hollywood district in Los Angeles, United States.

    Since the beginning, people who aspire to be actors/actresses or film production teams will definitely come to Los Angeles, which is famous for its Hollywood district. Because of this, Los Angeles became the center of the growth of the world film industry.

    The same thing happened in Indonesia. Many people flock to Jakarta to complain. This causes Jakarta to become the center of economic growth in Indonesia.

     

    2. Land Use Change

    Population density due to population density due to urbanization has an impact on the difficulty of finding a place to live. This causes the transfer of land functions. For example, a piece of land previously used as agricultural or residential land was converted into office or residential land.

    3. Change in Livelihood Orientation

    In ancient times, human work was quite simple and depended on nature. For example, farmers, fishermen, traders, etc. However, as time goes by, human jobs become diverse, such as office workers, civil servants, content creators, and so on.

    4. Changes in Population Composition

    Migration carried out by the population can have an impact on the change in the composition of the population in the destination province. For example, region A was full of Muslims. However, because region A is often the destination of migration, it is possible that region A is no longer populated by Muslims only, it could be more diverse with the arrival of Hindus or Catholics.

    However, this does not only apply to religion. Tribe or race is also included in it.

    5. Development of Facilities and Infrastructure

    Toll roads began to be built and connect most of the cities on the island of Java. With the existence of tolls, road users will be able to cut mileage and save fuel.

    Not only that, stations, airports, ports, and terminals continue to improve their quality. Such as improving cleanliness, facilities, and services. Not only that, even ordering tickets can be done easily through the application. No need to queue at the counter.

    6. Socio-Cultural Changes

    When there is interaction between spaces, then indirectly there is also social interaction between individuals in it. Like natives and immigrants. This can trigger acculturation or cultural assimilation based on differences in norms and values ​​held by each group.

    Example of Spatial Interaction Question

    Here is an example of a question about the interaction between spaces that is plated from the Zenius.net site.

    Pay attention to the statements below!

    (1) Iqbal and his family traveled from Jakarta to Surabaya.

    (2) Indonesia imports wheat from Ukraine.

    (3) Dilan sent a package from Boyolali to Milea’s house in Bandung.

    (4) Rudi plays chess with his younger brother.

    The form of interaction between spaces is shown by the statement number…

    a. (1), (2), and (3)

    b. (1) and (3)

    c. (2) and (4)

    d. (4) only

    e. Everything is wrong

    Answer:

    From the four existing statements, activities involving interaction between spaces are number A. (1), (2), and (3). While number (4) does not involve two spaces so it cannot be said that there is interaction between spaces.

  • Understanding Integrity: Characteristics, Benefits and Urgency

    Hello fellow Reader , have you ever heard the word Integrity? Reader friends are sure that the word integrity must be familiar to our ears, especially for people who work in an organization or company..

    Integrity is indeed a very important word in the world of business and work. Unfortunately, integrity is one of the words that is often misunderstood and misused in organizations. The general public has three definitions of integrity, namely integrity means being honest, a balanced and orderly life can be called a life of integrity, and integrity means doing things properly without undue effort.

    Basically, everyone should have integrity as a form of responsibility, whether it’s a task, a job, or daily activities. To better understand what integrity is, Reader can refer to this article that discusses its meaning, characteristics, examples, and application, both in the world of work and in the principles of life.

    Meaning of Integrity

    Integrity is a word that comes from the Latin word “Intiger” which means whole and complete. So integrity requires an inner feeling that reveals integrity and consistency of character. In short, integrity means the concept of consistency of actions, values, methods, measures, principles, expectations, and results. In ethics, integrity is considered to be honest and fair or true in one’s actions.

    Moreover, the definition of integrity according to experts is not too far from the definition we proposed earlier. An expert defines integrity as three things that we can always hold fast to: staying committed, being honest, and doing things consistently.

    Integrity is your image in an organization that can be seen from your daily behavior and actions. Integrity refers to consistency between words and convictions reflected in daily actions.

    Sometimes people only speak with their lips while their hearts are filled with pride, jealousy, envy, revenge, and emotions. People with integrity often think before speaking so that their behavior and actions are consistent with what is said.

    A person’s integrity is always tested in terms of status, women, wealth, family, money, a little fear, a little hunger, etc. Integrity is a feeling of patience and gratitude. Honest people are patient when tested, and when blessed, they are grateful.

    What is meant by integrity is thinking, speaking, behaving, and acting correctly, accurately, and in accordance with the code of ethics and principles. Integrity begins with thoughts, not words. Thinking gives rise to knowledge, understanding, values, beliefs, and principles. People who say things without thinking can cause regret later, hurt other people’s feelings, and even cause hatred.

    It feels incomplete if we do not understand the meaning of integrity based on the Big Indonesian Dictionary (KBBI). Integrity in KBBI is a quality, trait or condition that manifests a unity, so that it has the potential and capacity to exercise authority and honesty.

    When we have high self-esteem, the people around us can see it through our actions, words, decisions, methods, and results. Likewise when we become whole and coherent human beings, wherever we are and in whatever condition, there is only one. We will never leave a part of ourselves in another situation, because we have become a cohesive person. In other words, you are always yourself.

    Socrates said, “With one’s mind one can make the world grow or thorn.” So you are what you think. Thinking happy makes you happy, thinking you can’t make you can’t. Thoughts can make you competent and brave thoughts make you brave.

    As said Dr. Ibrahim Elfiky, positive thoughts create positive actions and results. Integrity should start with positive thinking. Positive thinkers speak positive words and behave and act positively. Think positive, then everything around you will also appear positive.

    After thinking about it, it’s time to say a word. Words can express a person’s quality. Words are magical because they can influence the way a person thinks and acts. The right choice of words can inspire people to be more enthusiastic in work. The words of conscience will motivate him to behave and act in a true and proper way.

    On the other hand, words that are not in accordance with the conscience can lead to behavior and actions that can harm oneself and others. Finally, what you say should be expressed in good and fair behavior and actions while still respecting the code of ethics and ethical principles.

    Behaving and acting with dignity and integrity is a unit that becomes a standard for officers in performing their duties.

    Integrity According to the Experts

    1. Henry Cloud

    According to Henry Cloud, when we talk about integrity, it cannot be separated from the effort to be a complete and inclusive person in all different parts of the self, who functions well and does one’s job, the service is in accordance with what was planned in advance. Integrity is closely related to the wholeness and effectiveness of a person as a human being.

    2. Ippho Santoso

    According to Ippho Santoso, integrity is generally defined as a combination of thoughts, words, and actions that create reputation and trust. If used to refer to the origin of the word, the meaning of the word Integrity means to say completely and completely.

    3. Andreas Harefa

    According to Andreas Harefa, integrity is three keys that can be observed, namely honesty, respecting commitments and doing things consistently.

    4. Stephen R. Covey

    According to Stephen R. Covey distinguishes between honesty and integrity “honesty is telling the truth, in other words, according to our words. In fact, integrity follows our words, how we say them. Others, fulfilling promises and fulfilling expectations.”

    Honesty means conveying the truth, a person’s words correspond to reality. Integrity shows that his actions match his words. People with integrity and honesty are independent people. They show their authenticity as responsible and dedicated people.

    5. Dr. Kenneth Boa 

    Dr. Kenneth Boa describes integrity as the direct opposite of hypocrisy. He considers that a hypocrite does not meet the conditions to guide others to achieve noble character. Integrity is required for everyone, not only the leader but also the people being led.

    People want to know that their leaders can be trusted if they want to be followers. They believe that leaders care about the interests of each team member and that leaders must have confidence that their team members will do their jobs.

    Leaders and followers want to know that they will keep their promises and never waver in their commitment. Those who live with integrity will not and cannot destroy the trust of those who trust them.

    They always choose the right and defend the truth. That is a sign of integrity. Tell the truth responsibly, even if you don’t feel comfortable saying it.

    Integrity is about “heart”, which is the ability to fulfill one’s conscience, including, among others, honesty, sincerity, commitment, etc. And integrity is built through three important factors, namely leadership values ​​(values ), consistency, and commitment.

    These values ​​are the guidelines for the leader’s actions. This integrity is stronger if the leader has consistency between what is said and done (at the beginning of the conversation) and is committed to it. If we do not have integrity, we lose credibility because others will turn their backs on us to avoid disappointment. Integrity is the practice of being honest and showing consistent and uncompromising adherence to principles, life values, and strong moral and ethical values.

    Characteristics of People Who Have an Attitude of Integrity

    1. Having an Honest, Sincere, and Trustworthy Attitude

    An organization will easily find employees with higher education, experience and graduates from prestigious universities. But finding honest, sincere, and trustworthy employees is not easy.

    Employees like this are still rare, so the leadership is tasked with finding hidden pearls in the corners of the archipelago to become agents of change towards success. An employee who is honest and sincere in doing his job will pay attention to his conscience.

    An honest and sincere attitude is self-confidence that can bring happiness and peace of mind. Work is not just to get material/wealth, but more importantly, how after work the soul becomes calm, peaceful and sleeps well.

    What is the meaning of wealth if it is obtained with dishonesty, of course it makes you feel guilty, your heart beats fast, you cannot eat well. Honesty and sincerity are the main pillars of preventing corruption, collusion, and disgrace. On the other hand, dishonesty encourages corruption and unhealthy competition.

    Honesty and sincerity in work can build trust in the work environment. Honesty and sincerity will not reduce the honor, self-esteem and authority of employees, but rather be trusted, loved, respected and appreciated by the people around them.

    2. Open and Consistent

    Transparency or openness is the result of trust. Managers will not promote or give risky jobs to employees they do not trust. Employees also do not follow the advice of unreliable leaders.

    In terms of service to the community, officers must be transparent about regulations, costs, and standard operating procedures (SOP). Never accept or collect anything other than the terms of service, as this can damage trust. Building trust takes a long time but destroying it is short.

    Consistency can be understood as following rules, codes of ethics, and ethical principles that should be true. Consistency can also be understood as the adequacy between what is said and what is done. Consistency creates stability.

    Employees who are consistent in their search and choice of truth. Consistency is up to you, because it’s your life that determines the fit between your values ​​and actions.

    3. Be Objective

    Being objective means making an assessment based on pre-determined criteria or measurements that are supported by data and facts. Being objective will bring you closer to justice.

    If behavior is only based on a person’s preference or assumption of liking or disliking, it will definitely lead to dissatisfaction, hatred, injustice, and other negative behaviors.

    High education, expertise, work experience and high positions do not guarantee high integrity. Integrity is you, you determine the ups and downs of your inner integrity.

    No one can change you unless you want to change for a happier life. Without integrity your life feels bland, integrity makes you feel calm and peaceful because in your heart there is always hope.

    4. Maintaining Dignity and Not Doing Reprehensible Things

    Maintaining dignity means being able to maintain positive values ​​in oneself. Upholding the dignity and worth of the workplace is the duty of every employee. The more important your position or position at work,

    the greater the temptation to come to you. Eligible employees certainly do not commit shameful acts such as bribery, extortion, abuse of power and the like.

    Employees who engage in embarrassing behavior are usually not afraid or ashamed. For example, agents who openly charge out-of-the-box processing fees , they do not need to be ashamed. Sometimes they feel proud of the goods bought with corrupt money.

    However, if he is caught red-handed, he has to endure suffering and misery in life, embarrassing his family and the agency he works for. You reflect the culture of the office in providing service. Maintain the honor and dignity of the department by not doing embarrassing things.

    Don’t let temptation weaken you until you end up being tempted to commit a reprehensible act. Your friends may say you’re stupid for refusing bribes, but on the other hand, refusing bribes can make you stronger, more honorable, and more valuable.

    5. Always Arrive on Time

    The first and main habit to have is to get used to being on time, every moment. This attitude reflects that we are very committed and consistent from time to time, because punctuality means that we value the time we have and the time that others have.

    This attitude will make people around us believe that we are trustworthy individuals, because we live with integrity. On the other hand, when we are often late, others do not appreciate us.

    It’s okay, we just don’t appreciate their time. Do we still deserve the respect of others? Our respect not only tarnishes but also damages our reputation in the company. Therefore, immediately practice and apply this habit anytime, anywhere.

    6. Responsible Person

    Employees should be willing to take risks for the results of their work. What is done can not only be held accountable to the ruler or the country, but more importantly can be held accountable to God.

    You should think that every time you do work, someone is watching you even when no one can see it. The best attitude towards mistakes in your work is not to blame others, but to judge yourself by admitting mistakes, apologizing, and improving yourself.

    Remember, you are responsible for yourself. If you do good, good will come back to you, but if you do bad, bad will come back to you.

    7. Don’t Let Stress Control Your Personal Integrity

    Too often, stress and pressure make people feel bad and take shortcuts by damaging their integrity. For example, a former employee of XYZ company is a person of high integrity. But because of the situation that made it more and more difficult for him to work and almost made him despair, he did something against the law.

    When he commits a violation that harms the company, he indirectly damages its integrity. So let stress be the trigger that prompts us to take a deep breath and give our best effort. Don’t let stress destroy the self-confidence we already have.

    Integrity Benefits

    1. For material gain , people with integrity tend to experience material gain. For example, feeling healthier and more agile when doing activities.
    2. Intellectually beneficial individuals with integrity are often more capable of maximizing their abilities than hypocritical individuals.
    3. Emotional excellence In general, people with integrity also have motivation, self-discipline, great solidarity, empathy, sympathy, and emotional stability.
    4. Spiritual benefits , integrity makes a person wiser in interpreting his entire life experience.
    5. Social importance , a person’s integrity facilitates good relationships with others and cooperation in society

    The Importance of Integrity in One’s Life

    Without integrity, motivation is dangerous; without motivation, powerless capacity; inability, limited understanding; without understanding, knowledge is meaningless; Without knowledge, experience is blind. The experience is easily given and quickly used by people with all other qualities. (Anonymous)

    From the quote above, it can be explained that integrity is the most important thing in a person’s life in general. When we look for the characteristics of how to build a personal life, the sequence starts from;

    1. Integrity
    2. Motivation
    3. Ability
    4. Knowledge
    5. Experience

    Here is a brief explanation of why integrity is so important in everyone’s life:

    • Integrity is one of them applying applicable values ​​and standards.
    • A person’s integrity will determine that he can be led and can become a leader because only people with integrity have quality character and the ability to learn from others.
    • A person’s integrity will determine the extent to which he deserves the trust of others because of his consistent actions.
    • Integrity builds a person’s reputation and achievements because he thinks, speaks, and acts consistently.

  • Understanding Social Integration: Conditions, Forms, and Influencing Factors

    Understanding Social Integration – Social integration is an adjustment between different elements, especially in social life. So that later it will produce a comfortable life pattern for the community.

    If seen from what he said, social integrity actually consists of two terms, namely “integration” which has the meaning of wholeness or perfection. Then “social” which has the meaning of relationship or reciprocity of an action performed by social or society.

    But if it has the meaning according to KBBI, integration has the meaning of a renewal of something until it becomes a whole unity. Integrity itself is something that has an important role in society itself. With that, community goals will be harmoniously formed and it will be easy to achieve common goals.

    Then, through the process, all things related to social order such as culture, law, education, and others will be easy to do. So we can conclude that social integration can be assessed as one of the elements that can reduce the occurrence of social conflicts in society.

    Well, for Reader who want to know more about social integration. You can read and understand it through the meaning that will be explained below. There are several definitions from experts and several other explanations such as the conditions, forms, and processes of social integration.

    A. Meaning of Social Integration

    As explained earlier, if we look at the meaning of social integration according to KBBI, then we will find that integration is the blending of separate things into a whole.

    The meaning of blending itself is to adapt, to enter, to melt, and to merge. So that all these things can become a unity. In that way, the integration refers to the meaning of adjusting, melting, or uniting two or more different things.

    From the explanation, we can conclude that social integration is a process of adjustment of different elements that exist in society. So that it can melt into one and whole. These elements can be in the form of race, ethnicity, social position, religion, language, norms, customs or habits, and also value systems.

    In community integration, there is cooperation from all walks of life. Starting from families, individuals, institutions, and even the community itself. So that it can produce an agreement about values, which are then upheld together.

    However, social integrity cannot only be measured from the criteria above, which is the fusion of all members of society in a physical sense. But it also includes the development of solidarity and humane feelings. It is the basis of a harmony of a society.

    According to Michael Banton, a British social scientist, explains integrity as a pattern of a relationship that considers the existence of racial differences in society. However, they did not give an important role to the difference.

    The rights and obligations related to a person’s race are only limited to that field, so that there is nothing to do with the field, be it job, status, and others.

    B. Meaning of Social Integration According to the Experts

    After explaining the meaning of social integration in general. This time the writer will provide information related to the meaning of integration according to experts.

    1. Gillin

    Social integration is a social phenomenon that occurs due to the existence of a social process. Especially related to differences in elements, such as emotional, cultural, behavioral, and also desires.

    Where in the end it will cause aspects of social problems. So that by realizing this, the community should have an easier time doing the reconciliation process that we call integration.

    2. Soerjono Soekanto

    Social integration is one form of a social process carried out by various parties. This is done to overcome the problems that exist in the community. The problem can be caused by social conflict, violence, and threats from other parties.

    3. Hendropuspito

    Social integration is a community unity that will ultimately make each individual have a vision and also a mission.

    4. Paul B. Horton

    Social integration is a series of processes and social interactions for all racial and ethnic groups that can unite. So that it can support economic and cultural life.

    C. Conditions of Social Integration

    Below are some conditions that must be met to form a social integration in society.

    1. Having a sense of mutual need between communities

    Indeed, everyone will have their own needs. Where the needs will be different for each individual. Therefore, as a whole society, we must need each other and also complement each other. It aims to ensure that our needs can be met properly.

    That attachment and necessity will later become one of the driving factors for the occurrence of intact social relationships. Until finally we will be known as social beings.
    As we know that all the things that a person needs will require the help of others.

    For example, in terms of getting an education, of course we will need teachers, ministers of education and others. Then in the case of buying and selling transactions, of course we will need a seller and also a buyer.

    It is this relationship that will later become a condition for the formation of social integration that we must understand.

    2. Values ​​and Norms Should Be Conducted Consistently

    The values ​​and norms that prevail in a society are one of the driving factors for social integration. The norms that apply in society are actually the same as unwritten laws.

    So, knowingly or not, the norm is strongly believed to be one of the cornerstones in organizing community life. For example, the norm when visiting someone else’s house, or the norm when talking to older people.

    Values ​​and norms that have been agreed upon and applied in society have become something permanent and eternal. Of course, the norm has been done through generations and consistently. Although basically the norm is not taught in formal schools. But one of the factors of conflict in society is a violation of prevailing values ​​and norms.

    3. Values ​​and Norms Achieved Through Mutual Agreement

    A community is a group of people in one area. It’s just that the community is not only made up of one race, religion, and the same background. But they have different backgrounds. In order to create social integration, the condition that must be met is an agreement on the norms that will apply. It must be agreed upon and obeyed by all members of the community.

    Every human being has a different cultural background. Therefore, there are many forms of diversity of existing norms and values. So that the agreement of norms and values ​​that should be applied is very much needed. The agreement is an example of social integration related to the culture that exists in society.

    There are several provisions related to values ​​and norms such as what should happen in society. So that not all values ​​and norms can be applied freely and openly. One of the stipulations of values ​​and norms is a norm that has been in place for a long time and the value of norms that have been in place based on mutual agreement.

    4. Tolerance

    Tolerance is a very important thing in the relationship in the social group with the general public. Because, as explained above, society, especially in Indonesia, is a society that consists of many backgrounds. Starting from culture , tribe , race, religion , and many more.

    If there is no tolerance, then it will not be possible to form social integration in society. This is one of the conditions that must be met to form a social integration, namely mutual respect and mutual respect for all differences.

    An example of an attitude of tolerance is the implementation of cooperative activities in the community in building places for worship or perhaps public facilities. That way, the community will be easier to communicate and well integrated. That is why tolerance is important.

    5. Having Self-Awareness as a Social Being

    One of the conditions for the formation of social integration is that each individual has awareness as a social being. So, all activities carried out have the purpose of achieving the common good. Therefore, if you want to join a social group, then you must have self-awareness that you are a social being.

    By realizing that you are a social being, you will more easily integrate with other communities. Because, that attitude is a fundamental thing that everyone must have.

    6. Have the same Vision and Mission

    One of the conditions for social integration is to have the same vision and mission. Just like the conditions in social institutions, ordinary people also need to have the same vision and mission. Where the purpose, vision, and mission are obtained from a mutual agreement. 

    With the right communication, then the agreed vision and mission can be realized as a form of social integration. Although every member of the community involved in it has a different background.

    That is the six conditions for social integration in society. Basically, this can only happen when there is social contact and good communication between fellow members of the community. Because, those things are the characteristics of social relationships that must be fulfilled. So that the conditions of social integration can be achieved.

     

    D. Forms of Social Integration

    After discussing the conditions for social integration. This time we will discuss the forms of social integration that you need to know.

    1. Normative Integration

    This form of integration can be interpreted as integration that occurs because of the norms and values ​​that prevail in the society. Norms are something that can unite people, even if they have different backgrounds. For example, Indonesian citizens are united by a principle we call ” Bhineka Tunggal Ika “.

    2. Functional Integration

    The second form of integration is functional integration. This integration appears because of certain functions that exist in society. Then, the integration can happen if we prioritize the function that comes from each member of society. For example, Indonesia consists of various races and tribes.

    3. Coercive Integration

    Coercive integration is a form of integration created due to the power possessed by the ruler. That means, the ruler will apply violent means or also called coercive. For example, the demonstrators stopped rioting when the police sprayed tear gas into the crowd of demonstrators. That is one example of coercive integration.

    E. Driving Factors of Social Integration

    There are several things that are driving factors for social integration. Here are some factors you need to understand:

    1. Group Homogeneity

    One of the factors that can encourage social integration is the level of pluralism. The more plural and heterogeneous a society is, the more difficult the integration process will be. It may also take longer. Whereas a homogeneous society will more easily achieve social integration, because they can more easily create integrity in a fairly short time.

    2. Number of Members

    In addition to the plurality of the community, the number of members can also be a factor in the speed of the process of forming social integration. The more members, the more difficult it is to create and achieve the integration.

    3. Geographical Mobility

    Geographical mobility is a change or displacement of people in a region. New members of the community in a region will try to adapt to the norms and values ​​that already apply in the region.

    4. Effectiveness of Communication

    Social integration can be influenced by the effectiveness of communication between one member and another in the community. If members already have an effective communication system, then social integration will be easily achieved. But if a society does not have an effective communication system, then it will be more difficult for them to achieve social integration.

    5. Attitude of Tolerance and Mutual Need

    The last factor is the existence of tolerance to the feeling of needing each other. That way, it will be easier for members of the community to accept the differences that exist in the community itself. In addition, the awareness that we need each other can also accelerate the formation of social integration.

    F. Social Integration Process

    You can see the process of social integration from some of the processes below.

    1. Acculturation

    Acculturation is a social process that occurs when a society that has a certain culture is confronted with a different or foreign culture. The process of integration will continue until elements of foreign culture are accepted by the community and processed back into their own culture.

    However, usually acculturation will take place without losing one’s own cultural characteristics. Thus, we can conclude that acculturation is a process of change marked by the unification of two different cultures.

    The union of the two cultures will cause the two cultures to be almost similar. However, each of these cultures still maintains its characteristics or special features. In fact, the process of acculturation has existed since ancient times. This is because humans always migrate and move from one place to another.

    With the migration there will be a meeting between different community groups. Therefore, every member of society will be faced with foreign cultural elements. Then, as time goes by, they will certainly do acculturation.

    2. Assimilation

    Assimilation is a social process whose emergence is marked by an effort to reduce a difference that exists in society. In the process, every member of the community will strive to improve the unity of attitude, action and also mental process while still paying attention to common interests.

    That way, they will no longer distinguish each other and the boundaries between them will disappear. Then melt into a single entity.

    3. Accommodation

    Accomodation is a process of community effort in easing conflict and creating stability. The accommodation that exists in the community is expected to be able to resolve the conflict without damaging and destroying the opponent.

    With accommodation, the conflict will be easier to resolve and be more peaceful. Therefore, accommodation can make it easier for members of a society to adapt to other members of society.

    Also read the related article “Meaning of Social Integration” :

    • Understanding Social Change
    • Examples of Social Problems in Indonesia
    • Understanding Social Interaction
    • Meaning of Social Board
    • Understanding Social Structure
    • List of Tribes in Indonesia
    • Understanding Social Differentiation

    Those are some explanations about the meaning of social integration . We need to understand that unity and acceptance in society is very necessary for us to do consistently. So that we can live comfortably and peacefully and avoid social conflict.

     

  • The Understanding of Constitutional Law According to Experts to Its Basics!

    The understanding of constitutional law – Indonesia is a country of law, all the behavior of Indonesians is regulated by law. Law is closely related to justice. There are even people who think that law should be combined with justice in order to have the true meaning of law. Only through a fair rule of law can society live peacefully towards happiness.

    The essence of law is to create fair rules in society. Law aims to create a fair rule for the life of the community as it is dreamed of. Law contains the demands of justice. Every rule that affects human behavior or living conditions is expected to reflect a sense of justice.

    In the olden days, the term “National Constitutional Theory” was rarely mentioned, especially in lectures and academic forums. Constitutional law studied by students is constitutional law in a narrow sense. This was influenced by the nature of the New Order government which tried to defend the political order at that time, which actually benefited the rulers in maintaining their power. The ideas about the UUD both directly and indirectly eventually become hegemonic or shackled.

    At that time, the political order based on the National Constitutional Law was only the implementation of Pancasila and the Constitution (1945 Constitution), upholding the single precept of Pancasila and applying P4 (Pedoman Hidup dan Pengamalan Pancasila). As a result, the debate on the theoretical side of constitutional law is rejected, even silenced, because it is considered an “anti-establishment” idea and tends to disrupt national stability.

    Constitutional law can also be distinguished between general constitutional law and positive constitutional law. Constitutional Law generally deals with generally accepted principles and principles, whereas positive Constitutional Law only deals with Constitutional Law that applies to a specific place and time. Positive constitutional law such as Indonesia’s Constitutional Law, the United Kingdom’s Constitutional Law, or the United States’ Constitutional Law currently in force in each country.

    It was only after the 1998 reform that the dominant development in the study of Constitutional Law began. The birth of members of Constitutional Law also influenced this development. It is through the change of Pancasila that then causes changes and reforms in the structure/elements of the country. The birth of new national institutions is nothing but the creation of a better and more democratic Indonesia.

    Talking about the constitution, many people do not understand what is meant by the Constitution. That is why this article was written to make Reader understand what the Constitution of the Nation means in general and according to experts

    Understanding of Constitutional Law in General

    Constitutional Law is essentially a law that regulates the administration of power in a country and all aspects related to the organization of the country. In this context, various terms are known in a constitutional law environment, namely:

    In the Netherlands, the term “staatsrech ” is often used , which is divided into staatsrecht in ruimere zin (in a broad sense). Staatsrecht in ruimere zin is State Law. While staatsrecht in engere zin is the law that separates the law of statecraft from the constitution of the country, the law of state administration or the law of government administration.

    In England, in general, the term “Constitutional Law” is used , the use of this term is based on the reason that the constitutional element is more prominent.

    In France, the term “Droit Constitutionnel” is used to distinguish “Droit Administrative”, where the starting point is to distinguish between Constitutional Law and state administrative law.

    Whereas in Germany, the term Verfassungsrecht is used : Constitutional Law and Verfassungsrecht : State Administrative Law.

    The term Hukum Tata Negara comes from the words “Law”, “Tata” and “Negara”, which discusses the problem of state management. Law is a set of rules or rules for behaving or behaving, and when violated there will be punishment.

    Order refers to the word order, ie order which can also be translated as order. Constitutional Law refers to the system of state structure, which includes arrangements about the structure of the state and the content of state standards. In other words, the concept of constitutional law is a science that studies the structure of the state, the mechanism of relationships between organs or the structure of the state, and the relationship between the structure of the state and its citizens.

    Understanding Constitutional Law According to Experts

    Below are some definitions of Constitutional Law according to experts, which consist of:

    1. According to Van Vollenhoven

    The Constitutional Law is the Constitutional Law that regulates all superior legal societies and subordinate legal societies according to their levels and determines the scope of their respective societies and finally determines the bodies to carry out the tasks of those who have authority within the legal society, as well as determine the arrangement and authority of those bodies.

    2. According to Scholten

    Constitutional Law is the law that governs organizations, not states. The conclusion is that the national organization deals with the position of organs in the country, their relationship, rights and duties and responsibilities.

    3. According to Van der Pot

    Constitutional Law is a set of provisions that determine the necessary organs and the powers of each organ, as well as their relationship with each other and with other individuals.

    In addition, Van der Pot also explained that the Constitutional Law is a set of provisions that determine the necessary organs, the authority of each organ, the relationship between one institution and another, and the relationship between those organs and individuals in country.

    4. According to Apeldoorn

    Constitutional law in a narrow sense is identical to the term constitutional law in a narrow sense, as opposed to constitutional law in a broad sense, which includes constitutional law and the administrative law of the country itself.

    5. According to Paton George Whitecross

    Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the state apparatus, its duties, powers, and the relationship between state aids. In his book “Textbook of Jurisprudence” he formulated that constitutional law regulates the basic issue of the distribution of legal powers and duties of state bodies.

    6. According to Maurice Duverger

    Constitutional Law is part of private law, which regulates the organization and political duties of state institutions.

    7. According to Kranenburg

    The constitution contains the laws contained in the constitution that relate to the composition of the country’s law.

    8. According to Utrecht

    Constitutional Law examines the social duties and powers of government officials.

    9. According to Kusumadi Pudjosewojo

    Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the form of government (commonwealth or federation) and the form of government (kingdom or republic), which determines the upper and lower legal society and its level (hierarchy), which also legitimizes the territory and environment of the country and society.

    The legal community and finally shows the equipment of the legal community (with the authority of the ruler) and also the composition (consisting of one person or several people), power, the level of balance between the equipment.

     

    10. According to JR Stellinga

    Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the powers and obligations of the state apparatus, and regulates the rights and obligations of citizens.

    11. According to J. Apeldoorn

    The state in the sense of a ruler is the existence of people in power in a federation of people living in a region.

    12. According to Logemann

    Constitutional Law is the law that governs the organization of the state. According to Prof. Logemann, a social organization that aims to use its power to organize and organize something in society.

    13. According to Mac Iver

    According to Mac Iver, the state as a political organization should be separated from “society”. The state is a political organization that exists in society, but the state is not a form of society. The state is an organization in society, namely organization-kapstok .

    14. According to Wade and Phillips

    In his book titled “Constitutional law” which appeared in 1936. Constitutional Law is the law that regulates the tools of the state, their duties and the relationship between the tools of the state.

    15. According to AV Dicey

    In his book ” An introduction to the study of the law of the constitution”, dicey says “as the term is used in England, appears to include all rules that directly or indirectly affect the distribution or exercise of the sovereign power in the state” . The state is all laws (written in “all rules”) based on the separation of powers within the state and the implementation of the supreme law of the state.

    16. According to Austin

    According to Austin, He said that constitutional law defines certain people or groups of people who hold a special power ( Sovereign power ) in the country.

    17. According to Prof. M.Ph. Kleinjets

    The Constitutional Law of the Dutch East Indies includes legal rules related to government (Inrichting Dutch East Indies) , tools of state power (Demet Overhead Gezag) , government, authority (Bevoegdheden) and power relations ( Onderlinge Machtsverhuord) between amenities.

    18. According to Prof. ANCHOCIEZT

    Constitutional law is a legal norm in which government officials and their powers have clear powers and limitations to regulate the apparatus of the state (regulate all aspects of community life), individuals including some who are in the state.

    19. According to Prins

    Constitutional law studies the fundamental issues that form the basis of the State and directly concern every citizen. Administrative law focuses on technical problems that until now have been ignored by us and are only important to professionals.

    20. According to Muh Kusnardi and Harmaily Ibrahim

    Furthermore, Muh Kusnardi and Harmaily Ibrahim in the introduction to Indonesian constitutional law state that constitutional law can be understood as a set of legal norms that regulate the administration of the state, the relationship of the apparatus with the state, the state vertically and horizontally, as well as the position of citizens and their basic rights.

    Kusnardi and Ibrahim explained that citizens are an important part of a country. Therefore, constitutional law must contain the principles of the rule of law and the conditions of citizenship as well as the protection of civil rights (Human Rights Protection).

    Purpose of Constitutional Law

    The state is a large organization in which there is a government and people. Between the two there is power that regulates the activities of a country. The formation of the Constitutional Law is also not arbitrary but based on the purpose of the Constitutional Law as follows:

    1. Describe the differences in the content of the 1945 Constitution after its changes and additions.
    1. Realize and clearly understand his rights and obligations as a subject of the Constitution, in accordance with the 1945 Constitution.
    1. Provide understanding support for beginners to gain extensive knowledge related to constitutional law of a country.
    1. Familiarize yourself with the theory and implementation of Constitutional Law in Indonesia for the entire Indonesian community.
    1. Support various scientific studies that may continue to develop related to the Constitution.

    When the final settlement plan is done perfectly, the management of the national administration is always compact. If all stakeholders are able to carry out their duties honestly, the KKN action will not happen and the budget will be absorbed on time.

    There will be no more crying and laughing when a series of laws are implemented and well understood by the stakeholders. Obeying the rules will bring peace, not only in the country, but also to the rest of the world.

    Fundamentals of Constitutional Law

    1. The basis of Pancasila

    The first basis of the Constitution is Pancasila. As a national policy, Pancasila must be implemented and reflected in all government actions and decisions. As for the law, pancasila is a source of substantive law, where every content of legislation cannot conflict with the morals contained in pancasila.

    The basis of Pancasila is stated in the Preamble of the 1945 Constitution, namely the unity of the nation, social justice for all Indonesians, a sovereign nation state, and a nation based on faith in God Almighty who is just and civilized.

    2. Fundamentals of the Rule of Law

    The following principles of constitutional law are the rule of law; Indonesia is a country of law. Therefore, all political attitudes and actions of the country and all citizens must be based on and in accordance with the rule of law.

    In a country governed by the rule of law, the law is the highest governing body of the state. Regarding the concept of the rule of law, there are two concepts related to it, namely Rechtstaats and Rule of Law.

    In short, the Rechstaat is the recognition and protection of human rights based on the principle of freedom and equality. Especially for the rule of law, this concept is based on the common law judicial system , namely judgment or case law .

    3. Fundamentals of People’s Sovereignty and Democracy

    The third basis of the Constitution is the sovereignty of the people and democracy. Sovereignty means supreme authority over a territory. In other words, people’s sovereignty is the highest power in the hands of the people. Therefore, in carrying out its functions, the government must adapt to the wishes of the community.

    Furthermore, the question of democracy cannot be separated from the rule of law. Why? Because, in a democratic government, the people are in power; from the people, for the people and by the people.

    4. Foundation of the Union State

    The fourth basis of Constitutional Law is the unitary state. The unitary state can be understood as the supreme power of a country in the hands of the central government. This unitary state is the concept of state form.

    The Union State of the Republic of Indonesia is maintained by giving the widest possible autonomy to the regions. With the aim that the regions develop according to their potential and wealth with the encouragement and support of the central government.

    5. Basics of Power Distribution in Checks and Balances

    The last basis of the Constitutional Law is the separation of powers. The division or separation of power can be interpreted as the division of power into several parts. The basis of checks and balances itself is a basis that requires legislative, executive, and judicial powers to be equal and supervise each other.

    This decentralization is done to avoid the arbitrary actions of the rulers and to better guarantee the freedom and rights of the people. The division of power in Indonesia includes DPR, MPR, DPD, BPK, President and Vice President, MA, MK, KY as well as other organizations that have the authority to be regulated in the 1945 Constitution and other organizations determined by law.

     

  • Meaning of Functional Integration and Examples

    Functional integration – In social life, most people will interact socially with a person or group with a different background. Differences in social background in society is a very natural thing. However, some people think that such differences are something that can divide the life of the community.

    The emergence of differences in the middle of society can indeed trigger a conflict, but we can avoid or minimize that conflict. One of the ways to minimize the occurrence of conflict is to instill the values ​​of social integration. Social integration itself can be interpreted as something in the form of adjustment from different aspects that occur in community life.

    With social integration, all levels of society will strive to work together in establishing social interaction. The interweaving of good social interaction between communities will bring forth community values. The integration itself can be done from the immediate environment, namely the family, then the individual, then the institution, and the community.

    Community values ​​produced from social integration in the form of solidarity behavior, helping each other, and taking care of other people’s feelings. If the values ​​of the society can be applied properly, then the social environment will be peaceful and avoid the occurrence of a conflict.

    There has been a lot of discussion about social integration, so it will be easy for us to understand and understand social integration. Social integration has three forms, one of which is functional integration. Reader, already know what is functional integration? This article will discuss more about functional integration. So, read this article to the end, Reader.

    Meaning of Functional Integration

    Functional integration is a form of social integration. Therefore, functional integration is always related to differences in society, especially differences related to certain functions in a society or social institution. This social integration is organized in a structured manner, so that each individual has a role to take care of and maintain a safe, peaceful, and peaceful social relationship. Thus, functional integration is always focused on the needs of the community in order to run safely, fairly, and stably.

    So, functional integration is integration that occurs due to the existence of functions in society that must be carried out properly and correctly. However, social integration can be realized if we as a society are able to prioritize these functions, so that we can produce integration in society. A simple example of functional integration is the existence of community groups that work as fishermen, businessmen, farmers, etc., they will all carry out their respective functions, so that the needs of each community can be well met.

     

    Examples of Functional Integration

    So that it is easier to understand functional integration, then you need to see the examples below. So, what are you waiting for, let’s take a look at the examples of functional integration.

    1. The Betawi and Sundanese tribes are integrated in order to meet the needs of food and industry

    The first example of functional integration can be seen in the Jakarta community with its Betawi tribe and the West Javanese community with the Sundanese tribe. The two tribes perform functional integration to meet the supply and availability of food in their respective regions. In addition, the industry in West Java can grow because of the support that comes from Jakarta.

    In this case, the intended functions are commodities and food availability and industrial development. If food commodities cannot be met, then the prices of food items can soar, so that the community will have difficulty in getting decent food. Whereas in the case of industry, the industry will not grow without the help of the nearest regions. The development of an industry can open new job fields.

    These two different tribes prove that with differences they can work together instead of putting each other down. With the cooperation of the two tribes as well, the needs of the community, be it food or employment, can be met.

    2. Districts of West Java and Aceh that are mutually integrated so that tea and coffee needs can be met

    After the first example is a difference between two tribes, now the second example is a difference between two regions, namely Aceh region and West Java region. The two regions perform functional integration with the aim of meeting the needs of tea and coffee. Tea and coffee are drinks that are already known to Indonesian people, starting from adolescence to adulthood. Therefore, the supply of tea and coffee in a region must be balanced so as not to experience shortages.

    The Aceh region is well known for the quality of coffee beans that have a special aroma and taste. In fact, coffee beans from Aceh have been exported to several countries. Meanwhile, the region of West Java is very well known for the quality of its tea. There is no need to doubt the quality of tea in West Java, especially if you drink the tea directly from the tea plantation, it will taste even better. The taste of this coffee and tea is really special and loved by many people, so stock should always be available.

    Therefore, the Aceh region needs quality tea from West Java so that the availability of tea in Aceh does not run out. The same goes for the West Java region that needs coffee with a special aroma and taste, so it takes coffee from the Aceh region. The two complementary regions will make tea and coffee in each region not run out.

     

    3. Bugis and Javanese Tribes Integrate Each Other To Meet Agricultural and Seafood Needs

    The next example that shows functional integration is the good relationship between the Bugis tribe and the Javanese tribe. The two tribes cooperate with each other in terms of meeting agricultural and marine needs. In terms of food, agriculture and marine should complement each other so that each individual can eat food with balanced nutrition. By consuming food with balanced nutrition, a child experiences maximum growth and development.

    The Bugis tribe is very well known for its seafood because the Bugis tribe lives close to the sea. Meanwhile, the Javanese tribe is also known for its quality agricultural products. Therefore, the Bugis and Javanese tribes work together to meet the needs of the local community. The Bugis tribe will take agricultural products from the Javanese tribe and the Javanese tribe will take sea products from the Bugis tribe.

    With that cooperation, the Bugis tribe can taste the taste of agricultural products that come from Javanese farmers. In this case, agricultural products that come in, such as vegetables, nuts, rice, etc. While the seafood that comes in, such as salmon, lobster, tuna, etc.

    When the availability is met, it means that the needs of the community in meeting balanced nutrition must be met. So, don’t underestimate the importance of setting aside capital and focusing on the needs of the community.

    4. Functional Integration in the Field of Global Competition

    As an era progresses, global competition becomes tighter. Not only is global competition getting tighter, technology is also changing to become faster and more sophisticated. Every country must be quick to adapt to the development of the times because if we don’t adapt quickly, then our country will fall behind other countries.

    To adapt to the development of the times can be done with functional integration. With functional integration, global competition can be quickly overcome. For example, in terms of promoting a product, it is possible through social media where the whole world will know the products sold in the world market. The more people know about domestic products, the greater the opportunity to export goods, so that the country’s cash can increase.

    In this case, the social media in question, such as twitter, youtube, instagram, etc. In fact, this social media can be played through the smart phone we have, so we can play social media anytime and anywhere.

    With the presence of social media this can present a startup in the digital world. Social integration between social media and digital development can build start-ups that are able to compete with established companies. The birth of this startup will open up employment opportunities for the community.

    5. Functional Integration in Business Matters Through the Application of the Principles of Use

    Functional integration can not only be done to meet the needs of a region or community. Functional integration in the business world can be applied through the introduction of products based on their use. By doing this, the consumer will know the function and superiority of the product so that the marketed product is sold.

    For example, Pocari Sweat is an isotonic drink product that wants to introduce its product to consumers by providing as much information as possible about the advantages and uses of this isotonic drink when compared to other isotonic drinks. The more often you spread the superiority of a product to consumers, the greater the chance if the product sells well in the market.

    To inform about the use and superiority of a product can be through social media. This is because information spread through social media will be easily known by many people. Information spread through social media will make it easier for the company of a product to communicate with consumers.

    This communication is very important to do because it can build the company. Companies that are more advanced, then their products will be known by many consumers.

    Benefits of Functional Integration

    Functional integration has several benefits that can be felt directly by the community. Below will be explained some of the benefits of functional integration.

    1. Bringing forth New Collaborations

    As discussed earlier, if functional integration is a collaboration to meet the needs of the community based on the differences that exist in the community. Cooperation is very important to do because it can strengthen the bonds of brotherhood, launch communication, and prevent conflict between community groups and community groups or regions between regions.

    The existence of this cooperation not only creates peace, but also provides a positive impact on the community or a region, especially in the economic field. A region or community will experience profit if goods that come from joint work can be sold or marketed.

    In fact, on a wider scale, the birth of this new collaboration increases the country’s income through an exported product. The products that are exported indicate that the products are already known by the world community. Social media became the wrong link or media to introduce the products to the world community. The increase in national income makes the country have reserves of foreign exchange that can be used to develop the country.

    2. The needs of a district and community are fulfilled

    Every need of the community in a region cannot be met just like that. In other words, there will definitely be some needs that cannot be met in a region, so that the people of that region cannot feel that need. For example, Aceh is known for its quality coffee and West Java is known for its quality tea. To meet the need for coffee, West Java ordered coffee from Aceh and to meet the need for tea, Aceh ordered it from West Java.

    The needs that can be met in a region make the people of that region feel a product that comes from another region. Not only that, products that come from other regions will always give their own story to the local community. So, each community of one region and the community of another region must be able to understand each other.

    By fulfilling a community need in an area, community life becomes more secure, peaceful, and peaceful, so that unity and unity can be created.

     

    3. Provide Caring Attitudes and Behaviors Towards Each Other

    Functional integration is indeed related to cooperation that can have a good impact economically. However, it turns out that functional integration has benefits unrelated to economics. The benefit is to provide the attitude and behavior of the community to keep caring for others. This caring attitude and behavior makes the community always want to help others who are in trouble.

    There will be many people who are helped by this caring attitude and behavior. The necessary thing that is underlined in the attitude and behavior of caring or helping others is that there is no need to differentiate between tribe, race, culture, country, and religion when caring or helping others. If we differentiate tribes, races, cultures, countries, and religions before helping others, then it can trigger friction between fellow communities, so it does not close the possibility that a conflict will occur.

    Mutual care can be done, starting from our immediate environment, such as neighbors, friends, or relatives. If we are used to helping others, then inside us will be embedded the desire to help others.

    4. Improving the Nature of Nationalism

    All the benefits of functional integration can be felt by the community. Not only that, with functional integration, we will get used to increasing the nature of nationalism. The nature of nationalism is important for every member of society to possess because the nature of nationalism can build the life of the nation and the country.

    The nature of this nationalism can be in the field of economy (working together), education (educating and teaching people who cannot go to school), social (giving aid in the form of food or money), and many more.

    5. Opening Job Fields

    The existence of new cooperation carried out by a group of people with different backgrounds can produce a company. Every company that is built definitely needs employees to run its production. Employees are needed that will open up new jobs.

    The more jobs available to the community, the greater the well-being of the community. The well-being of this community will reduce the social gap that exists in the community.

    Conclusion 

    Functional integration is a form of social integration, so functional integration can be said to be something in the form of cooperation based on differences, be it differences in the role of society, tribe, region, and so on. With functional integration, the community can live peacefully, peacefully, and peacefully. Therefore, to maintain unity we must work together to be able to complement each other.